UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

¨Registration statement pursuant to section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

OR

 

xAnnual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20122014

OR

 

¨Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period fromto

OR

 

¨Shell Company Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

Commission File Number 001-16139

WIPRO LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

Bangalore, Karnataka, India

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

 

Doddakannelli

Sarjapur Road

Bangalore, Karnataka 560035, India

+91-80-2844-0055

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Suresh C. Senapaty, Chief Financial Officer and Director

Phone: +91 80 28440055; Fax: +91 80 28440104

(Name, telephone, email and/or facsimile number and address of company contact person)

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares, each represented by one

Equity Share, par value Rs. 2 per share.

 New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

Not Applicable

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 2,458,756,2282,466,317,273Equity SharesShares..

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, 1934.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer  x                 Accelerated Filer  ¨                 Non-Accelerated Filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨

    

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  x

  Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17  ¨                     Item 18  ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

 

 


Currency of Presentation and Certain Defined Terms

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, references to “U.S.” or “United States” are to the United States of America, its territories and its possessions. References to “India” are to the Republic of India. References to “U.K.” are to the United Kingdom. Reference to “US” or “US$” or “dollars” or “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States, references to “£” or “Pound Sterling” or “GBP” are to the legal currency of United Kingdom and references to “Rs.” or “Rupees”“rupees” or “Indian rupees” are to the legal currency of India. All amounts are in Indian rupees or in U.S. dollars unless stated otherwise. Our financial statements are presented in Indian rupees and translated into U.S. dollars solely for the convenience of the readers and are prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards and its interpretations (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (“IASB”). References to “Indian GAAP” are to Indian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. References to a particular “fiscal” year are to our fiscal year ended March 31 of such year.

All references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Wipro” or the “Company” shall mean Wipro Limited and, unless specifically indicated otherwise or the context indicates otherwise, our consolidated subsidiaries. “Wipro” is our registered trademark in the United States and India. All other trademarks or trade names used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are the property of their respective owners.

Except as otherwise stated in this Annual Report, all convenience translations from Indian rupees to U.S. dollars are based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors on March 30, 2012,31, 2014, which was Rs. 50.8960.00 per US$ 1.00. No representation is made that the Indian rupee amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into United States dollars at such a rate or any other rate. Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding. Information contained in our website, www.wipro.com, is not part of this Annual Report.

Forward-Looking Statements May Prove Inaccurate

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 20-F contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent our beliefs regarding future events, many of which are, by their nature, inherently uncertain and outside our control. As a result, the forward-looking statements contained herein are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements, and reported results should not be viewed as an indication of future performance. For a discussion of some of the risks and important factors that could affect the firm’s future results and financial condition, please see the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.”

The forward-looking statements contained herein are identified by the use of terms and phrases such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “objectives,” “outlook,” “probably,” “project,” “will,” “seek,” “target” and similar terms and phrases. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning:

 

our strategy to finance our operations, including our planned construction and expansion;

 

future marketing efforts, advertising campaigns, and promotional efforts;

 

future growth and market share projections, including projections regarding developments in technology and the effect of growth on our management and other resources;

 

the effect of facility expansion on our fixed costs;

 

our future expansion plans;

 

our future acquisition strategy, including plans to acquire or make investments in complementary businesses, technologies, services or products, or enter into strategic partnerships with parties who can provide access to those assets;

 

the future impact of our acquisitions;

 

our strategy and intentions regarding new product branding;

 

the future competitive landscape and the effects of different pricing strategies;

 

the effect of current tax laws, including the branch profit tax;

 

the effect of future tax laws on our business

 

the outcome of any legal proceeding, hearing, or dispute (including tax hearings) and the resulting effects on our business;

 

our ability to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting;

projections that the legal proceedings and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of our business will not have a material and adverse effect on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company;

 

expectations of future dividend payout;

projections that our cash and cash equivalent along with cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements and certain of our obligations;

 

our compensation strategy;

 

projections regarding currency transactions, including the effect of exchange rates on the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar;

 

the nature of our revenue streams, including the portion of our IT Services revenue generated from a limited number of corporate clients;

 

the effect of a strategically located network of software development centers, and whether it will provide us with cost advantages;

 

our ability to anticipate and develop new services and enhance existing services in order to keep pace with rapid changes in technology;

 

projections regarding future economic policy, legislation, foreign investment, currency exchange and other policy matters that may affect our business;

 

the nature and flexibility of our business model;

 

expectations as to our future revenue, margins, expenses and capital requirements; and

 

our exposure to market risks.

We wish to ensure that all forward-looking statements are accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements, so as to ensure to the fullest extent possible the protections of the safe harbor established in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Accordingly, all forward looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and are accompanied by, the discussion of certain important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements in this report, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We caution the reader that this list of important factors may not be exhaustive. We operate in rapidly changing businesses, and new risk factors emerge from time to time. We cannot predict every risk factor, nor can we assess the impact, if any, of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements.

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date hereof. In addition, readers should carefully review the other information in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and in the Company’s periodic reports and other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) from time to time.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I

  

Item 1.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers4

Item 2.

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable4

Item 3.

Key Information   5  

Item 1.4.

  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers5
Item 2.Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable5
Item 3.Key Information6
Item 4.Information on the Company   2425  

Item 4A

  Unresolved Staff Comments40

Item 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects   41  

Item 5.6.

  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects41
Item 6.Directors, Senior Management and Employees   6261  

Item 7.

  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions   71  

Item 8.

  Financial Information   74  

Item 9.

  The Offer and Listing   75  

Item 10.

  Additional Information   78  

Item 11.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk92
Item 12.Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities   93  

Item 12.

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities95

Part II

    94

Item 13.

  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies   9496  

Item 14.

  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds   9496  

Item 15.

  Controls and Procedures   9496  

Item 16 A.

  Audit Committee Financial Expert   9798  

Item 16 B.

  Code of Ethics   9798  

Item 16 C.

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   9799  

Item 16 D.

  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees   9899  

Item 16 E.

  Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers98
Item 16 F.Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant98
Item 16 G.Corporate Governance98
Item 16 H.Mine Safety Disclosure   99  
Part III

Item 16 F.

  Changes in registrant’s Certifying Accountant   99  

Item 17.16 G.

  Financial StatementsCorporate Governance   99  

Item 18.16 H.

  Financial StatementsMine Safety Disclosure   100  
Item 19.

Part III

  

Item 17.

ExhibitsFinancial Statements   150100

Item 18.

Financial Statements101

Item 19.

Exhibits167  
  

EX-12.1

  
  

EX-12.2

  
  

EX-13.1

  
  

EX-15.1

  

PART I

Item 1.Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Item 1.Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item  2.Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Item 2.Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicableapplicable.

Item 3. Key Information

Key Information

Selected IFRS financial data for the year ended March 31, 2008 has not been included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F because IFRS financial statements for such period have not previously been prepared and could not be prepared without unreasonable effort and expense. We changed our basis of accounting to IFRS during the year ended March 31, 2009. Prior to adoption of IFRS, we prepared financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for purposes of our SEC reporting.

Summary of Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, the related notes and operating and financial review and prospects which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected consolidated statements of income data for the fourfive years ended March 31, 20122014 and selected consolidated statements of financial position data as of March 31, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 20122014 in Indian rupees have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which have been prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

(In millions, except per equity share data)accordance with IFRS 5 – Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, the consolidated income statements have been adjusted retrospectively for all periods prior to the year ended March 31, 2013, have been presented to reflect the completion of the demerger of the Company’s consumer care and lighting, infrastructure engineering and other non-IT business segments (collectively, the “Diversified Business”) into Wipro Enterprises Limited, effective on March 31, 2013. The Diversified Business is therefore presented as a discontinued operation. For additional information please see Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In accordance with IFRS 8 – Operating Segments, starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we implemented a new segment reporting structure to align ourselves with industry trends. Please see Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our segment reporting.

 

  2009  2010  2011  2012  2012 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  Convenience
Translation into

US$(1)
 

Consolidated Statements of Income data:

     

Revenues

 Rs.256,891   Rs.271,957   Rs.310,542   Rs.371,971   US$7,309  

Cost of revenues

  (180,215  (186,299  (212,808  (263,173  (5,171
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

 Rs.76,676   Rs.85,658   Rs.97,734   Rs.108,798   US$2,138  

Selling and marketing expenses

  (17,313  (18,608  (22,172  (27,777  (546

General and administrative expenses

  (14,510  (14,823  (18,339  (20,286  (399

Foreign exchange gains/(losses), net

  (1,553  (383  445    3,278    64  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

 Rs.43,300   Rs.51,844   Rs.57,668   Rs.64,013   US$1,258  

Finance expense

  (3,824  (1,324  (1,933  (3,491  (69

Finance and Other income

  5,057    4,360    6,652    8,895    175  

Share of profits of equity accounted investees

  362    530    648    333    7  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before tax

  44,895    55,410    63,035    69,750    1,371  

Income tax expense

  (6,035  (9,294  (9,714  (13,763  (270
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 Rs.38,860   Rs.46,116   Rs.53,321   Rs.55,987   US$1,100  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to:

     

Equity holders of the Company

 Rs.38,761   Rs.45,931   Rs.52,977   Rs.55,730    1,095  

Non-controlling interest

  99    185    344    257    5  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 Rs.38,860   Rs.46,116   Rs.53,321   Rs.55,987   US$1,100  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per equity share:

     

Basic

  15.99    18.91    21.74    22.76   US$0.45  

Diluted

  15.90    18.75    21.61    22.69    0.45  

Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share(2):

     

Basic

  2,423,558,482    2,429,025,243    2,436,440,633    2,449,056,412    2,449,056,412  

Diluted

  2,437,464,403    2,449,658,532    2,451,154,154    2,455,958,722    2,455,958,722  

Cash dividend per equity share paid

  4.00    4.00    8.00    6.00   US$0.12  

Additional data:

     

Revenue by segment(3)

     

IT Services

 Rs.191,613   Rs.202,490   Rs.234,850   Rs.284,313   US$5,587  

IT Products

  34,277    38,205    36,910    38,436    755  

Consumer Care and Lighting

  19,249    22,584    27,258    33,401    656  

Others

  8,995    7,143    10,896    18,565    365  

Reconciling items

  1,204    1,152    1,073    534    10  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 Rs.255,338   Rs.271,574   Rs.310,987   Rs.375,249   US$7,373  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income by segment

     

IT Services

 Rs.40,288   Rs.47,687   Rs.53,407   Rs.59,265   US$1,165  

IT Products

  1,363    1,764    1,609    1,787    35  

Consumer Care and Lighting

  2,592    3,102    3,450    3,956    78  

Others

  (294  (836  (97  110    2  

Reconciling items

  (649  127    (701  (1,105  (22
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 Rs43,300   Rs.51,844   Rs.57,668   Rs.64,013   US$1,258  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

 Rs.49,117   Rs.64,878   Rs.61,141   Rs.77,666   US$1,526  
         (In millions, except per equity share data) 
                  2014 
   2010  2011  2012  2013  2014  Convenience
Translation
into
US$(1)
 

Consolidated Statements of Income data:

       

Continuing operations

       

Revenues

  Rs.241,586   Rs.271,437   Rs.318,747   Rs.374,256   Rs.434,269   US$7,238  

Cost of revenues

   (166,504  (186,613  (225,794  (260,665  (295,488  (4,925
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

  Rs.75,082   Rs.84,824   Rs.92,953   Rs.113,591   Rs.138,781   US$2,313  

Selling and marketing expenses

   (11,750  (14,043  (17,953  (24,213  (29,248 US$(487

General and administrative expenses

   (13,407  (16,843  (18,416  (22,032  (23,538  (392

Foreign exchange gains/(losses), net

   (753  503    3,328    2,626    3,359    56  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

  Rs.49,172   Rs.54,441   Rs.59,912   Rs.69,972   Rs.89,354    1,490  

Finance expense

   (1,013  (1,924  (3,371  (2,693  (2,891  (48

Finance and other income

   4,346    6,631    8,982    11,317    14,542    242  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before tax

  Rs.52,505   Rs.59,148   Rs.65,523   Rs.78,596   Rs.101,005    1,684  

Income tax expense

   (8,365  (8,878  (12,955  (16,912  (22,600  (377
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit for the year from continuing operations

  Rs.44,140   Rs.50,270   Rs.52,568   Rs.61,684   Rs.78,405   US$1,307  

Discontinued operations

       

Profit after tax for the year from discontinued operations

  Rs.1,977    3,051    3,419    5,012    —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit for the year

  Rs.46,117   Rs.53,321   Rs.55,987   Rs.66,696   Rs.78,405   US$1,307  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit attributable to:

       

Equity holders of the Company

  Rs.45,932    52,977    55,730    66,359    77,967   US$1,300  

Non-controlling interest

   185    344    257    337    438    7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit for the year

  Rs.46,117   Rs.53,321   Rs.55,987   Rs.66,696   Rs.78,405   US$1,307  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations attributable to:

       

Equity holders of the Company

  Rs.43,967    49,938    52,325    61,362    77,967   US$1,300  

Non-controlling interest

   173    332    243    322    438    7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Rs.44,139   Rs.50,270   Rs.52,568   Rs.61,684   Rs.78,405   US$1,307  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic earnings per equity share:

       

Continuing operations

  Rs.18.10   Rs.20.49   Rs.21.36   Rs.25.01   Rs.31.76   US$0.53  

Discontinued operations

   0.81    1.25    1.39    2.04    —      —    

Continuing and discontinued operations

  Rs.18.90   Rs.21.73   Rs.22.75   Rs.27.05   Rs.31.76   US$0.53  

Diluted earnings per equity share:

       

Continuing operations

  Rs.17.94   Rs.20.35   Rs.21.29   Rs.24.95   Rs.31.66   US$0.53  

Discontinued operations

   0.80    1.24    1.39    2.03    —      —    

Continuing and discontinued operations

  Rs.18.74   Rs.21.59   Rs.22.68   Rs.26.98   Rs.31.66   US$0.53  

 2009 2010 2011 2012 2012      (In millions, except per equity share data) 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Convenience
Translation into

US$(1)
            2014 
 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 Convenience
Translation
into
US$(1)
 

Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share(2):

      

Basic

 2,429,675,750   2,437,492,921   2,449,777,457   2,453,218,759   2,454,745,434   2,454,745,434  

Diluted

 2,451,131,178   2,453,409,506   2,457,511,538   2,459,184,321   2,462,626,739   2,462,626,739  

Cash dividend per equity share paid

 4.00   8.00   6.00   6.00   8.00   US$0.13  

Additional data:

      

Revenue by segment(3)(4)

      

IT Services

 Rs.202,490   Rs.234,850   Rs.284,313   Rs.338,431   Rs.399,509   US$6,658  

IT Products

 38,205   36,910   38,436   39,238   38,785   646  

Consumer Care and Lighting (discontinued)

 22,584   27,258   33,401   40,594    —      —    

Others (discontinued)

 7,143   10,896   18,565   14,785    —      —    

Reconciling items

 1,152   1,073   534   560   (666 (11
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

 Rs.271,574   Rs.310,987   Rs.375,249   Rs.433,608   Rs.437,628   US$7,293  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating income by segment(4)

      

IT Services

 Rs.47,687   Rs.53,407   Rs.59,265   Rs.69,933   Rs.90,333   US$1,506  

IT Products

 1,764   1,609   1,787   990   310   5  

Consumer Care and Lighting (discontinued)

 3,102   3,450   3,956   5,012    —      —    

Others (discontinued)

 (836 (97 110   290    —      —    

Reconciling items

 127   (701 (1,105 (1,079 (1,289 (21
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

 Rs.51,844   Rs.57,668   Rs.64,013   Rs.75,146   Rs.89,354   US$1,490  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Data:(5)

      

Cash and cash equivalents

 Rs.64,878   Rs.61,141   Rs.77,666   Rs.84,838   Rs.114,201   US$1,903  

Available for sale investments

  16,293    30,420    49,282    41,961    825   30,420   49,282   41,961   69,171   63,233   1,054  

Working capital(4)

  57,152    95,565    131,696    155,803    3,062  

Working capital(6)

 95,565   131,696   155,803   162,663   218,230   3,637  

Total assets

  284,255    329,928    371,443    436,001    8,567   329,928   371,443   436,001   439,730   502,304   8,371  

Total debt

  56,892    62,511    52,802    58,958    1,159   62,511   52,802   58,958   63,816   51,592   860  

Total equity

  147,381    196,549    240,371    286,163    5,623   196,549   240,371   286,163   284,983   344,886   US$5,748  

Number of shares outstanding

  1,464,980,746    1,468,211,189    2,454,409,145    2,458,756,228    2,458,756,228   1,468,211,189    2,454,409,145(7)  2,458,756,228   2,462,934,730   2,466,317,273   2,466,317,273  

Notes:

1.Solely for the convenience of the readers, the selected consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended March 31, 2012,2014, has been translated into United States dollars at the certified foreign exchange rate of US$1 = Rs. 50.89,60.00, as published by Federal Reserve Board of Governors on March 30, 2012.31, 2014.
2.Adjusted for stock dividend.dividend and for the grant of one employee stock option for every 8.25 employee stock options held by each eligible employee as of the Record Date of the Demerger, pursuant to the terms of the Demerger Scheme effective March 31, 2013.
3.For the purpose of segment reporting only, we have included the impact of exchange rate fluctuations in revenue. Further, finance income on deferred consideration earned under multi-year payment terms in certain total outsourcing contracts is included in the revenue of the respective segment and is eliminated under reconciling items. Please see Note 31 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.
4.Starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we implemented a new segment reporting structure to align ourselves with industry trends. We have not restated previous periods on our new basis of segment reporting since meaningful segregation of data is impracticable. Please see Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our segment reporting.
5.The financial position as of March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, which are dates prior to the date of the demerger, includes assets and liabilities of the Diversified Business.
6.Working capital equals current assets less current liabilities.
7.Adjusted for stock dividend.

Exchange Rates

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the Indian rupee price of our equity shares on the Indian stock exchanges and, as a result, will likely affect the market price of our American Depositary Shares or ADSs,(“ADSs”), listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and vice versa. Such fluctuations will also affect the U.S. dollar conversion by our depositary for the ADSs, J. P. Morgan or Depositary,(“Depositary”), of any cash dividends paid in Indian rupees on our equity shares represented by the ADSs.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years indicated, information concerning the amount of Indian rupees for which one U.S. dollar could be exchanged based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors. The column titled “Average” in the table below is the average of the certified foreign exchange rates on the last business day of each month during the year.

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

  Period End   Average   High   Low   Period End   Average   High   Low 

2014

  Rs. 60.00    Rs. 60.35    Rs. 68.80    Rs. 53.65  

2013

   54.52     54.36     57.13     50.64  

2012

  Rs. 50.89    Rs. 48.01    Rs. 53.71    Rs. 44.00     50.89     48.01     53.71     44.00  

2011

   44.54     45.46     47.49     43.90     44.54     45.46     47.49     43.90  

2010

   44.95     47.18     50.48     44.94     44.95     47.18     50.48     44.94  

2009

   50.87     46.32     51.96     39.73  

2008

   40.02     40.13     43.05     38.48  

On May 11, 2012,9, 2014, the certified foreign exchange rate published by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors was Rs. 53.63.60.00.

The following table sets forth the high and low exchange rates for the previous six months based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors on each business day during the period:

 

Month

  High   Low 

April 2012

  Rs. 52.65    Rs. 50.64  

March 2012

   51.38     49.14  

February 2012

   49.48     48.65  

January 2012

   53.11     49.39  

December 2011

   53.71     50.50  

November 2011

   52.48     48.94  

Month

  High   Low 

April 2014

  Rs. 61.17    Rs. 59.86  

March 2014

   62.17     59.89  

February 2014

   62.63     61.78  

January 2014

   63.09     61.45  

December 2013

   62.38     60.87  

November 2013

   63.73     61.74  

Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

RISK FACTORS

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in the following risk factors and elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating us and our business.

Risks Related to our Company and our Industry

Our revenues and expenses are difficult to predict because they can fluctuate significantly given the nature of the markets in which we operate. This increases the likelihood that our results could fall below the expectation of investors and market analysts, which could cause the market price of our equity shares and ADSsAmerican Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) to decline.

Our revenue historically has fluctuated and may fluctuate in the future depending on a number of factors, including:

 

the size, complexity, timing, pricing terms and profitability of significant projects, or product orders;

as well as changes in the corporate decision-making process of our clients;

 

changes inincreased pricing pressure from our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

the proportion of services we perform at our clients’ sites rather than at our offshore facilities;

 

our ability to increase sales of our services to new customers and expand sales to our existing customers;

seasonal changes that affect the mix of services we provide to our clients or the relative proportion of services and product revenue;

 

seasonal changes that affect purchasing patterns among our consumers of desktops, notebooks, servers, communication devices consumer care and other products;

 

unanticipated cancellations, contract terminations or deferral of projects or those occurring as a result of our clients reorganizing their operations;

 

the duration of tax holidays or exemptions and the availability of other Government of India incentives;

 

the effect of seasonal hiring patternsincreased wage pressure in India and other locations and the time we require to train and productively utilize our new employees;

 

unanticipated variations in the duration, size and scope of our projects, as well as changes in the corporate decision-making process of our clients;

currency exchange fluctuations; and

 

other economic and political factors.

factors, including the economic conditions in United States, Europe and other geographies in which we operate.

A significant portion of our total operating expenses, in our IT Services and IT Products businesses, particularly personnel and facilities, are fixed in advance of any particular quarter. As a result, unanticipated variations in the number and timing of our projects or employee utilization rates in our IT Services business, excluding Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) services, Indian IT Services and Infocrossing Inc., may cause significant variations in operating results in any particular quarter. Utilization rates are the proportion of billed resources to total resources. Our total resources for the purpose of computing utilization include resources in administration and general support function excluding corporate activities.

Therefore, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Thus, it is possible that in the future some of our periodic results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors, and the market price of our equity shares and ADSs could decline.

Parts of the global economy are volatile on account of political uncertainty. Our profits attributable to equity holders increased by 5.20% for the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2011. There continues to be a high level of global economic uncertainty driven by high levels of sovereign debt, particularly in Europe. Pricingpricing remains competitive and clients remain focused on cost reduction and capital conservation. Consequently, to maximize our revenues, we are investing in developing capabilities in new technology areas and deepening our domain expertise. While we believe that we have a flexible business model which can mitigate the negative impact of an uncertain or slow growing economy, we may not be able to sustain historical levels of profitability. In our BPO business, we are diversifying our service offerings to reduce the proportion of revenues from customer interaction services. Continued attrition levels in our customer interaction services, particularly in our BPO services could adversely impact our operating margins.

As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be able to sustain our historic levels of profitability.

If we do not continue to improveeffectively manage our growth, including, among other things by improving our administrative, operational and financial processes and systems to manage our growth, the value of our shareholders’ investment may be harmed.

Our expected growth will continue to place significant demands on our management and other resources. This will require us to continue to develop and improve our operational, financial and other internal controls, both in India and elsewhere. In particular,As a result of our continued growth will increase thegrowing operations, we face and expect to continue to face challenges involved in:such as:

 

recruiting, training and retaining sufficiently skilled technical, marketing and management personnel;

maintaining an effective internal control system and properly educating and training employees to mitigate the risk of individuals engaging in unlawful or fraudulent activity or otherwise exposing us to unacceptable business risks;

 

adhering tomaintaining our high quality standards;

standards of service;

 

maintaining high levels of client satisfaction;

 

developing and improving our internal administrative infrastructure, particularly our financial, operational, communications and other internal systems;

systems including data management in our IT applications and Management Information Systems (“MIS”);

 

preserving our culture, values and entrepreneurial environment; and

 

assimilating and integrating disparate IT systems, personnel and employment practices, and operations of acquired companies.companies; and

Managing our procurement, supply chain and vendor management processes.

If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, the quality of our services and products may decline, and our ability to attract clients and skilled personnel may be negatively affected. These factors in turn could negatively affect the growth of all segments of our IT business and harm the value of our shareholders’ investment.

Intense competition in the market for IT and ITeS services could adversely affect our cost advantages, and, as a result, decrease our revenues.

The market for IT services is highly competitive. Our competitors include software/IT companies, systems consulting and integration firms, other technology companies and client in-house information services departments. We may also face competition from IT and ITeS companies operating from emerging low cost destinations such as China, the Philippines, Brazil, Romania and Poland. Some of our competitors command significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources and generate greater revenue than we do. We cannot be reasonably certain that we will be able to compete successfully against such competitors or that we will not lose our key employees or clients to such competitors. Additionally, we believe that our ability to compete also depends in part on factors outside our control, such as the availability of skilled resources, the price at which our competitors offer comparable services and our competitors’ responsiveness to their clients’ needs.

We may face difficulties in providing end-to-end business solutions for our clients that could cause clients to discontinue their work with us, which in turn could harm our business.

TheAs we have increased the breadth of our service offerings, may resultwe have engaged in larger and more complex projects with our clients. This will requirerequires us to establish closer relationships with our clients, develop a thorough understanding of their operations, and take higher commercial risks in our contracts with such clients.clients, including penalty clauses and compensation based on our client’s financial outcomes. Our ability to establish such relationships will depend on a number of factors, including the proficiency of our IT professionals and our management personnel. Our failure to understand and successfully implement our client’s requirements, the domain and country-specific laws and regulations which govern the products and services that we provide, or our failure to deliver services which meet the requirements specified by our clients could result in termination of client contracts, reputational harm and/or imposition of penalties or the payment of damages. Additionally, we may experience financial losses in contracts which are linked to our client’s future business outcomes or based on assumptions which are not realized. We may also be subject to loss of clients due to dependence on alliance partners, subcontractors or third party product vendors.

Larger projects may involve multiple engagements or stages, and there is a risk that a client may choose not to retain us for subsequent stages or may cancel or delay subsequent planned engagements. TheseFurther, we may not be able to sell additional services to existing clients. Unsatisfied clients might seek to terminate existing contracts prior to the completion of the services or relationship. This may further damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new contracts with current and prospective clients. We may also experience terminations, cancellations or delays mayas a result fromof the business or financial condition of our clients or the economy generally, as opposed to factors related to the quality of our services. Such cancellations or delays make it difficult to plan for project resource requirements, and inaccuracies in such resource planning may have a negative impact on our profitability.

Our success depends in large part upon the strength of our management team and other highly skilled professionals. If we fail to attract, retain and retainmanage the transition of these personnel, our business may be unable to grow and our revenue could decline, which may decrease the value of our shareholders’ investment.

The continued efforts of the senior members of our management team including of our Chairman and Managing Director, are critical to our success. Our ability to execute project engagements and to obtain new clients depends in large part on our ability to attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled professionals, especially project managers, software engineers and other senior technical personnel. If we cannot hire and retain additional qualified personnel, our ability to bid on and obtain new projects and to continue to expand our business will be impaired

and our revenue could decline. We believe that there is significant competition for professionals with the skills necessary to perform the services we offer.offer, particularly in the locations in which we have operations. We may not be able to hire and retain enough skilled and experienced employees to replace those who leave. Increasing competition for technology professionals in India may also impact our ability to retain personnel. Changes in government policies may also affect our ability to attract, hire and retain personnel. Additionally, we may not be able to reassign or retain our employees to keep pace with continuing changes in technology, evolving standards and changing client preferences. Our profits could be adversely affected if we are unable to manage employee hiring and attrition to achieve a stable and efficient workforce structure.

Our profitability could suffer if we are unable to improvecontinue to successfully manage our cost management or such strategies are not as successful as they have been in the past.costs.

Our ability to improve or maintain our profitability is dependent on successful management of our costs. Our cost management strategies include maintaining appropriate alignment between the demand for our services and our resource capacity, optimizing the costs of service delivery and effectively leveraging our sales and marketing and general and administrative costs. We also have to manage additional costs to replace the unsatisfactory solutions or services if our clients are not satisfied because we fail to properly understand their needs and develop solutions accordingly. We have also taken actions to reduce certain costs, and these initiatives include, deriving greaterincluding increasing productivity from fixed costs, such as better utilization of existing facilities, and relocating non-client-facing employees to lower-cost locations. There is no guarantee that these, or other cost-management efforts will be successful, that our efficiency will be enhanced, or that we will achieve desired levels of profitability. Over time, we have seen a steady improvement in general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenue. Because of the significant steps taken in the past to reduce such costs, we may not be able to maintain such a high level of cost reduction once we have eliminated redundancies and streamlined our processes to maximize efficiency. If we are not able to mitigate rising employee compensation costs by relocating to lower cost locations, passing such increases to customers,clients, or using other measures,increasing our revenues sufficiently to offset increased costs, our margins and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Exchange rate fluctuations in various currencies in which we do business could negatively impact our revenue and operating results.results/net income.

Our IT Services business is approximately 76%91% of our revenue. OurA significant portion of our revenue from thisthese business issegments are derived from transactions in foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar and the euro, while a significant portion of our costs are in Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the Rupeerupee and foreign currencies has fluctuated significantly in recent years and may continue to fluctuate in the future. Appreciation of the Rupeerupee against foreign currencies can adversely affect our revenue and competitive position, and can adversely impact our gross margins. Exchange rate fluctuations have in the past adversely impacted, and may in the future adversely impact, our operating results. We generate approximately 35%43% of our IT Services revenues in non-U.S. dollar currencies, and the exchange rate fluctuations between these currencies and the U.S. dollar can affect our revenues and growth, as expressed in U.S. dollar terms. We seek to minimize this risk by entering into forward exchange and option contracts. However, volatilityVolatility in exchange rate movement and/or sustained Indian rupee appreciation will negatively impact our revenue and operating results.

A significant portion of our debt is in various foreign currencies. We also undertake hedging strategies to mitigate exposure of exchange rate risk relating to foreign currency borrowing, including entering into cross-currency interest rate swaps. As mentioned above, the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and foreign currencies has fluctuated significantly in recent years and will likely continue to fluctuate in the future. VolatilityIf the value of the rupee declines, the size of our debt obligations and interest expenses in exchange rate movement and/or Indian rupee depreciationrupees may negativelyincrease, which will adversely impact our net income.

Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to protect us against all potential losses to which we may be subject, and this may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our insurance policies cover physical loss or damage to our property and equipment arising from a number of specified risks and certain consequential losses, including business interruption, arising from the occurrence of an insured event under the policies. Under our property and equipment policies, damages and losses caused by certain natural disasters, such as earthquakes, acts of terrorism, floods and windstorms are also covered. We also maintain various other types of insurance, such as directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, workmen’s compensation insurance and marine insurance. We maintain insurance on property and equipment in amounts believed to be consistent with industry practices, but we are not fully insured against all such risks. Notwithstanding the insurance coverage that we and our subsidiaries carry, the occurrence of an event that causes losses in excess of the limits specified in our policies, or losses arising from events not covered by insurance policies, could materially harm our financial condition and future operating results. There can be no assurance that any claims filed, under our insurance policies will be honored fully or timely. Also, our financial condition may be affected to the extent we suffer any loss or damage that is not covered by insurance or which exceeds our insurance coverage.

Our revenues are highly dependent on clients primarily located in the United States and Europe, as well as on clients concentrated in certain industries, andindustries; therefore, an economic slowdown or factors that affect the economic health of the United States, Europe or these industries maywould adversely affect our business.

We derive approximately 52%49% of our IT Services revenue from the United States and 28%30% of our IT Services revenue from Europe. If the economy in the United States or Europe continues to weaken andbe volatile or uncertain or conditions in the global financial market continue to deteriorate, pricing for our services may become less attractive and our clients located in these geographies may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly. Reduction in spending on IT services may lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.

Furthermore, anyOur clients are concentrated in certain key industries. Any significant decrease in the growth of theany one of these industries, in which we focus, or a significant consolidationwidespread changes in any such industry, may reduce or alter the demand for our services and adversely affect our revenue and profitability. Furthermore, some of the industries in which our clients are concentrated, such as the financial services industry, health care industry or the energy and utilities industry, are, or may be, increasingly subject to governmental regulation and intervention. For instance, clients in the financial services sector have been subject to increased regulation following the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in the United States. Increased regulation, changes in existing regulation or increased governmental intervention in the industries in which our clients operate may adversely affect the growth of their respective businesses and therefore negatively impact our revenues.

Our IT Services revenue depends to a large extent on a smalllimited number of clients, and our revenue could decline if we lose a major client.

We currently derive, and believe that we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our IT Services revenue from a limited number of corporate clients. The loss of a major client or a significant reduction in the service performed for a major client could result in a reduction of our revenue. Significant pricing or margin pressure exerted by our largest clients would also adversely affect our operating results. Our largest client accounted for 4%, 3% and 4% of our IT Services revenue for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 20122014, respectively. Our ten largest IT Services clients accounted for approximately 4%20%, 22% and 23% of our IT Services revenue. Forrevenues for the same periods, our ten largest clients accounted for approximately 20% of our IT Services revenue.years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The volume of work we perform for specific clients may vary from year to year, particularly since we typically are not the exclusive external technology service provider for these clients. Thus, any major client during one year may not provide the same level of revenue in a subsequent year.

There are a number of factors other than our performance that could cause the loss of a client, such as a reduction in our clients’ IT budgets due to economic factors or otherwise, shifts in corporate priorities, consolidation among our clients and thesepolitical or economic factors. These factors are neithermay not be predictable noror under our control. In certain cases, clients have reduced their spending on IT services due to a challenging economic environment, consequently reducing their volume of business with us. If we were to lose one of our major clients or have a significantly lower volume of business with them, our revenue and profitability could be reduced. We continually strive tocannot assure you that present or future large clients will not terminate their arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce or delay the amount of services ordered from us, any of which would reduce our dependencenet sales and net income.

Companies in the industries that we serve may also seek to achieve economies of scale and other synergies by combining with or acquiring other companies. If two or more of our current clients merge or consolidate and combine their operations, it may decrease the overall amount of work that we perform for such clients. If one of our current clients merges or consolidates with a company that relies on another provider for its consulting, systems integration, technology or outsourcing services, we may lose work from that client or lose the opportunity to gain additional work. The increased market power of larger companies could also increase pricing and competitive pressures on us.

Our results of operations may be affected by the rate of growth in the use of technology in business and the type and level of technology spending by our clients.

Our business depends, in part, upon continued reliance on the revenue earned fromuse of technology in business by our clients and prospective clients as well as their customers and suppliers. In particular, the success of our new service offerings requires continued demand for such services renderedand our ability to any one client.meet this demand in a cost-effective manner. In challenging economic environments, our clients may reduce or defer their spending on new technologies in order to focus on other priorities and prospective clients may decide not to engage our services. Also, many companies have already invested substantial resources in their current means of conducting commerce and exchanging information, and they may be reluctant or slow to adopt new approaches that could disrupt existing personnel, processes and infrastructures. If the growth of technology usage in business, or our clients’ spending on such technology, declines, or if we cannot convince our clients or potential clients to embrace new technological solutions, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain favorable utilization rates.

Our profitability and the cost of providing our services are affected by the utilization rate of our professionals. If we are not able to maintain appropriatehigh utilization rates for our professionals, our profit margin and our profitability may suffer. Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:

 

our ability to transition employees from completed projects to new assignments and to hire and integrate new employees;

 

our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate headcount in each of our geographies and workforces;

 

our ability to manage attrition; and

 

our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other non-chargeable activities.

Our revenue could also suffer if we misjudge demand patterns and do not recruit sufficient employees to satisfy demand. Employee shortages could prevent us from completing our contractual commitments in a timely manner and cause us to pay penalties or lose contracts or clients.

In the last fiscal year, we implemented a new segment reporting structure to align ourselves with industry trends. This change to our segment reporting could be confusing to investors, and may not have the desired effects.

Starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we began reporting our former IT Services business segment as six separate segments to better align ourselves with industry trends. We have provided disclosures about our new segment reporting structure, but there is no guarantee that investors or the market will understand this change to our financial reporting. There is also no guarantee that this change will have the desired effect, and in the future we may need to change our basis of segment reporting to provide greater clarity to investors. Failure of investors or analysts to understand our revised segment reporting structure may negatively affect their ability to understand our business and operating results which could adversely affect our stock price.

Restrictions on immigration in the U.S. may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in the U.S., which could hamper our growth and cause our revenue to decline.

Our employees who work onsite at client facilities or at our facilities in the U.S. on temporary or extended assignments typically must obtain visas. If U.S. immigration laws change and make it more difficult for us to obtain H-1B and L-1 visas for our employees, our ability to compete for and provide services to our clients in the United StatesU.S. could be impaired. In response to past terrorist attacks in the United States,U.S., the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services has(“USCIS”) and the U.S. Department of State have increased itstheir level of scrutiny in reviewing visa applications and haswork petitions and have decreased the number of grants. Thesesuch visas granted.

Additionally, the U.S. is currently considering comprehensive immigration reforms which may result in additional restrictions and any furtheror changes that could hamper our ability to serviceserve our customers and causeclients, causing our revenue to decline.

A majority If those proposed restrictive provisions are signed into law, they could have a substantial impact on our hiring practices or capacity to complete client projects, and our cost of our personneldoing business in the United States hold H-1B visas or L-1 visas. An H-1B visa isU.S. could increase and that may discourage clients from seeking our services. This could have a temporary work visa, which allows the employee to remain in the United States while he or she remains an employee of the sponsoring firm. The L-1 visa is an intra-company transfer visa, which only allows the employee to remain in the United States temporarily. There is a limit to the aggregate number of new H-1B petitions that the U.S. Citizenshipmaterial and Immigration Services may approve annually.adverse effect on our business, revenues and operating results.

Although there is currently no regulatory limit to the number of new L-1 petitions or visas granted, the L-1 and H-1B Visa Reform Act of 2004 precludes foreign companies from obtaining L-1 visas for employees with specialized knowledge if (1) such employees will be stationed primarily at the worksite of another company in the U.S. and the employee will not be controlled and supervised by his employer, or (2) the placement is essentially an arrangement to provide labor for hire rather than in connection with the employee’s specialized knowledge. Furthermore, the USCIS has indicated that it will start worksite visits for L-1 employees beginning in 2014.

In addition, companies which have obtained H-1B visas on behalf of employees face higher labor, legal and regulatory standards. Investigations by the Wage and Hour Division of the United StatesU.S. Department of Labor or unannounced random site inspections by the United StatesU.S. Department of Homeland Security could also could diminishaffect our ability to efficiently compete for and provide services to our clients in the United States.U.S.

Immigration laws in the United StatesU.S. and in other countries are subject to legislative changes, as well as to variations in the standards of application and enforcement due to political forces and economic conditions. It is difficult to predict the political and economic events that could affect immigration laws, or the restrictive impact they could have on obtaining or monitoringreviewing work visas for our technology professionals.

Although we currently have sufficient personnel with valid H-1B and L-1 visas, we cannot be assured that we will continue to be able to obtain any or a sufficient number of H-1B and L-1 visas for our onsite employees on the same time scheduletimeframe as we have previously obtained.currently maintain.

Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements, and violation of these regulations could harm our business.

Since we provide services to clients throughout the world, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal requirements on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, anti-bribery, whistle blowing, internal and disclosure control obligations, data protection and privacy and labor relations. Gaps in our compliance with these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in fines, penalties, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, disgorgement of profits, prohibitions on doing business and adverse impact to our reputation. Gaps in compliance with these regulations in connection with the performance of our obligations to our clients could also result in liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degree of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to defend us and preserve our rights.

We have more than 28,000 employees located outside India. We are subject to risks relating to compliance with a variety of national and local laws including multiple tax regimes, labor laws, employee health safety and wages and benefits laws. We may, from time to time, be subject to litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims against us by current or former employees individually or as part of class actions, including claims of wrongful terminations, discrimination, misclassification or other violations of labor law or other alleged conduct. We may also, from time to time, be subject to litigation resulting from claims against us by third parties, including claims of breach of non-compete and confidentiality provisions of our employees’ former employment agreements with such third parties. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our international operations subject us to risks inherent in doing business on an international level that could harm our operating results.

Currently, we have software development facilities in several countries around the world. The majority of our software development facilities are located in India. As we continue to increase our presence outside India through our strategic development centers worldwide, we are subject to additional risks related to our international expansion strategy, including risks related to complying with a wide variety of national and local laws, restrictions on the import and export of certain technologies, data privacy and protection regulations, currency fluctuations, economic and political volatility and multiple and possibly overlapping tax structures. In addition, we may face competition in other countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in such countries or with international operations in general. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations, as well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture. Our international expansion plans may not be successful, and we may not be able to compete effectively in other countries.

Legislation in certain countries in which we operate, including the United States,U.S., may restrict companies in those countries from outsourcing work.

Some countries and organizations have expressed concerns about a perceived connection between offshore outsourcing and the loss of jobs domestically. With high domestic unemployment levels in many countries and increasing political and media attention on the outsourcing of services internationally by domestic corporations, there have been concerted efforts in many countries to enact new legislation to restrict offshore outsourcing or impose restrictions on companies that outsource. Periodically, restrictive outsourcing legislation has been considered by federal and state legislaturesauthorities in the U.S. In the event any of these measures become law, our ability to do business in these jurisdictions could be adversely impacted, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues and operating profitability.

In addition, from time to time, negative experiences associated with offshore outsourcing, such as theft and misappropriation of sensitive client data, has been publicized, including reports involving service providers in India. Our current or prospective clients may elect to perform certain services themselves or may be discouraged from transferring services from onshore to offshore service providers to avoid harmful publicity or any negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore service provider. Any slowdown or reversal of existing industry trends towards offshore outsourcing would seriously harm our ability to compete effectively with competitors that provide services from within the countries in which our clients operate.

Further, under the United Kingdom’s Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employees) Regulations, 2006, as well as similar regulations in European Union member countries, employees who are dismissed by an outsourcing vendor could seek compensation from their current or new employer. This could adversely impact our customers’ ability to outsource and also result in additional costs due to redundant payment liabilities. Such events can have an adverse impact on our results of operations and our financial position.

Our failure to complete fixed-price, fixed-time frame contracts within the budget and on time may negatively affect our profitability, which could decrease the value of our shareholders’ investment.

We offer a portion of our services on a fixed-price, fixed-time frame basis, rather than on a time-and-materials basis. Although we use our specified software engineering processes and rely on our past project experience to reduce the risks associated with estimating, planning and performing fixed-price or fixed-time frame projects, we bear the riskrisks of cost overruns, completion delays and wage inflation in connection with these projects. If we fail to accurately estimate the resources and time required for a project, future rates of wage inflation and currency exchange rates, or if we fail to complete our contractual obligations within the contracted timeframe, our profitability may suffer.

If our pricing structures do not accurately anticipate the cost and complexity of performing our work, then our contracts could be unprofitable.

We negotiate pricing terms with our clients utilizing a range of pricing structures and conditions. Depending on the particular contract, these include time-and-materialswe may use time and materials pricing, fixed-price arrangements, and hybrid contracts with features of both pricing models. We also undertake element or transaction based pricing, which is done with a view of certain scale of operations. Our pricing is highly dependent on our internal forecasts and predictions about our projects and the marketplace, which might be based on limited data and could be inaccurate. If we do not accurately estimate the costs and timing for completing projects, our contracts could prove unprofitable for us or yield lower profit margins than anticipated. The risk is greatest when pricing our outsourcing contracts, as many of our outsourcing projects entail the coordination of operations and workforces in multiple locations, utilizing workforces with different skill sets and competencies and geographically-distributed service centers. Furthermore, when work gets outsourced we occasionally hire employees from our clients and assume responsibility for one or more of our clients’ business processes. Our pricing, cost and profit margin estimates on outsourced work frequently include anticipated long-term cost savings from transformational and other

initiatives that we expect to achieve and sustain over the life of the outsourcing contract. There is a risk that we will under priceunderprice our contracts, fail to accurately estimate the costs of performing the work or fail to accurately assess the risks associated with potential contracts. In particular, any increased or unexpected costs, or wide fluctuations compared to our original estimates, delays or failures to achieve anticipated cost savings, or unexpected risks we encounter in connection with the performance of this work, including those caused by factors outside our control, could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable, which could have an adverse effect on our profit margin.

Disruptions in telecommunications could harm our service model, which could result in a reduction of our revenue.

A significant element of our business strategy is to continue to leverage and expand our offshore development centers at Bangalore, Chennai, Hyderabad, Kolkata, Pune and other cities in India, as well as near-shore development centers outside of India. We believe that the use of a strategically located network of software development centers will provideprovides us with cost advantages, the ability to attract highly skilled personnel from various regions of India and the world, the ability to service clients on a regional and global basis and the ability to provide services to our clients 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Part of our service model is to maintain active voice and data communications between our main offices in Bangalore, our clients’ offices, and our software development and support facilities. Although we maintain redundancy facilities and satellite communications links, any significant loss in our ability to transmit voice and data through satellite and telephone communications could result in a disruption in business, thereby hindering our performance or our ability to complete client projects on time. This, in turn, could lead to a reduction of our revenue.

We may be liable to our clients for damages caused by disclosure of confidential information or data security system failures.

We often have access to or are required to collect and store confidential client and customer data. We face a number of threats to our data centers and networks of unauthorized access, security breaches and other system disruptions. It is critical to our business that our infrastructure remains secure and is perceived by customers to be secure. Despite our security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or other disruptive problems. Breaches of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of confidential customer data could expose us, our customers or the individuals affected to a risk of loss or misuse of this information. We could be subject to termination of contracts for non-compliance with our client’s Information Security policies and procedures.

Many of our client agreements do not limit our potential liability for breaches of confidentiality. If any person, including any of our employees or former employees, penetrates our network security or misappropriates sensitive data, we could be subject to significant liability from our clients or from our clients’ customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data, whether through breach of our computer systems, systems failure, loss or theft of assets containing confidential information or otherwise, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients.

We are investingmaking substantial cash assetsinvestments in new facilities and physical infrastructures, and our profitability could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately.

We have invested substantially in construction or expansion of software development facilities and physical infrastructure during fiscal year 20122014 in anticipation of growth in our business. The total amount of investment made to purchase property, plant and equipment in fiscal year 20122014 was Rs. 12,9778,913 million (US$255($149 million). Additionally, as of March 31, 2012,2014, we had contractual commitments of approximately Rs. 1,673778 million (US$33($13 million) related to capital expenditures on construction or expansion of our software development and other facilities. We may encounter cost overruns or project delays in connection with new facilities and these expansions may increase our fixed costs. If we are unable to grow our business and revenues proportionately,to sufficiently offset the increased expenditures, our profitability will be reduced.

Our business will suffer if we fail to anticipate and develop new services and enhance existing services in order to keep pace with rapid changes in technology and the industries on which we focus.

The IT services market is characterized by rapid technological changes, evolving industry standards, changing client preferences and new product and service introductions. Our future success will depend on our ability to anticipate these advances and enhance our existing offerings or develop new product and service offerings to meet client needs. We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these advances on a timely basis, or, if we do respond, the services or technologies we develop may not be successful in the marketplace. We may also be unsuccessful in stimulating customer demand for new and upgraded products, or seamlessly managing new product introductions or transitions. Further, products, services or technologies that are developed by our competitors may render our services non-competitive or obsolete. Our failure to address the demands of the rapidly evolving information technology environment, particularly with respect to cloud computing and storage, mobility and applications and analytics, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If flaws in design, function or maintenance of our services were to occur, we could experience a rate of failure that would result in substantial repair, replacement or service costs and potential damage to our reputation. Continued improvement of our services and control of quality, costs and product testing are critical factors in our future growth. There can be no assurances that our efforts to monitor, develop, modify and implement appropriate testing for errors and upgrading processes will be sufficient to prevent us from having to incur substantial repair, replacement or service costs or from a disruption in our ability to provide services, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Many of our client contracts can typically be terminated without cause, with little or no notice and without termination charges, which could negatively impact our revenue and profitability.

Our clients typically retain us on a non-exclusive, project-by-project basis. Many of our client contracts, including those that are on a fixed-price, fixed-time frame basis, can be terminated with or without cause, with as little as 90 days’ notice and without termination-related penalties. Additionally, most of our contracts with clients are typically limited to discrete projects without any commitment to a specific volume of business or future work. Our business is dependent on the decisions and actions of our clients, and there are a number of factors that might result in the termination of a project or the loss of a client that are outside of our control, including:

 

the business or financial condition of our clients or the economy generally;

 

a change in strategic priorities, resulting in a reduced level of IT spending;

 

a demand for price reductions; and

 

a change in outsourcing strategy such as moving to client in-house IT departments or to our competitors.

Termination of client relationships, particularly relationships with our largest customers would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may engage in future acquisitions, investments, strategic partnerships or other joint ventures that may harmnot be successful or meet our performance, dilute our shareholders’ ownership and cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities.expectations.

We have acquired and in the future may acquire or make investments in complementary businesses, technologies, services or products, or enter into strategic partnerships or joint ventures with parties whothat we believe can provide access to thosenew markets, capabilities or assets. In the future,The acquisition and integration of new businesses subjects us to many risks and we can provide no assurances that any such acquisition will be successful or meet our expectations. If it does not, we may not identify suitable acquisition, investment or strategic partnership candidates, or if we do identify suitable candidates, wesuffer losses, dilute value to shareholders, may not be able to take advantage of appropriate investment opportunities or complete those transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us. We could have difficulty in assimilating the personnel operations, technology or softwareoperations of the acquired companies. In addition, the key personnel of an acquired company may decide not to work for us. We could also have difficulty in integrating the acquired products, services, solutions or technologies into our operations. We may have to face litigation or other claims arising out of our acquisitions, including disputes with regard to earn-outs or other closing adjustments. These difficulties could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, and increase our expenses. Changes in competition laws in India and abroad could also impact our acquisition plans by prohibiting potential transactions which would otherwise be beneficial for us.

Investments in joint ventures or companies where we do not have majority ownership expose us to decisions made by others. This could impact our ability to align the strategic goals of the venture with our goals and this may impact the returns on our investment. We may also be required to exit such ventures at inopportune times or make further investments in a venture based on current shareholder agreements. Such further investments may have to be made at a time when the venture is financially struggling and this may erode or dilute its value to our shareholders.

Despite our due diligence process, we may fail to discover significant issues around an acquired company’s intellectual property, service offerings, customer relationships, employee matters, accounting practices or regulatory compliances. We may also fail to discover liabilities that are not properly disclosed to us or we inadequately assess in our due diligence efforts or liabilities that may arise out of regulatory non-compliance, contractual obligations or breaches. We cannot predict or guarantee that our efforts will be effective or will protect us from liability. If we are unable to get indemnification protection or other contractual protections or relief for any material liabilities associated with our acquisitions or investments, it could harm our operating results.

Some of our long-term client contracts contain benchmarking provisions which, if triggered could result in lower contractual revenues and profitability in the future.

As the size and complexitySome of our client engagements increase, our clients may require furthercontracts contain benchmarking provisions in our contracts with them. Benchmarking provisionswhich allow a customer in certain circumstances to request a study prepared by an agreed upon third-party comparing our pricing, performance and efficiency gains for delivered contract services against the comparable services of an agreed upon list of other service providers. Based on the results of the benchmark study and depending on the reasons for any unfavorable variance, we may be required to reduce our pricing for future services to be performed for the remainder of the contract term, which could have an adverse impact on our revenues and profitability.

We may be liable to our clients for damages caused by system failures, which could damageharm our reputation and cause us to lose customers.clients.

Many of our contracts involve projects that are critical to the operations of our clients’ businesses and provide benefits to our clients that may be difficult to quantify. Any failure in a client’s system could result in a claim for substantial damages against us, regardless of our responsibility for such failure. Although we attempt to limit our contractual liability for consequential damages in rendering our services, we cannot be assured that such limitations on liability will be enforceable in all cases, or that they will otherwise protect us from liability for damages. A successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage or results in changes to our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of a large deductible or co-insurance requirement, could adversely affect our operating results. We may also be liable to our clients for damages or termination of contract if we are unable to address disruption in services to our clients with adequate business continuity plans.

ClientsWe may be subject us to litigation and be required to seekpay damages for deficient services or for violating intellectual property rights.

Our clientsWe may be subject us to litigation and seekbe required to pay damages for losses caused by allegedly deficient services. ClientsWe may also be subject us to litigation and seek damages for violating or misusing theirour clients’ intellectual property rights.rights or for breaches of third-party intellectual property rights or confidential information in connection with services to our clients. Further, our contracts often contain provisions pursuant to which we indemnify our clients for such third-party breaches of intellectual property pursuant to our contracts. Our inability to provide services at contractually-agreed service levels or inability to prevent violation or misuse of the intellectual property of our clients or that of third parties could cause significant damage to our reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

Third party providers of software that we license may subject us to claims or litigation to seek damages for violating their licenses and intellectual property rights, which could require us to pay damages, enter into costly license arrangements or modify our products and services. We may also face litigation or incur additional fees and be required to pay damages for violating contractual terms, misuse or excessive use of our license to intellectual property rights, which could cause significant damage to our reputation and adversely affect our results or operations. Further, we may be required to indemnify our clients for third-party breaches of intellectual property pursuant to our contracts.

Compliance with new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations, New York Stock Exchange rules, Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) rules and Indian stock market listing regulations, are creating uncertainty for companies like ours. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards.

In particular, continuing compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related regulations regarding our required assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting requires the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources. With respect to our Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2012,2014, our management has performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting. We have determined that the internal controls are effective.

We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion ofsignificant management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.attention. In addition, the new laws, regulations and standards regarding corporate governance may make it more difficult for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Further, our board members, chief executive officer and chief financial officer could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with the performance of their duties. As a result, we may face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified board members and executive officers, which could harm our business. If we fail to comply with new or changed laws or regulations and standards differ, our business and reputation may be harmed.

If we fail to or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

We are subject to reporting obligations under U.S. securities laws. The SEC, as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, has adopted rules requiring every public company to include a report of management on the effectiveness of such company’s internal control over financial reporting in its annual report. In addition, an independent registered public accounting firm must issue an attestation report on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, we and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting at a reasonable assurance level. This could in turn result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. Furthermore, we have incurred and anticipate that we will continue to incur considerable costs and use significant management time and other resources in an effort to comply with Section 404 and other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we are not able to continue to meet the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange or other regulatory authorities. Any such action could adversely affect the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting.

We cannot predict the outcome of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s voluntary requests for documents and information,ongoing formal investigation, the outcome of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

As we have previously disclosed, in our Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2010, our Audit Committee and KPMG India conducted an investigation into whether financial relationships, business transactions or loans existed between any members of KPMG India’s audit engagement team and Wipro as well as other potential independence matters, including whether any other members of the KPMG India audit engagement team had dealings with any Wipro employees that would compromise KPMG India’s independence from Wipro. KPMG India concluded that it did not lack independence with respect to Wipro. Based on its review of the facts from KMPG India’s investigation and discussions with its external advisors, our Audit Committee concurred with KPMG India’s conclusion.

Subsequently, the SEC’s Division of Enforcement has requested that we provide, on a voluntary basis, certain information and documents concerning, among other things, issues relating to auditor independence. Some of the voluntary requests also relate to the same subject matter we disclosed which the Audit Committee investigated previously, includingindependence and the appropriateness of certain accounting entries pertaining to our exchange rate fluctuation and outstanding liability accounts. We are cooperatinghave fully complied with these information requests. In January 2014, the staff of the SEC advised us that the SEC has issued a formal order directing private investigation in connection with this matter, which we believe to be a common step in the process in such matters. We continue to fully cooperate with the SEC’s requests.investigation. The outcome of the SEC’s review of this matter is uncertain. A conclusionAdverse determinations by the SEC that differs with the conclusions reached by KPMG India and our Audit Committee could have a material adverse effect on us.

If we are unable to collect our dues / receivables from or invoice our unbilled services to our clients, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We evaluate the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. We maintain provisions against receivables and unbilled services. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate and as a result we might need to adjust our provisions. There is no guarantee that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions, such as a potential credit crisis in the global financial system, could also result in financial difficulties for our clients, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy. Such conditions could cause clients to delay payment, request modifications of their payment terms, or default on their payment obligations to us, all of which could increase our receivables balance. Timely collection of fees for client services also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and subsequently bill for and collect our contractual service fees. If we are unable to meet our contractual obligations, we might experience delays in the collection of or be unable to collect our client balances, and if this occurs, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time required to bill and collect for our services, our cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our work with government clients exposes us to additional risks inherent in the government contracting environment.

Our clients include national, provincial, state and local governmental entities. Our government work carries various risks inherent in the government contracting process which may affect our operating profitability. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

Government entities often reserve the right to audit our contract costs, including allocated indirect costs, and conduct inquiries and investigations of our business practices with respect to our government contracts. If the client finds that the costs are not reimbursable, then we will not be allowed to bill for them or the cost must be refunded to the client if it has already been paid to us. Findings from an audit may also result in prospective adjustments of previously agreed upon rates for our work and may affect our future margins.

If a government client discovers improper or illegal activities in the course of audits or investigations, we may become subject to various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from doing business with other agencies of that government. The inherent limitations of internal controls may not prevent or detect all improper or illegal activities, regardless of their adequacy and therefore we can only mitigate, and not eliminate, this risk.

 

Government contracts and the proceedings surrounding them, are often subject to more extensive scrutiny and publicity than contracts with commercial clients. Negative publicity related to our government contracts, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new contracts among commercial and governmental entities.

 

Political and economic factors such as pending elections, changes in leadership among key executive or legislativegovernmental decision makers, revisions to governmental tax policies and reduced tax revenues can affect the number and terms of new government contracts signed.

 

Terms and conditions of government contracts tend to be more onerous and are often more difficult to negotiate than those for commercial contracts.

Government contracts may not include a cap on direct or consequential damages, which could cause additional risk and expense in these contracts.

We may incur substantial costs for environmental regulationregulatory compliance.

We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws relating to protection of the environment. We may incur substantial fines, civil or criminal sanctions, or third-party claims for property damage or personal injury if we are held liable under environmental laws and regulations. Our current compliance with environmental laws and regulations is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or competitive position.

We are exposed to fluctuations in the market values of our investment portfolio.

Deterioration of the credit as well as debt and capital markets due to economic turmoil could result in volatility of our investment earnings and impairments to our investment portfolio, which could negatively impact our financial condition and reported income.

We are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates for our borrowings.

Turmoil in the financial markets can cause the borrowings rate to go up in the future. Deterioration in the interest rates could negatively impact our financial condition and reported income.

Our financial condition and results of operations may be harmed if we do not successfully reduce market risks through the use of derivative financial instruments.

Since we conduct operations throughout the world, a substantial portion of our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in various currencies other than the Indian rupee. Becauserupee, including the U.S. dollar and the euro. The Indian rupee has experienced price volatility in the past year and because our financial statements are denominated in the India rupee, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, especially against the U.S. dollar, against the Indian rupee, could have a material impact on our reported results.

Due to these exchange rate fluctuations, there has been an increased demand from our clients that all risks associated with such fluctuations be borne by us. We also experience other market risks, including changes in the interest rates of the securities that we own. We may use derivative financial instruments to reduce certain of these risks. However, if our strategies to reduce market risks are not successful, our financial condition and operating results may be harmed.

Management’s use of estimates may affect our income and financial position.

To comply with IFRS, management is required to make many judgments, estimates, and assumptions. The facts and circumstances on which management bases these estimates and judgments, and management’s judgment of the facts and circumstances, may change from time to time, and this may result in significant changes in the estimates, with a negative impact on our assets or income. Current and future accounting pronouncements and other financial reporting standards may adversely affect the financial information we present. We regularly monitor our compliance with all of the financial reporting standards that are applicable to us and any new pronouncements that are relevant to us. Findings of our monitoring activity or new financial reporting standards may require us to change our internal accounting policies and to alter our operational policy so that it reflects new or amended financial reporting standards. We cannot exclude the possibility that this may have a material impact on our assets, income, or cash flows. For a summary of significant accounting policies, refer to Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements section.

An increasing amount of goodwill

Goodwill and acquisition related intangibles inthat we carry on our financials may leadbalance sheet could give rise to significant impairment charges in the future.

The amount of goodwill and intangible assets in our consolidated financial statement has increased significantly in recent years, primarily due to acquisitions. Goodwill and acquisition related indefinite life intangibles are subject to impairment review at least annually. Impairment testing under IFRS may lead to impairment charges in the future. Any significant impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Risks Related to Investments in Indian Companies and International Operations Generally.

We are incorporated in India, and a substantial portion of our assets and our employees are located in India. Consequently, our financial performance and the market price of our ADSs will be affected by political, social and economic developments affecting India, Government of India policies such as taxation and foreign investment policies, Government of India currency exchange control and changes in exchange rates and interest rates.

Wage increases in India may diminish our competitive advantage against companies located in the United StatesU.S. and Europe and may reduce our profit margins.

Our wage costs in India have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the United StatesU.S. and Europe for comparably skilled professionals, and this has been one of our competitive advantages. However, wage increases in India may prevent us from sustaining this competitive advantage and may negatively affect our profit margins. We may need to increase the levels of our employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to retain talent. Unless we are able to continue to increase the efficiency and productivity of our employees over the long term, wage increases may reduce our profit margins. Furthermore, increases in the proportion of employees with less experience, or source talent from other low cost locations, like Eastern Europe, China or Southeast Asia could also negatively affect our profits.

We would realize lower tax benefits if the special tax holiday scheme for units set up in Special Economic Zones is substantially modified.

Currently, we benefit from tax incentives under Indian tax laws. We qualify for a deduction from taxable income on profits attributable to our status as a developer of Special Economic Zones (“SEZs”) or from operation of units located in Special Economic Zones, or SEZs. The tax deduction for SEZ developers is available for any ten consecutive years out of fifteen years, commencing from the year in which the SEZ is notified. The tax deduction for a unit in an SEZ is equal to 100% of profits from the export of services for the first five years after the commencement of operations in the SEZ, and thereafter is equal to 50.0%50% of profits from the export of services for a subsequent period of ten years, subject to meeting specified re-investment conditions and earmarking of specified reserves in the last five years. This tax deduction will terminate if our operations are no longer located in an SEZ, fail to comply with rules required for an SEZ or fail to meet certain conditions prescribed under the Income Tax Act, 1961 of India. These tax benefits of units are conditioned upon our ability to generate positive net foreign exchange within five years of the commencement of our operations in the SEZ. If we fail to

generate positive net foreign exchange within five years, or thereafter fail to maintain it, we will be subject to penalties under the Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act, 1992, or the Indian Foreign Trade Act. The maximum penalty that may be imposed is equal to five times the gross value of the goods and services that we purchase with duty exemptions. Effective for financial years beginning April 1, 2011, weWe are subject to a Minimum Alternate Tax or MAT,(“MAT”) at a fixed rate of approximately 20.0%21% on itsour net profits as adjusted by certain prescribed adjustments. Where any tax is paid under MAT, such tax will be eligible for adjustment against regular income tax liability computed under the Income Tax Act, 1961 of India, for the following ten years as MAT credit. We cannot assure you that the Government of India will continue these special tax exemptions or that we will continue to qualify for such tax benefits and other incentives. If we no longer receive these tax benefits and other incentives, or if the MAT rate of taxation is increased, our financial results may be adversely affected.

In the past, there have been demands by legislators and various political parties in India for the Government of India to actively regulate the development of SEZs by private entities. There have also been demands to impose strict conditions which need to be complied with before economic zones developed by private entities are designated as SEZs. If such regulations or conditions are imposed, it would adversely impact our ability to set up new units in such designated SEZs and avail ourselves of the tax benefits associated with SEZs.

In the event that the Government of India or the government of another country changes its tax policies in a manner that is adverse to us, our tax expense may materially increase, reducing our profitability.

In the Finance Bill, 2012, the Government of India has proposed to levy service tax based on a negative list of services. Consequently, all services are likely to become taxable, except notified exempted services.

We are also subject to U.S. taxes on income, taking into account corresponding deductions, attributable to the permanent establishment and operation of our U.S. branch. Such tax is assessed at a rate of up to 35%. In addition, we are subject to a 15% Branch Profit Tax, or BPT, in the U.S. on the “dividend equivalent amount” as the term is defined under U.S. tax laws. Based on the net profits of our U.S. branch for fiscal year 2012 and the net assets held as of March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, we are not currently subject to BPT. In the event that BPT is triggered, then such after-tax net profits not represented by an increase in net assets would be treated as a deemed distribution of accumulated profits, and we would be liable to pay additional taxes on all such deemed distributions, thereby increasing our income tax expenses and negatively affecting our profits.

We operate in jurisdictions that impose transfer pricing and other tax related regulations on us, and any failure to comply could materially and adversely affect our profitability.

We are required to comply with various transfer pricing regulations in India and other countries. Failure to comply with such regulations may impact our effective tax rates and consequently affect our net margins. Additionally, we operate in several countries and our failure to comply with the local tax regime may result in additional taxes, penalties and enforcement actions from suchlocal authorities. In the event that we do not properly comply with transfer pricing and tax-related regulations, our profitability may be adversely affected. The Finance Act 2012 extended the applicability of transfer pricing regulations to domestic transactions entered into with related parties and certain specified transactions.

Taxation laws are susceptible to frequent change. In India, changes in taxation law are announced on an annual basis in February, when the Union Budget is presented. In addition, a new Direct Tax Code is expected to replace the existing Indian Income Tax Act, 1961. These changes in law may affect the accuracy of our estimated tax obligations, or the obligations of holders of our equity shares and ADSs. Changes in taxation laws in India are also expected to be announced, when following the announcement of election results, the newly elected government presents the Union Budget.

Terrorist attacks or a war could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Terrorist attacks, such as the attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, the attacks of July 7, 2005 in London, U.K., the attacks of June 30, 2007 in Glasgow, U.K., the attacks inon November 29, 2008 and July 13, 2011 in Mumbai, India and other acts of violence or war have the potential to directly impact our clients. To the extent that such attacks affect or involve the United StatesU.S. or Europe, our business may be significantly impacted, as the majority of our revenue is derived from clients located in those regions. In addition, such attacks may make business travel more difficult,

may make it more difficult to obtain work visas for many of our technology professionals who are required to work in the United StatesU.S. or Europe, and may effectively curtail our ability to deliver services to our clients. Such obstacles to business may increase our expenses and negatively affect the results of our operations. Furthermore, any terrorist attacks in India could cause a disruption in the delivery of our services to our clients, could have a negative impact on our business, personnel, assets and results of operations, and could cause our clients or potential clients to choose other vendors for the services we provide. Terrorist threats, attacks or war could also delay, postpone or cancel our clients’ decisions to use our services.

The markets in which we operate are subject to the riskrisks of earthquakes, floods and other natural disasters, the occurrence of which could cause our business to suffer.

Some of the regions that we operate in are prone to earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, flooding and other natural disasters. In the event that any of our business centers are affected by such disasters, we may sustain damage to our operations and properties, suffer significant financial losses and be unable to complete our client engagements in a timely manner, if at all. Further, in the event of a natural disaster, we may also incur costs in redeploying personnel and property. In addition, if there is a major earthquake, as occurred in Japan in March 2011, a flood, as occurred in Thailand in July 2011, or other natural disaster in any of the locations in which our significant customersclients are located, we face the risk that our customersclients may incur losses or sustained business interruption which may materially impair their ability to continue their purchase of our products or services. A major earthquake, flood or other natural disaster including as a result of climate changes in the locations in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Regional conflicts in South Asia could adversely affect the Indian economy, disrupt our operations and cause our business to suffer.

South Asia has from time to time experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries, including between India and Pakistan. There have been military confrontations between India and Pakistan in the Kashmir region and along the India-Pakistan border. The potential for hostilities between the two countries is high due to recent terrorist activities in India and the aggravated geopolitical situation. Both countries have initiated active measures to reduce hostilities. Military activity or terrorist attacks in the future could harm the Indian economy by disrupting communications and making travel more difficult. Such political tensions could create a greater perception that investments in Indian companies involve a higher degree of risk. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the market for the securities of Indian companies, including our equity shares and our ADSs, and on the market for our services.

Political considerations in the Government of India could delay the liberalization of the Indian economy and adversely affect economic conditions in India in general, which could in return impact our financial results and prospects.

Since 1991, successive Indian Governments have pursued policies ofDespite economic liberalization including significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the role ofpolicies, the Indian Centralfederal and State Governments instate governments remain a significant part of the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant.regulators. Although we believe that the process of economic liberalization will continue, the rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting technology companies, foreign investment, currency exchange and other matters affecting investment in our securities could change as well. A significant change in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally and our business in particular.

For instance in April 2007, the Government of India announced a number of changes in its policy relating to SEZs, including specifying a cap on land available for SEZs. The Government of India is alsocurrently considering making further changes in its SEZ policy. We currently have several facilities operating within SEZs and any adverse change in policy relating to SEZs could affect our profitability.

Indian law limits our ability to raise capital outside India and may limit the ability of others to acquire us, which could prevent us from operating our business or entering into a transaction that is in the best interests of our shareholders.

Indian law constrains our ability to raise capital outside of India through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities. Generally, any foreign investment in, or an acquisition of, an Indian company requires approval from relevant government authorities in India, including the Reserve Bank of India. However, subject to certain exceptions, the Government of India currently does not mandate prior approvals for IT companies such as ours. If we are required to seek the approval of the Government of India and the Government of India does not approve the proposed investment or implements a limit on the foreign equity ownership of IT companies, our ability to seek and obtain additional equity investment by foreign investors will be limited. In addition, these restrictions, if applied to us, may prevent us from entering into a transaction, such as an acquisition by a non-Indian company, which would otherwise be beneficial for our Company and the holders of our equity shares and ADSs.

Our ability to acquire companies organized outside India depends on the approval of the Government of India. Our failure to obtain approval from the Government of India for the acquisition of companies organized outside India may restrict our international growth, which could negatively affect our revenue.

The Ministry of Finance of the Government of India and/or the Reserve Bank of India must approve our acquisition of any company organized outside of India or grant general or special permission for such acquisition. The Reserve Bank of India permits acquisitions of companies organized outside of India by an Indian party without approval in the following circumstances:

 

if the transaction consideration is paid in cash, up to 400% of the net worth of the acquiring company;

or

 

if the acquisition is funded with cash from the acquiring company’s existing foreign currency accounts or with cash proceeds from the issue of ADRs or Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”); or

if the transaction consideration is paid in stock (i.e., by issue of ADRs/GDRs), up to ten times the acquiring company’s previous fiscal year’s export earnings.

.

We cannot assure you that any necessary approval from the Reserve Bank of India or the Ministry of Finance or any other Government agency can be obtained. Our failure to obtain such approvals from the Government of India for acquisitions of companies organized outside India may restrict our international growth, which could negatively affect our revenue.

It may be difficult for you to enforce any judgment obtained in the United StatesU.S. against us, our directors or executive officers or our affiliates.

We are incorporated under the laws of India and many of our directors and executive officers reside outside the United States.U.S. A substantial portion of our assets and the assets of many of these persons are also located outside the United States.U.S. As a result, you may be unable to effect service of process upon us outside of India or upon such persons outside their jurisdiction of residence. In addition, you may be unable to enforce against us in courts outside of India, or against these persons outside the jurisdiction of their residence, judgments obtained in courts of the United States,U.S., including judgments predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States.U.S.

We have been advised by our Indian counsel that the United StatesU.S. and India do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United StatesU.S. on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States,U.S., would not be enforceable in India. However, the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered may bring a new suit in a competent court in India based on a final judgment that has been obtained in the United States.U.S. The suit must be brought in India within three years from the date of the judgment in the same manner as any other suit filed to enforce a civil liability in India. It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action is brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce a foreign judgment if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with Indian practice. A party seeking to enforce a foreign judgment in India is required to obtain approval from the Reserve Bank of India under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, to execute such a judgment or to repatriate any amount recovered.

The laws of India do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as those of the United States,U.S., and we may be unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property may result in development of technology, products or services which compete with our products. We may also be subject to third-party claims of intellectual property infringement.

Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright and trademark laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. However, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Furthermore, the laws of India do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as laws in the United States.U.S. Therefore, our efforts to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate. Our competitors may independently develop similar technology or duplicate our products or services. Unauthorized parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our products, services or proprietary information.

The misappropriation or duplication of our intellectual property could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, reduce our revenue and increase our expenses. The competitive advantage that we derive from our intellectual property may also be diminished or eliminated. We may need to litigate to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any such litigation could be time-consuming and costly. As the number of patents, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in our industry increases, and as the coverage of these rights increases, we believe that companies in our industry will face more frequent infringement claims. Defending against these claims, even if not meritorious, could be expensive and divert our attention and resources from operating our company. Also, there can be no assurance that, as our business expands into new areas, we will be able to independently develop the technology necessary to conduct our business or that we can do so without infringing on the intellectual property rights of others.

Although we believe that our intellectual property rights do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of any other party, infringement claims may be asserted against us in the future. If we become liable to third parties for infringing their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and be forced to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the applications or products that contain the infringing technology. We may be unable to develop non-infringing technology or to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Further, we may be required to provide indemnification to clients for third-party breaches of intellectual property pursuant to our contracts with such parties.

Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements, and violation of these regulations could harm our business.

Since we provide services to clients throughout the world, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal requirements on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, anti-corruption, whistle blowing, internal and disclosure control obligations, data protection and privacy and labor relations and certain regulatory requirements that are specific to our client’s industry. Non-compliance with these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in fines, penalties, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, disgorgement of profits, prohibitions on doing business and adverse impact to our reputation. Gaps in compliance with these regulations in connection with the performance of our obligations to our clients could also result in exposure to monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Many countries also seek to regulate the actions that companies take outside of their respective jurisdictions, subjecting us to multiple and sometimes competing legal frameworks in addition to our home country rules. Due to the varying degree of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to defend us and preserve our rights. We could also be subjected to risks to our reputation and regulatory action on account of any unethical acts by any of our employees, partners or other related individuals.

We have more than 27,000 employees located outside India. We are subject to risks relating to compliance with a variety of national and local laws including multiple tax regimes, labor laws, and employee health, safety, wages and benefits laws. We may, from time to time, be subject to litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims against us by current or former employees individually or as part of class actions, including claims of wrongful terminations, discrimination, misclassification or other violations of labor law or other alleged conduct. We may also, from time to time, be subject to litigation resulting from claims against us by third parties, including claims of breach of non-compete and confidentiality provisions of our employees’ former employment agreements with such third parties or claims of breach by us of their intellectual property rights. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Further, the Company is subject to the new Indian Companies Act, 2013, which is replacing the prior Indian Companies Act, 1956, with a target date for substantial enforcement of April 1, 2014. However, the implementation of the new legislation has been slow, uneven and inconsistent. It is unclear where case law and practice will evolve, so we cannot predict the costs of compliance, or impact or burden on our resources. In addition, many of the provisions of the previous Companies Act, 1956 also continue to be applicable and both legislations are concurrently in operation until the Companies Act, 2013 is completely effective and enforced. On many of the provisions, clarifications are awaited from the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, which will distribute circulars effecting modification in rules or notifications or changes in the Companies Act, 2013.

Risks Related to the ADSs

Sales of our equity shares may adversely affect the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

Sales of substantial amounts of our equity shares in the public market, including sales by insiders, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our equity shares or our ADSs or our ability to raise capital through an offering of our securities. In the future, we may also sponsor the sale of shares currently held by some of our shareholders, or issue new shares. We can make no prediction as to the timing of any such sales or the effect, if any, that future sales of our equity shares, or the availability of our equity shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our equity shares or ADSs prevailing from time to time.

Our stock price continues to be volatile.

Our stock price is affected by factors outside of our control. Such volatility could negatively impact the perceived value and stability or our ADSs. Further, the Indian stock exchanges have, in the past, experienced substantial fluctuations in the prices of their listed securities. The SecuritiesIndian stock exchanges on which our equity shares are listed, including the BSE Limited (“BSE”) and the National Stock Exchange Board of India (SEBI) recently adopted rulesLimited (“NSE”), have experienced problems that, require publicly listed companies to have at least 25% of their equity shares held publicly by no later than June 2013. Compliance with these SEBI rulesif they continue or recur, could require our promoters to sell to the public their equity shares and reduce their ownership holdings, which could create volatility and impactaffect the market price and liquidity of the securities of Indian companies, including our equity shares or ADSs.shares. These problems in the past included temporary exchange closures, broker defaults, settlement delays and strikes by brokers. In addition, the governing bodies of the Indian stock exchanges have from time to time imposed restrictions on trading in certain securities, limitations on price movements and margin requirements. Furthermore, from time to time disputes have occurred between listed companies and stock exchanges and other regulatory bodies, which in some cases may have had a negative effect on market sentiment.

Also, regulation and monitoring of the Indian securities markets and the activities of investors, brokers and other participants, may differ than in the U.S. SEBI has prescribed regulations and guidelines in relation to disclosure requirements, insider dealing and other matters relevant to the Indian securities market. There may, however, be less publicly available information about Indian companies than is regularly made available by public companies in the U.S.

The price of our ADSs and the U.S. dollar value of any dividends we declare may be negatively affected by fluctuations in the U.S. dollar to Indian rupee exchange rate.

Our ADSs trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) in U.S. dollars. Since the equity shares underlying the ADSs are listed in India on the Bombay Stock Exchange (“BSE”)BSE and National Stock Exchange (“NSE”)the NSE and trade in Indian rupees, the value of the ADSs may be affected by exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the Indian rupee. In addition, dividends declared, if any, are denominated in Indian rupees, and therefore the value of the dividends received by the holders of ADSs in U.S. dollars will be affected by exchange rate fluctuations. If the Indian rupee depreciates against the U.S. dollar, the price at which our ADSs trade may—and the value of the U.S. dollar equivalent of any dividend will decrease accordingly.

An active or liquid trading market for our ADSs is not assured.

An active, liquid trading market for our ADSs may not be maintained in the long term. Loss of liquidity could increase the price volatility of our ADSs.

Indian law imposes foreign investment restrictions that limit a holder’s ability to convert equity shares into ADSs, which may cause our ADSs to trade at a premium or discount to the market price of our equity shares.

Under certain circumstances, the Reserve Bank of India must approve the sale of equity shares underlying ADSs by a non-resident of India to a resident of India. The Reserve Bank of India has given general permission to effect sales of existing shares or convertible debentures of an Indian company by a resident to a non-resident, subject to certain conditions, including the price at which the shares may be sold. Additionally, except under certain limited circumstances, if an investor seeks to convert the Rupeerupee proceeds from a sale of equity shares in India into foreign currency and then repatriate that foreign currency from India, he or she will have to obtain additional approval from the Reserve Bank of India for each transaction. Required approval from the Reserve Bank of India or any other government agency may not be obtained on terms which are favorable to a non-resident investor or may not be obtained at all.

Investors who exchange ADSs for the underlying equity shares and are not holders of record will be required to declare to us details of the holder of record, and the holder of record will be required to disclose the details of the beneficial owner. Any investor who fails to comply with this requirement may be liable for a fine of up to Rs. 1,000 for each day such failure continues. Such restrictions on foreign ownership of the underlying equity shares may cause our ADSs to trade at a premium or discount to the equity shares.

Our ADSs have historically traded at a significant premium to the trading prices of our underlying equity shares on Indian stock exchanges, but may not continue to do so in the future.

Historically, our ADSs have traded at a premium to the trading prices of our underlying equity shares on Indian stock exchanges due to the relatively small portion of our market capitalization represented by ADSs, restrictions imposed by Indian law on the conversion of equity shares into ADSs, and the potential preference of some investors to trade securities listed on U.S. exchanges. The completion of any additional secondary ADS offering will increase the number of our outstanding ADSs. Further, the restrictions on the issuance of ADSs imposed by Indian law may be relaxed in the future. Over a period of time, investor preferences may also change. Therefore, the historical premium of our ADSs as compared to the trading prices of our underlying equity shares on Indian stock exchanges may be reduced or eliminated.

Negative media coverage and public scrutiny may adversely affect the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

Media coverage, including social media coverage such as blogs, of our business practices, employees, policies and actions has increased dramatically over the past several years. Any negative media coverage, regardless of the accuracy of such reporting, may have an initial adverse impact on our reputation and investor confidence, resulting in a decline in the share price of our equity shares and our ADSs.

Holders of ADSs are subject to the Securities and Exchange Board of India’s Takeover Code with respect to their acquisitions of ADSs or the underlying equity shares, and this may impose requirements on such holders with respect to disclosure and offers to purchase additional ADSs or equity shares.

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 (the “Takeover Code”) is applicable to publicly listed Indian companies such as Wipro and to any person acquiring our equity shares or voting rights in our company, including ADSs.

Under the Takeover Code, persons who acquire 5% or more of the shares of a company are required, within two working days of such acquisition, to disclose the aggregate shareholding and voting rights in the company to the company and to the stock exchanges on which the shares of the company are listed.

Additionally, holders of 5% or more of the shares or voting rights of a company who acquire or dispose of shares representing 2% or more of the shares or voting rights of the company must disclose, within two working days of such transaction their revised shareholding to the company and to the stock exchanges on which the shares of the company are listed. This disclosure is required even if the transaction is a sale which results in the holder’s ownership falling below 5%. The Takeover Code may also impose conditions that discourage a potential acquirer, which could prevent an acquisition of our company in a transaction that could be beneficial for our equity holders.

An investor in our ADSs may not be able to exercise preemptive rights for additional shares and may thereby suffer dilution of his or her equity interest in us.

Under the Indian Companies Act, 2013, a company incorporated in India must offer its holders of equity shares preemptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintain their existing ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new equity shares, unless such preemptive rights have been waived by three-fourths of the shares voting on the resolution to waive such rights. Holders of ADSs may be unable to exercise preemptive rights for the equity shares underlying ADSs unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. We are not obligated to prepare and file such a registration statement, and our decision to do so will depend on the costs and potential liabilities associated with any such registration statement, as well as the perceived benefits of enabling the holders of ADSs to exercise their preemptive rights, and any other factors we consider appropriate at the time. No assurance can be given that we would file a registration statement under these circumstances. If we issue any such securities in the future, such securities may be issued to the Depositary, which may sell such securities for the benefit of the holders of the ADSs. There can be no assurance as to the value, if any, the Depositary would receive upon the sale of such securities. To the extent that holders of ADSs are unable to exercise preemptive rights granted in respect of the equity shares represented by their ADSs, their proportional interests in the Company would be reduced.

ADS holders may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights.

At our request, the Depositary will mail to you any notice of shareholders’ meeting received from us along with information explaining how to instruct the Depositary to exercise the voting rights of the securities represented by ADSs. If the Depositary receives voting instructions from you prior to such shareholders’ meeting, relating to matters that have been forwarded to you, it will endeavor to vote the securities represented by your ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions. However, the ability of the Depositary to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We cannot assure that you will receive voting materials in time to enable you to return voting instructions to the Depositary in a timely manner. Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted. There may be other communications, notices or offerings that we only make to holders of our equity shares, which will not be forwarded to holders of ADSs. Accordingly, you may not be able to participate in all offerings, transactions or votes that are made available to holders of our equity shares.

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse United StatesU.S. federal income tax consequence to U.S. holders.

Based on the current price of our ADSs and the composition of our income and assets, we do not believe that we are a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC,Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”), for United StatesU.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ended March 31, 2012.2014. However, a separate determination must be made after the close of each taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC. We cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for any future taxable year. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a United StatesU.S. holder held an equity share or an ADS, certain adverse United StatesU.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to the United StatesU.S. holder. See “Taxation—“Taxation – Material United StatesU.S. Federal Tax Consequences—Consequences – Passive foreign investment company.Foreign Investment Company.

Item 4. Information on the Company

Item 4.Information on the Company

History and Development of the Company

Wipro Limited was incorporated on December 29, 1945, as Western India Vegetable Products Limited under the Indian Companies Act, VII of 1913, which is now superseded by the Companies Act, 1956.2013 (“Companies Act”). We are a public limited

company deemed to be registered under the Companies Act 1956 (“Companies Act”) and are registered with the Registrar of Companies, Karnataka, Bangalore, India as Company No. 20800. In October 2000, we raised gross aggregate proceeds of approximately US$131 million in our initial U.S. public offering of our American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) on the New York Stock Exchange. Our registered office is located at Doddakannelli, Sarjapur Road, Bangalore 560 035, and the telephone number of our registered office is +91-80-2844-0011. In October 2000, we raised gross aggregate proceeds of approximately US$131 million in our initial U.S. public offering of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange. The name and address of our registered agent in the United States is CT Corporation System, located at 111 8th Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10011-5252.

We first began business as a vegetable oil manufacturer in 1945 in Amalner, Maharashtra, India and later expanded into the manufacture ofmanufacturing soaps and other consumer care products. During the late 1970s and early 1980s, we further expanded into the IT industry in India. We began selling personal computers in India in 1985. In the 1990s, we leveraged our hardware expertise and also began also offering our clients software services. We are one of the pioneers of the offshore development center (“ODC”) model.

In addition to IT services and products, we have continued to grow into business segments such as Consumer Care and Lighting Products and Infrastructure Engineering.

WeGlobal Delivery Model. Our headquarters are headquartered in Bangalore, India and we have operations in North America, Europe, Africa, Latin America and Asia.

In March 2013, we completed the demerger of our non-IT business segments, as discussed further below under the section entitled “The Demerger of the Diversified Business.” Our business now comprises our IT Services businesses and IT Products business segments. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, 93%2014, the IT Services businesses generated 91.1% of revenue and 99.7% of operating income. For the same period IT Products generated 8.9% of revenue and 0.3% of our operating income. In the first quarter of fiscal 2014, we reorganized our IT Services business into six segments along industry lines. We believe this organization is consistent with practices in our industry and enhances the comparability of our performance with our competitors. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, our operating income was generated fromamong these segments as follows: 26.7% was generated by our ITBanking, Financial Services business segment. For the same period, the IT Products businessand Insurance (“BFSI”) segment, represented 3% of8.5% was generated by our operating incomeHealthcare and theLife Sciences (“HLS”) segment, 14.4% was generated by our Retail, Consumer CareGoods, Transport and LightingGovernment (“RCTG”) segment, 19.3% was generated by our Energy, Natural Resources and the Others business segments, including reconciling items, represented 4% ofUtilities (“ENU”) segment, 19.2% was generated by our operating income.Manufacturing and High-Tech (“MFG”) segment, 12.8% was generated by our Global Media and Telecom (“GMT”) segment, and (0.9)% was unallocated.

We incurredhad total capital expenditureexpenditures of Rs. 12,63112,977 million, Rs. 12,21110,616 million and Rs. 12,9778,913 million during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively. These capital expenditures were primarily incurred on new software development facilities in India for our IT Services and IT Products business segments.businesses. As of March 31, 2012,2014, we had contractual commitments of Rs. 1,673778 million (US$33($13 million) related to capital expenditures on construction or expansion of software development facilities. We currently intend to finance our planned construction and expansion entirely through our operating cash flows and through cash and investments as of March 31, 2012.2014.

Acquisitions

In the last three fiscal years, we have made several acquisitions, including the acquisition of the global oil and gas information technology practice of the Commercial Business Services Business Unit of Science Applications International Corporation (“SAIC”) in JuneApril 2011 and Lornamead FZE (an entityOpus CMC, a leading US-based provider of mortgage due diligence and risk management services in January 2014. Please see Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our acquisitions. There has not been any indication of any public takeover offers by third parties in respect of the Company’s shares or by the Company in respect of other companies’ shares during the last and current fiscal years.

The Demerger of the Diversified Business

Effective as of March 31, 2013, the consumer care and lighting, infrastructure engineering and other non-IT business segments (collectively, the “Diversified Business”) were demerged (the “Demerger”) into Wipro Enterprises Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of India. The Demerger was effected pursuant to a scheme of arrangement approved by the High Court of Karnataka, Bangalore. Following the effective date, the Diversified Business is classified and presented in Dubai)the Consolidated Financial Statements as discontinued operations. Please see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the treatment of discontinued operations and Lornamead Personal Care Private Limited (an entity incorporated in India) in December 2009.the Demerger.

Industry Overview

IT Services

CompaniesEnterprises are increasingly turningoutsourcing their technology and IT services requirements to offshoreglobal IT serviceservices providers to meet their need forwho can deliver high quality costservice on a global scale and at competitive technology solutions and IT services.costs. Spending on global IT sourcing in 20112013 grew by over 8% over 2012, nearly twice as fast as global technology spending, according to the National Association of Software and Service Companies (NASSCOM) Strategic Review Report 2012. Offshore2014 (“NASSCOM Report”). Global IT service providers offer a range of end to end software development, IT business solutions, research and development services, business process outsourcing or BPO,(BPO), consulting and related support functions to reduce cycle times for the introduction of new products and services.functions.

Over the past two decades, India has risen to become the leading destination for global IT services sourcing, of IT, BPO and R&Dresearch and development services. Established IndianGlobal IT services companiesproviders, based in India, have a proven track record for providing business and technology solutions, offering a large, high quality and English-speaking talent pool and a friendly regulatory environment. These factors coupled with strong existing client relationships have facilitated India’s emergence as a global outsourcingsourcing hub. The following are key factors contributing to the growth of India-based IT services:services providers:

 

India-based globalGlobal IT sourcing from India offers significant cost advantages in terms of accessing highly skilled talent at lower wage costs as well as productivity gains derived from having a verydue to access to highly skilled and competent employee base.talent at lower wage costs. According to the NASSCOM Strategic Review Report, 2012, operating costsIndia-based IT services providers have been able to maintain their cost competitiveness by deploying various control strategies including delivery networks in India continue to deliver cost savings of about 50-80% as compared to other source locations.

Tier II/III cities, offsetting wage inflation with operational gains and productivity measures.

 

India has a large, highly skilled and English-speaking talent pool. According to the NASSCOM Strategic Review Report, 2012, the Indian IT business process management industry in India employed nearly 2,770,0003.1 million software professionals as of March 31, 2012,2014, making it one of the largest employers in the global IT services industry.

industry

 

FavorableBusiness favorable policy decisions of the Government of India have played an instrumental role in the development of a robust IT and BPO sectors in the country. The Software Technology Park (“STP”) Scheme and the SEZSpecial Economic Zone Act also played a dominantcritical role in the emergence and development of the IT and BPO industries by providing incentives in the form of tax holidays.

The Indian IT industry in India has been the primary beneficiary of the rapid transformation of the telecom sector since it was deregulated to permit private participation, with theas deregulation has resulted in a rapid decline of the cost of international connectivity and improvement in service level quality.

 

India-based IT companies have proven their ability to deliver premium IT and BPO services that satisfy the requirements of international clients who adhere to exacting quality standards.

According to the highest quality standards

NASSCOM report, revenues for fiscal year 2014 for the IT-BPM industry based in India is estimated to be US$118 billion and it is growing by 8.8% over fiscal year 2013. According to the NASSCOM Report, IT export revenues from India, excluding hardware, are expected to grow at a year-over-year rate of 13% in 2014. This growth is expected to be driven by all customer segments, but particularly across government, enterprise consumers and small and medium businesses. While exports remain the focus area for the Indian IT industry in India, the domestic IT services representingmarket in India represents approximately 22%27% of the total Indianbusiness of India-based IT services industry and is also expected to be a key growth driver. According to the NASSCOM Strategic Review Report, 2012, the domestic Indian IT servicesIT-BPM market including hardware, is expected to grow at over 16%by 9.7% in 2012. This growth will be driven by all customer segments, and particularly across government, enterprise consumers and small medium businesses.2014.

IT Products

While our focus is on being a strategic provider of IT services and the system integrator of choice, we also provide IT products as a complement to our IT services offerings. In the India and Middle East markets, we are a leading provider of system integration services where we provide a full suite of services such as hardware solutions, software licenses and services. To fulfill system integration projects, we sell IT hardware and software licenses. The hardware products and software licenses sold are classified under the IT Product segment.

According to the NASSCOM Strategic Review Report, 2012, the hardware segment of the IT-BPM market in India is estimated to account forbe $13 billion in fiscal year 2014 or 40% of the domestic IT industry and is expected to grow over 8% in fiscal 2012.India IT-BPM industry. The key components of the hardware industry are servers, desktopsdesktop, notebook and laptops,tablet computers, storage devices, peripherals, printers and networking equipment. Recent trends indicate a rising demand for tablet computers and weakening demand for desktop computers. Demand for storage equipment and IT security products has increased as more data is generated and stored.

Increased use of computing devices in education and consistent demand from enterprises are key factors driving the continued growth of this market. Additionally, the Government of India is promoting initiatives to provide low cost, affordable computing devices, which is expected to also fuel growth. Increased adoption of virtualization and cloud computing technologies, large-scale digitization and the increased importance of big data orand analytics have also contributed to growth in the server and storage markets. Demand for networking equipment is increasing as businesses invest in expanding and upgrading their infrastructure and as market penetration of mobile devices, teleconferencing and voice over internet protocol (“VOIP”) increases.

Increasing demand for data and rising consumer income is leading to an increase in demand for notebook computers, which according to the NASSCOM Strategic Review Report, 2012, was the fastest growing market among all hardware categories.

Consumer Care and Lighting

AC Nielsen estimates that India is amongst the fastest growing geographies for fast moving consumer goods (“FMCG”), with a growth rate of 14.2% for the Moving Annual Total November 2011, or the twelve month period ending in November 2011, for the non-food segment. On the basis of AC Nielsen reports for various Southeast Asian countries titled “Market Pulse 2011”, we estimate the Indian market to grow at a compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) between 12% to 15% for the period from 2012-2015. On the basis of similar reports, we estimate household and personal care FMCG market in the other Asian countries in which we operate including Malaysia, Vietnam and Indonesia, to grow at a CAGR of 8% for the period from 2012-2015.

Business Overview

We are one of the leading global IT services providers. We provide a comprehensive range of IT services, software solutions, IT consulting, BPO services and research and development services in the areas of hardware and software design to leading companies worldwide. We combine the business knowledge and industry expertise of our domain specialists and the technical knowledge and implementation skills of our delivery team in our development centers located around the world, including in India, the U.S., Romania, and around the world.China. We develop and integrate solutions that enable our clients to leverage IT in achieving their business objectives at competitive costs. We use our quality processes and global talent pool to deliver time to development advantages, cost savings and productivity improvements.

Our IT Services business segment providesbusinesses provide a range of IT and IT enabledIT-enabled services which include IT consulting, custom application design, development, re-engineering and maintenance, systems integration, package implementation, technologyglobal infrastructure outsourcing,services, BPO services, and research and development services in the areas ofand hardware and software design.design to leading enterprises worldwide. Our objective is to be a world leader in providing a comprehensive range of IT services to our clients. The markets we serviceserve are undergoing rapid change due to the pace of developments in technology, changes in business models and changes in the sourcing strategies of clients. On the technology front, cloud-based offerings have changed the demand for IT services. Pressures on cost-competitiveness and an uncertain economic environment are causing clients to develop newer business models. Development of advanced technologies such as mobile applications and the emergence of social media are shifting the point of decision-making on IT sourcing within clients’ organization. We believe that these trends provide us with significant growth opportunities.

Our IT Products business segment provides a range of third-party IT products, encompassingwhich allows us to provide comprehensive IT system integration services. These products include computing, storage, networking, security and software products. Under this segment, we sell IT products, manufactured by us as well as third-party IT products.

Our Consumer Careincluding databases and Lighting business segment includes personal care products, soaps, toiletries, infant care products, trade and commercial lighting, modular switch lights and modular office furniture.operating systems. We have a strong brand presencediverse range of clients, primarily in niche segmentsthe India and have significant market shareMiddle East markets from small and medium enterprises (“SMEs”) to large enterprises in select regions in India. In addition,all major industries. Effective as of the quarter ended December 31, 2013, we haveceased manufacturing “Wipro” branded desktops, laptops and servers. We will continue to fill existing orders and honor our warranty and service obligations. We will continue to maintain a strong presence in the personal care productshardware market by providing suitable third-party brands as a part of our solutions in Southeast Asia and the Middle East. Our office solutions include lighting products, modular switches, modular furniture, and security solutions.large integrated deals.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following are our principal competitive strengths:

Comprehensive range of IT servicesServices

We provide a comprehensive and integrated suite of IT solutions, ranging from consulting to application developmentincluding applications, infrastructure engineering, cloud and maintenance,mobility services, BPO services, analytics and take end-to-end responsibility for project execution and delivery.consulting. We have more than two decades of experience in product engineering, software development, re-engineering and maintenance, for our corporate customers and provide managed IT support services at client siteto clients through our offshore development centers in India, and several near shorenear-shore development centers located in countriesregions closer to our clients’ offices.offices and onsite at client premises. We believe that this integrated approach positions us to take advantage of key growth areas in enterprise solutions, including IT services data warehousing, implementation of enterprise package application software such as enterprise resource planning or ERP,(“ERP”), supply chain management or SCM(“SCM”) and customer relationship management or CRM.(“CRM”). In many large outsourcing deals, BPO services are an integral part of the total services outsourced. IntegratingOur ability to provide an integrated service offering combining BPO services, into our portfolio of service offeringsapplication services and infrastructure services has provided us withproven to be a strong competitive advantage over other IT services providers.

Broad range of research and development services

Due to our strengths in research and development services, we are well positioned to benefit from recoverythe continuing increase in global research and development spending. We are one of athe few major IT services companies in the world capable of providing an entire range of research and development services from concept to product realization. We are one of the largest independent third-party research and development service providers in the world, with over three decades of experience in electronic product design and design services. We have been rated number one in engineering and research and development services by Zinnov for the last four

successive years. According to NASSCOM’s Strategic Reviewthe NASSCOM Report, 2012,software products, engineering, and research and design services exports fromproduced in India are estimated to passat US$1018 billion in fiscal 2012.2014. We provide IT services for designing, enhancing and maintaining platform technologies including servers and operating systems, communication subsystems, local area and wide area network protocols, optical networking systems, Internet protocol based switches, routers and embedded software, includingsoftware. We also provide research, development and design services for software used in mobile phones, home or office appliances, medical devices, industrial automation and automobiles.

Global delivery modelDelivery Model

One of our strengths is our global delivery model,Global Delivery Model, which includesallows us to provide services using a professional team located worldwide, from both our offshoreglobal development centers or ODCs, and our near shorenear-shore development centers. We were among the first India-based IT services companies to implement the offshoreglobal development model as a method for delivering high quality services at a relatively low cost to international clients. We have multiple near-shore development centers in Atlanta in the U.S.; Mexico City and Monterrey in Mexico; Buenos Aires in Argentina; Renne and Paris in France; Nuremburg, Munich and Meerbusch in Germany; Hoofddorp and Eindhoven in Holland; Shannon in Ireland; Maia in Portugal; Bucharest and Timisoara in Romania; Warsaw in Poland; Lustenau in Austria; Budapest in Hungary; Helsinki in Finland; Stockholm in Sweden; Jakarta in Indonesia; Singapore; Kuala Lumpur in Malaysia; Cebu and Manila in the Philippines; Yokohama and Okinawa in Japan; Shanghai and Chengdu in China; Johannesberg in South Africa; Melbourne, Sydney and Adelaide in Australia, and multiple centers in the United Kingdom.

Our Global Delivery Model allows us to utilize the best talent available, wherever it is located, to achieve the best financial and delivery results possible. Our Global Delivery Model provides our customers with the following key benefits:

24 hour capabilities across multiple time zones;

highly skilled technology professionals;

cost competitiveness across geographic regions;

uninterrupted service delivery through multi-location redundancy; and

an integrated workflow based system with reusable tools and knowledge management.

Through our globally connected delivery centers and depth of capabilities, we have accelerated the speed to market of our solutions.

Ability to access, attract and retain skilled IT professionals

We have continuednear-shore development centers in the US and Europe which help us in attracting and retaining local talent in these geographies. We have been hiring MBA and engineering graduates from major universities in the US and Europe which is helping us to develop innovative methods for accessing and attracting skilled IT professionals.expand our local footprint in these geographies. We partneredpartner with a leading Indian university in India to establishprovide a program for on the jobon-the-job training and a Master’s degree in software engineering. As of March 31, 2014, we employed over 130,000 employees in our IT Services business.

We believe that our ability to retain highly skilled personnel is enhanced by our leadership position in the industry, ability to offer opportunities to work with leading edge technologies and our focus on training and compensation. AsWe offer learning opportunities to our personnel aimed at developing and refining their professional skills. We offer a breadth of March 31, 2012,learning programs in our IT Services businesstechnical, domain and leadership space. We also have partnerships with premier institutions across the globe to offer higher education and certification programs. In addition, we had over 125,000 professionals. We expect to grow these numbers inoffer the foreseeable future. One of the keys to attracting and retaining qualified personnel is ourIntegrated Talent Management System, a learning platform which offers resources anytime, anywhere. Our innovative variable and performance linked compensation programs.programs are important in attracting and retaining qualified personnel. We have had an employee stock purchase program since 1984also grant Restricted Stock Unit (RSU) to employees in managerial and an employee stock option plan and a productivity bonus plan since October 1999.senior managerial levels.

Broad distribution network and strong sales force in India

We have a large and growing distribution network for our domestic businesses. For our Indian IT Services and Products business segments, our direct sales force targets large corporate clients and our 64 active channel partners focus on medium and small enterprises. For our Consumer Care and Lighting products segment, we have access to more than 1.9 million retail outlets in India. This distribution reach provides us with a significant competitive advantage and allows us to grow our business with minimal increases in personnel.

Strong brand recognition

Wipro is a leading global IT services provider, with over 130,000 employees serving over 980 clients in over 175 cities across 6 continents. Today, the Wipro brand is recognized globally for its comprehensive portfolio of services, a practitioner’s approach to delivering innovation and an organization-wide commitment to sustainability.

In 2014, we were recognized as one of the most ethical companies by Ethisphere Institute for the third year in a row, and were listed in the Indian market

We believe that our brand is amongDow Jones Sustainability Index, for the most well recognized brandsfourth year in the Indian market. We have been operating in the Indian market for over 65 years and believe that customers equate our brand with high quality standards and a commitment to customer service.row. We enhance the value of our brandsbrand through aggressive digital marketing campaigns, participation in global events in the space of future technologies, showcasing our technology prowess through our Technovation Centre, maintaining Thought Leadership through publications, forging relationships with Global Alliances partners and selective advertisingestablishing close engagement with industry analysts and promotional campaigns.leaders.

Overall business strategyOur Business Strategy

Our goal is to drive sustainable and profitable growth in all of our business segments including IT services, IT products, consumer care and lighting and others, by executing the following key strategies:

Continuously improve service and delivery efficiencies

We seek to achievemaintain agility and increased efficiencies in our organization by continuously improving the manner in which we develop and deliver our IT services. We develop preconfigured solutions, standardized delivery tools and technology-enabled delivery processes to increase the speed and efficiency of our IT services and provide our clients with faster, more accessible and

more cost effective IT solutions. For example, our cloud and hosted service offerings provide clients with standardized and automated solutions that allow them to collect, process and analyze information quickly and without the need for extensive consultation and configuration. Where specialized solutions are required, we believe that moreour experienced and betterhighly trained personnel can identify problems, develop solutions and deliver those solutions in a more efficient and cost effective manner. By deploying more experienced and highly trained personnel across our service and product delivery offerings, we intend to further increase our effectiveness and efficiency.

Focus on broad range of services in key industry verticals and develop deep industry knowledge

We continue to build specialized industry expertise in key verticals and offer a broad range of IT services in each of these key verticals. We have invested and continue to invest significant resources in understanding and prioritizing verticals such as banking, financial services and insurance, healthcare, life sciences & servicesmanufacturing, media and telecom, retail and consumer product goods.goods, energy and natural resources and healthcare and life sciences. Within these verticals, we invest in developing deep industry knowledge, understanding the information and technology needs of major participantsindustry leaders and leveraging available technologies to deliver effective solutions and products to our clients and potential clients. We also seek to meet all of the IT services needs of clients in these verticals with a broad range of specialized service offerings that are designed to address the industry specific issues and needs of our clients. Starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we implemented a new segment reporting structure by industry to reflect our focus on key verticals.

Aggressively build awareness of the Wipro brand name

We continue to aggressively build awareness of the Wipro brand name among clients and consumers both domestically and internationally.consumers. We believe we can leverageretain and strengthen the strengthinternational reputation of our international brand name across all of our business segments by ensuring that our brand name is associated with our position as a market leader committed to high quality.quality services. To achieve this objective, we intend to expand our marketing efforts with advertising campaigns and promotional efforts targeted to specific markets. In ourAs an IT services business, segment, we seek to position ourselves as a strategic solutions provider that has the resources and capabilities to provide a comprehensive range of IT services.

Pursue differentiation and leadership through our people

We believe that our employees are the backbone of our organization and a key differentiator in the global market for IT services and IT products. We are committed to recruiting and developingtraining highly skilled employees, service providers and leaders. Our aim is to build a best in class global leadership team and provide our employees with unlimitedattractive opportunities for career enhancement and growth. We continue to design and implement processes and programs to foster people development, leadership development and skill enhancements among our global team. It is our aim to be a diverse global company that not only servicesserves clients but also empowers peopleour employees worldwide to increase their expertise beyond their industry peers.

Pursue selective acquisitions

Acquisitions are an inherentimportant part of our corporate strategy. We believe our acquisition program has the potential to further our strategic objectives, strengthen our competitive position, enhance our domain expertise and contribute to the growth and success of our company. In pursuing acquisitions, we focus on opportunities where we can leveragefurther develop our domain expertise, specific skill sets and our global delivery modelGlobal Delivery Model to realizemaximize service and product enhancements and higher margins. We also use our acquisition program to increase our presence in select geographies and pursue select business opportunities. For example, we significantly increased our footprint in the United States with the acquisition of Infocrossing, Inc., a then U.S. publicpublicly listed company, in August 2007. In November 2009, we acquired Lornamead FZE, a personal care products company based in Dubai and Lornamead Personal Care Private Limited in India, and in April 2011, we acquiredestablished ourselves in the energy, natural resources and utilities industry by acquiring the global oil and gas information technology practice of the Commercial Business Services Business Unit of Science Applications International Corporation or SAIC.

(“SAIC”). In January 2014, we acquired Opus CMC, a leading US-based provider of mortgage due diligence and risk management services. The acquisition will strengthen Wipro’s mortgage solutions and outsourcing business and complement its existing offerings in mortgage origination, servicing and secondary market.

Business segment overviewSegment Overview

IT Services

OurFollowing the Demerger, the Company’s remaining two business segments are IT Services and IT Products. Starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we implemented a new segment providesreporting structure to align ourselves with industry trends. The six IT services business segments are:

Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (“BFSI”)

Healthcare and Life Sciences (“HLS”)

Retail, Consumer Goods, Transport and Government (“RCTG”)

Energy, Natural Resources and Utilities (“ENU”)

Manufacturing and High-Tech (“MFG”)

Global Media and Telecom (“GMT”)

These six IT services business segments and our IT Products segment comprise our reporting segments for financial reporting purposes. We believe this segment reporting structure is in line with industry trends and will streamline our organizational structure. Please see “IT Services Business Segments” below and Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our segments.

IT Services Overview

We are a leading provider of IT services to enterprises across the globe. We provide a range of IT and IT enabledIT-enabled services which include IT consulting, custom application design, development, re-engineering and maintenance, systems integration, package implementation, technologyglobal infrastructure outsourcing,services, BPO services, cloud, mobility and analytics services, research and development services in the areas ofand hardware and software design.

Our IT Services segment accounted for 75%, 75% and 76% of our total revenues for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. Our IT Services segment accounted for 92%, 92% and 93% of our total operating income for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

IT Services offering

Our IT Services business segment is a leader in providing IT services to companies across the globe. We provide our clients with customized IT solutions to improve their business competitiveness. We offer these services globally through a team of over 125,000 professionals. This130,000 IT professionals using our Global Delivery Model.

IT Services Offerings

Our service offerings in each of these strategic business segmentunits are aligned with the technology needs of our customers, which include applications, infrastructure, engineering, cloud and mobility services, business processes, analytics and consulting. Our key service offerings are outlined below:

Business Application Services:Our Business Application Services offer integrated business solutions that span the application and technology landscape, from enterprise applications and digital transformation to security and testing. We help drive business innovation by integrating next generation technology into the enterprise IT landscape. Our solutions streamline business processes, maximize and extend the value of package applications, and offer secure IT operations. We aggregate cutting-edge applications to drive collaboration and e-commerce with customers.

Enterprise Application Services:Our Enterprise Application Services assist our customers’ transformation initiatives through Enterprise Resource Planning, Financial Management, Human Capital Management, Supply Chain Management, Customer Relationship Management and Application Management Services. We have strategic partnerships with many major ERP vendors which enable us to provide tailored recommendations for the specific needs of our clients.

Business Collaboration and Customer Experience: We provide digital solutions that enhance client loyalty, drive business sales and increase clients workforce effectiveness. Our business collaboration and client experience solutions facilitate collaboration and e-commerce between clients and their partners, suppliers, distributors and internally among our clients’ employees.

Enterprise Architecture: Our Enterprise Architecture Services assist clients in establishing the structure, processes and tools for improvements in technology governance and the metrics they need to measure the alignment of their IT landscape with their business goals.

Enterprise Integration: Our business integration solutions integrate a client’s social, mobile, real-time analytics and cloud applications. We also increase client business responsiveness through IT agility, IT spend optimization, and regulatory compliance.

Enterprise Security Solutions: We offer end-to-end integrated enterprise security solutions and are among the top global firms offering comprehensive IT security services. Our solutions enhance performance of information security and enable compliance programs to adapt with agility to constantly evolving business and IT risks.

Testing Services: Our Testing Services are focused on deployment readiness of applications and products by delivering functional assurance, better quality and enhanced performance in addition to greater cost savings and faster time to market. We provide risk-based testing, cloud testing, Level IV and V, and business assurance.

Global Infrastructure Services: Our Global Infrastructure Services (“GIS”) enables clients to deploy technology solutions across the globe on an integrated basis. Some of our key industry specific service offerings include Wireless Place, Shoptalk™, and Bank in a Box, while our traditional offerings include data center management, cloud services, managed network, managed security, end user computing and business advisory services.

Product Engineering Services and Research and Development Services: We provide comprehensive research and development services, including product engineering across most industries and product types. For example, solutions frameworks like Digital TV middleware stacks, tele-health gateway and automotive connectivity as well as end-to-end product lifecycle services like collaborative design and manufacturing and sustenance.

Advanced Technologies Group (“ATG”) and Analytics & Information Management (“A&IM”)

a.Advanced Technologies (“ATG”): Our Advanced Technologies services are focused on cloud, mobility, analytics, social and smart sensor technologies. We provide offerings such as:

integrated cloud services, including review and analysis for cloud amenability, cloud-based IT infrastructure and application transformation, as well as assurance, monitoring and management for cloud services. We also leverage our public SaaS (Software-as-a-Service), in partnerships with industry leaders such as Salesforce.com, Workday, and NetSuite;

mobility solutions including mobile strategy consulting, mobile user interface design services, mobile application development and testing as well as mobile security and device management;

high performance technologies including highly scalable platforms for high speed computing and big data applications; and

analytics-as-a-service and information-as-a-service including assisting clients with developing a comprehensive analytics and cloud strategy utilizing information-as-a-service and analytics solutions.

b.Analytics and Information Management (“A&IM”): Our A&IM solutions enable customers to derive actionable business insights from data to drive growth, enhance cost management and strengthen risk management. We work with customers to develop end-to-end analytics and information strategy leveraging our process assets and solutions based on analytics, business intelligence, enterprise performance management, and information management.

Some of our key A&IM services include:

consulting services, such as business strategy, architecture, change management;

performance management and optimization;

predictive analytics, statistical modeling and data mining, machine learning, big data solutions, next generation business information, including mobile business information, advanced visualization and in memory computing;

information management, such as strategy, architecture, governance, enterprise data warehouse, business data quality, master data management, data privacy, lifecycle management and information integration;

system integration solutions including hardware, infrastructure, and application; and

managed services.

Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”): Our BPO services enable clients to improve the quality of their processes, reduce costs and create economies of scale. We offer customized service offerings that translate into flexible and cost effective services of the highest quality for our customers. We are uniquely positioned to service customer requirements by leveraging our quality and innovation, talented employees, self-sustaining process framework and domain knowledge. In many large outsourcing deals, BPO services are an integral part of the total services outsourced. Integrating BPO services into our portfolio of service offerings has provided us with a strong competitive advantage over other stand-alone IT services providers.

Our BPO service offerings include:

customer interaction services, such as IT-enabled customer services, marketing services, technical support services and IT helpdesks;

finance and accounting services, such as accounts payable and accounts receivable processing;

process improvement services that provide benefits of scale for repetitive processes like claims processing, mortgage processing and document management;

knowledge process outsourcing services which involve high-end knowledge work on intellectual property, equity and finance, analytics, market research and data management; and

process transformational offerings, such as automated chats and e-mails, speech analytics and interactive voice response based voice solutions.

Consulting:Wipro Consulting Services (“WCS”) helps companies solve today’s business issues while thinking ahead to future challenges and opportunities. We help organizations enhance business effectiveness through operational excellence, derive value through technology-enabled transformation and face tomorrow’s challenges. WCS offers these business-focused, function-driven and technology-enabled transformations by drawing on industry best practices, our deep industry expertise and our Global Delivery Model. WCS delivers solutions that are measurable, implementable and customized to client’s requirements.

WCS reorganized its market offering into six industry leading consulting practices: Finance and Accounting Governance, Risk and Compliance, Human Resources and Business Change Management, Industry Services, Process Excellence and Value Chain Management. Our consultants are based across North America, Western Europe, India, the Middle East, Africa and the Asia Pacific. As a business unit within Wipro, we are able to offer end-to-end 360 degree services, from strategy to design to implementation, combining the benefits of proximity and global leverage.

IT Services Clients

We provide IT software solutions to clients from a broad array of industry sectors. Several of our clients purchase our services across multiple service offerings. We seek to increase business with our existing clients by expanding the type and range of services we can provide to them. The table below sets forth the number of our client project engagements as measured by revenues.

   Number of clients in 

Per client revenue(US$)

  Year ended
March 31,
2012
   Year ended
March 31,
2013
   Year ended
March 31,
2014
 

1-3 million

   183     199     223  

3-5 million

   84     78     58  

>5 million

   208     213     220  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total > 1 million

   475     490     501  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The largest client of our IT Services businesses accounted for 76%4%, 3% and 4% of our revenue and 93% of our operating incomerevenues from the IT Services businesses as a whole for the yearyears ended March 31, 2012.2012, 2013 and 2014. The five largest clients of our IT Services businesses accounted for 11%, 13% and 14% of our total IT Services revenues for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

IT Services Sales and Marketing

We sell and market our IT services through our direct sales force. Our sales operations are global so we can satisfy the requirements of global enterprises. Our sales efforts are complemented by our marketing team, which assists in brand building and other corporate and field-level marketing efforts.

Sales: We believe that the customer always comes first. We believe we can achieve higher levels of client sales and client satisfaction by structuring ourselves based on the following key elements:

Client Relationship: We have designated global client partners that have primary responsibility for the client relationship, providing single-person accountability and single-person sales responsibility.

Industry Focus: Our sales teams are dedicated to a specific industry segment and often have significant experience and training in their industry.

Proactive Solutions: We have a consulting-led approach to sales where our sales teams provide proactive solutions to prospective clients rather than only offer our software services capabilities.

Geographic Focus: Our sales teams are dedicated to a specific country or region to increase our knowledge of the local business culture, anticipate prospective and existing client needs and increase our market penetration.

Marketing: Our marketing organization complements our sales teams by:

Building on our brand as a global leader in consulting and IT services;

Positioning our brand with clients as a thought leader and a solution provider that utilizes innovative techniques to solve difficult as well as day-to-day problems; and

Participating in industry events which drive sales by showcasing our services, products and strategic alliances.

IT Services Competition

The market for IT services is highly competitive and rapidly changing. Our competitors in this market include consulting firms, big four accounting firms, and global IT services companies such as Accenture, IBM Global Services, Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, Tata Consultancy Services and Infosys Limited.

These competitors are located internationally as well as in India. We expect that competition will further increase and will potentially include companies from other countries that have lower personnel costs than in India. A significant part of our competitive advantage has historically been a wage cost advantage relative to companies in the United States and Europe. Since wage costs in India are presently increasing at a faster rate than those in the United States, our ability to compete effectively will increasingly become dependent on our ability to provide high quality, on-time and complex deliverables that depend on our technical expertise. We also believe that our ability to compete will depend on a number of factors not within our control, including:

the ability of our competitors to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled IT services professionals;

the extent to which our international competitors expand their operations in India and benefit from the favorable wage differential;

the price at which our competitors offer their services; and

the extent to which our competitors can respond to a client’s needs.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors and distinguish ourselves through consistently providing quality leadership, our ability to create client loyalty and our expertise in select targeted markets.

IT Services Business Segments

Our IT Services business segment is organized into six strategic business units by customer industry:segments:

 

Finance Solutions:Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (“BFSI”):Finance SolutionsBFSI is our biggest business unit in terms of revenue and includes clients in the banking, insurance and securities &and capital market industries. We strive to bring transformational change to our clients. Our banking practice has partnered with over 50many of the world’s leading banks, including four of the top five banks worldwide and leading banks in the Asia Pacific region. Our insurance practice has been instrumental in delivering success for our Fortune 100 insurance clients through our solutions accelerators, insurance IP,intellectual property, end-to-end consulting services and flexible global delivery models. We have partnered with leading investment banks and stock exchanges worldwide, providing state-of-the-art technology solutions, to address business priorities including operational efficiency, cost optimization, revenue enhancement and regulatory compliance.

 

Manufacturing and Hi-tech:High-Tech (“MFG”): We provideWipro provides IT Services across the entire manufacturing ecosystem. We offer a range of solutions across various domains in the discrete and process manufacturing and hi-tech industries. We provide strategic business and technology solutions and advise customers on business process optimization and engineering such as Supply Chain Management (SCM)(“SCM”), Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)(“PLM”) and Manufacturing Enterprise Solutions (MES)(“MES”).

We help our clients design intelligent customer experiences, implement intuitive man-to-machine interactions, gain customer and industry insights using cloud, mobility and analytics, drive innovation using mobile devices and create autonomic customer-facing services.

 

Global Media and Telecom:Telecom (“GMT”):For the past two decades, we have offered services across the entire telecomtelecommunications and communicationsmedia value chain, includingserving equipment vendors, device vendors, service providers and system integrators.content providers. We assist clients in dealing with dynamicthe business changes arising from disruptions caused by new technology,technologies, new enterprise and consumer services and stringentshifting regulations.

 

Retail, Consumer Goods, Transportation and Government & Transportation (RCTG)(“RCTG”):We offer an integrated environment that allows organizations to model, optimize, forecast, budget, execute, manage and measure product and customer performance across the globe. We provide strong customer-centric insight and project execution skills across retail, consumer goods, government and transportation industries. Our domain specialists work with customers to maximize value through technology investments.

Energy, Natural Resources and Utilities (ENU)(“ENU”): Our ENU business unit is strongly positioned to meet the evolving needs of clients in the oil and gas, utilities, mining, and miningengineering and construction industries globally. Our energy practice helpshas helped clients, primarily in the oil and gas sectors, address complexity through solutions which can effectively collect data from oil wells to retail outlets, integrate different parts of the value chain to increase transparency and provide tools and solutions to effectively analyze data. A teamWe are a strategic partner for many of domain experts including geophysiciststhe world’s major oil and seismic modelers support our technologists to leverage technology to meet our client’s business goals.utility companies. We have also offer core industry and long term solutions and services tocommenced engagements with some of the metals andworld’s largest mining industries.companies. We provide IT and BPO services, improve effectiveness through differentiated engineering solutions in the areas of industrial automation, operations control, enterprise integration and fleet management and logistics and address long term sustainability through environment, health and safety and integrated real time mining solutions. We also work withhelp large utility firms tomanage assets, reduce operational costs and enhance revenue by improving customer satisfaction. We have leveraged our experience in oil and gas and utilities to provide comprehensive solutions to the mining and engineering and construction industries. We have expertise in domains such as consulting, program management, solution architecting and packaged delivery capability. We can assist our clients improve customer satisfaction, increase efficiency of service delivery and asset management, introduce smart solutions, and discover and integrate newer sources of energy. We are also helping our clients digitize and automate operations, create collaborative work environments, reduce the cost of exploration and extraction, and addressing the need for sustainable practices. We are also developing compliance solutions in the areas of health, safety, and security.

Healthcare and Life Sciences & Services (HLS)(“HLS”):We haveoffer a comprehensive presence in HLS industriesportfolio of solutions and service offerings across payers, providers, e-health and government funded programs, pharmabio pharmaceutical and life sciencemedical devices segments. Our centralized, scalable and high quality software delivery capability coupled with our deep domain knowledge helphas helped us to provide innovative solutions which enable our clients to produce products fastermeet their business objectives of patient centricity, regulatory compliance, commercial effectiveness and at lower costs.revitalizing innovation. We have substantial experience in supporting global supply chainIT transformational initiatives, leading with our areas of traditional strength—Infra, BPO & Apps as well as new areas—Mobility, Analytics & Domain based solutions.

IT Products

In order to implement ERP applications, PLM tools, enterprise compliance management apps, lab-automation apps and controlled records management solutions.

Our service offerings in each of these strategic business units are aligned with the technology needs of our customers which include applications, infrastructure, engineering, business processes, analytics, consulting, cloud and mobility services. Our key service offerings are outlined below:

Business Application Services: Business Application Services (BAS) is directed towards enabling customers to create successful and adaptive businesses through a robust business architecture, process transformation and innovation. We help drive business innovation through integrating next generation technology into the enterprise IT landscape for our customers. This includes Social Media and Digital Marketing among others.

Enterprise Applications: Our business process solutions are applied in the areas of: enterprise resource planning or ERP, supply chain management and customer relationship management with leading packages including SAP and Oracle.

Business Collaboration and Customer Experience: We offer business-to-customer (B2C), business-to-business (B2B) and business-to-employee (B2E) collaboration and commerce solutions driving business growth and workforce effectiveness for organizations. Our customer experience solutions enable clients to create a consistent, multi-channel brand experience and drive customer engagement and loyalty.

Enterprise Integration: We offer a comprehensive portfolio of service-orientedIT system integration solutions including application-to-applicationwe use a combination of hardware products, (including servers, computing, storage, networking, security) and related software products, (including databases and operating systems) and integration services. Effective as of the quarter ended December 31, 2013, we ceased manufacturing “Wipro” branded desktops, laptops and B2B integration, enabling seamless cross-functional business processes withinservers. We will continue to fill existing orders and honor our warranty and service obligations. We will continue to maintain a presence in the enterprise and across the extended value chain.

Enterprise Security Solutions: We offer end-to-end integrated enterprise security solutions and are among the top global firms offering comprehensive IT security services. Our solutions enhance performance of information security and enable compliance programs to adapt with agility to constantly evolving business and IT risks.

Testing Services: Our services enable our clients to develop a comprehensive testing strategy with innovative solutions to ensure total quality assurance.

Emerging Technologies: We enable organizations to navigate and adopt new paradigms such as Cloud/Software-as-a-Service (SaaS), sustainability, digital marketing and social computing, delivering faster business results on investments to gain a competitive edge.

Global Infrastructure Services: Our global infrastructure services (“GIS”) backed by our unique IT360™ framework enable clients to deploy the latest in technology solutions across the globe, ensuring accelerated growth and continuous innovation for businesses. Some of our key industry specific service offerings include Wireless Place, Shoptalk™, and Bank in a box, while our traditional offerings include Data Center Management, Cloud, Managed Network, Managed Security, End User Computing and Business Advisory services.

Product Engineering Services and R&D Services:Our market proven solutions frameworks like Digital TV middleware stacks, tele-health gateway and automotive connectivity solution and end-to-end product lifecycle services like Collaborative Design, Manufacturing & Sustenance (CDMS) program have experienced strong growth. These new offerings when paired with the rest of our well-established infrastructure and mobile applications provide enterprise clients with a complete mobility strategy across the globe.

Mobility Services: Wipro Mobility Solutions enable next-generation mobile products and applications from end-to-end design of mobile devices creating mobile ecosystems for enterprises to serve internal and external customers. Our focus is on understanding all components of a mobile device, developing holistic system integration capabilities, market proven solution accelerators, strong partnerships with mobile enterprise application platforms, and testing expertise.

Business Process Outsourcing (BPO):Our BPO business enables clients to improve the quality of their processes, reduce costs and realize economies of scale. We are uniquely positioned to service customer requirements by leveraging our quality and innovation, talented employees, self-sustaining process framework and domain knowledge. We offer customized service offerings that translate into flexible and cost effective services of the highest quality for our customers. In many large outsourcing deals, BPO services are an integral part of the total services outsourced. Integrating BPO services into our portfolio of service offerings has provided us with a strong competitive advantage over other stand-alone IT services providers.

Our BPO service offerings include:

customer interaction services, such as IT-enabled customer services, marketing services, technical support services and IT helpdesks;

finance and accounting services, such as accounts payable and accounts receivable processing;

process improvement services that provide benefits of scale for repetitive processes like claims processing, mortgage processing and document management;

knowledge process outsourcing services which involve high-end knowledge work on intellectual property, equity and finance, analytics,hardware market research and data management; and

process transformational offerings, such as automated chats and e-mails, speech analytics and IVR based voice solutions.

Analytics and Information Management: Our Analytics and Information Management service helps customers accelerate enterprise wide performance through smart, agile and integrated analytical solutions and frameworks. By bringing together the combined expertise of Analytics, Business Intelligence, Performance Management and Information Management, we help customers derive valuable insights, make informed decisions and drive revenues by harnessing and leveraging enterprise information. Our service line provides consulting, business centric and technology specific analytical solutions and data management frameworks developed through a complete ecosystem of partners, focusing on industry specific analytics, optimization and operations analytics, Enterprise Data Warehouse, MDM, Data quality and data life cycle management.

Consulting: Wipro Consulting Services (WCS) helps companies solve today’s business issues while thinking ahead to future challenges and opportunities. We bring value to our clients through end-to-end business transformation—think, build and operate. Our model for the 21st century virtual corporation includes implementing lean process transformation, exploiting new technology, optimizing human capital and physical assets and structuring next generation partnering agreements that create value and win/win business outcomes for our clients.

WCS has nine industry leading consulting practices,—Business Transformation, Product Strategy, Supply Chain Management, Finance and Accounting, Human Resources and Organizational Change Management, CRM, Process Excellence, Risk and Regulatory Compliance and Enterprise Architecture. Our consultants are based across North America, Western Europe, India, the Middle East, Africa and the Asia Pacific. As a business unit of Wipro, we can follow through on our business analysis with implementation, combining the benefits of proximity and global leverage to provide a technological and timing edge.

Cloud Services: Our cloud services business is a growth driver for our business, and we continue to develop and improve our cloud based service offerings. We recognize that an integrated solutions approach is necessary to realize the business value of cloud services. We help clients achieve this through:

Strategy Consulting Services: Assist our customers integrate cloud services into their IT portfolio across public, private and hybrid cloud environments.

System Integration Services: Design, build, deploy and manage cloud computing environments—from implementing on-premise private clouds for clients to implementing packaged product SaaS offerings.

Engineering Services: Reengineer ISV packaged products for deliveryby providing suitable third-party brands as a SaaS offering to end customers and host the SaaS offerings in Wipro data centers.

Application Development Services: Provide application development, testing and management services for public cloud platforms like Salesforce.com and MS Dynamic CRM.

Infrastructure Services: Offer infrastructure advisory and collaboration services aimed at designing, managing and monitoring public and private cloud environments and virtual desktops.

Wipro branded Cloud solutions: Develop industry specific solutions which will be delivered in a SaaS business model to our customers.

Our solutions and services extend across the various cloud layers from business process as a service, software as a service, platform as a service to infrastructure as a service.

Our Global Delivery Model

Our Global Delivery Model allows us to utilize the best talent available where it located to achieve the best financial and delivery results possible. Our Global Delivery Model relies on the following key elements:

24 hour capabilities across multiple time zones;

highly skilled technology professionals;

cost competitiveness across geographic regions;

uninterrupted service delivery through multi-location redundancy; and

an integrated workflow based system with reusable tools and knowledge management.

We have accelerated the speed to marketpart of our solutions through our globally connected delivery centers and depth of capabilities. We have seven strategic delivery centers outside India located in the United States, Finland, China, Poland, Romania and Mexico. We have over 70 delivery centers globally.

IT Services Clients

We provide IT software solutions to clients from a broad array of industry sectors. Several of our clients purchase our services across multiple service offerings. We seek to expand the level of business with our existing clients by increasing the type and range of services we provide to them. The table below illustrates the size of our client project engagement size as measured by revenues.

   Number of clients in 

Per client revenue(US$)

  Year
ended
March 31,
2010
   Year
ended
March 31,
2011
   Year
ended
March 31,
2012
 

1-3 million

   180     174     183  

3-5 million

   60     75     84  

>5 million

   166     180     208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total > 1 million

   406     429     475  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The largest client of our IT Services segment accounted for 3%, 3% and 4% of total revenues from the IT Services segment for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. For the same periods, the five largest clients of our IT Services segment accounted for 11% of our total IT Services revenues.

Sales and Marketing for IT Services

Sales: We believe that the “customer” always comes first. We believe we can achieve higher levels of client sales and client satisfaction by structuring ourselves based on the following key elements:

Client Relationship: We have designated global client partners that have primary responsibility for the client relationship with single person accountability and single person sales responsibility.

Industry Focus: Our sales teams are dedicated to a specific industry segment and often have significant experience and training in the industry they are selling to.

Proactive Solutioning: We have a consulting led approach to sales where our sales teams provide proactive solutions to prospective clients rather than just sell our software services capabilities.

Geographic Focus: We have dedicated sales teams with a country and region specific focus to increase our knowledge of the local business culture, anticipate prospective and existing client needs and to increase our market penetration.

Marketing: Our marketing organization complements our sales teams by:

Building on our brand as a global company that is a leader in global consulting and IT services;

Positioning our brand with clients as a solution provider that utilizes innovative techniques to solve difficult as well as mundane problems; and

Participating in industry events that are aligned to drive sales by showcasing our services, products and strategic alliances.

With our global sales operations spread across different parts of the world, we target our efforts towards the world’s largest companies. Our sales efforts are complemented by our marketing team, which assists in brand building and other corporate and field-level marketing efforts.

IT Services Competition

The market for IT services is highly competitive and rapidly changing. Our competitors in this market include consulting firms, big four accounting firms, global IT services companies, such as Accenture, IBM Global Services Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services.

These competitors are located internationally as well as in India. We expect that competition will further increase and will potentially include companies from other countries that have lower personnel costs than are found in India. A significant part of our competitive advantage has historically been a wage cost advantage relative to companies in the United States and Europe. Because wage costs in India are presently increasing at a faster rate than those in the United States our ability to compete effectively will increasingly become dependent on our ability to provide high quality, on-time, complex deliverables that depend on increased expertise in certain technical areas. We also believe that our ability to compete will depend on a number of factors not within our control, including:

the ability of our competitors to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled IT services professionals;

the extent to which our international competitors expand their operations in India and benefit from the favorable wage differential;

the price at which our competitors offer their services; and

the extent to which our competitors can respond to a client’s needs.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors and believe our success has been driven by quality leadership, our ability to create client loyalty and our expertise in select targeted markets.

IT Products

Our IT Products segment provides a range of IT products encompassing computing, storage, networking, security and software products. Under this segment, we sell IT products manufactured by us as well as third-party IT products. Our IT Products segment accounted for 14%, 12% and 10% of our total revenues for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Our IT Products segment accounted for 3% of our operating income for each of the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

IT Products Offeringlarge integrated deals.

Our range of third-party IT Products is comprised of the following:Enterprise Platforms, Networking Solutions, Software Products, Data Storage, Contact Center Infrastructure, Enterprise Security, IT Optimization Technologies, Video Solutions and End-User Computing.

Wipro Manufactured Products. Our manufactured range of products includes desktops, notebooks, net power servers, netStor storage and super computers. We offer form, factors and functionalities that cater to the entire spectrum of users—from individuals to high-end corporate entities. We continue to launch new products based on market needs.

Enterprise Platforms.Our offerings in this category include design and deployment services for enterprise class servers, databases and server computing resource management software.

Networking Solutions. Our offerings under this category are comprised of consulting, design, deployment and audit of enterprise wide area network (WAN), wireless LAN and unified communication systems.

Software Products.Our products under this category are comprised of enterprise application, data warehousing and business intelligence software from leading software product companies

Data Storage. Our products under this category are comprised of network storage, secondary and near line storage, backup and storage fabrics.

Contact Center Infrastructure: Our offerings include switch integration, voice response solutions, computer telephony interface, customized agent desktop application, predictive dialer, customer relationship management, multiple host integration and voice logger interface.

Enterprise Security: Our security products include intrusion detection systems, firewalls and physical security infrastructure covering surveillance and monitoring systems.

Emerging Technologies. We also offer new technologies including virtualization, IP video solutions and private cloud implementations.

IT Products ClientsCustomers

The clients for our IT Products segment range from single users to large enterprises. We provide our offerings to enterprises underin all major industries, primarily in the India and Middle East markets, including the government, defense, IT and ITeS,IT-enabled services, telecommunications, manufacturing, utilities, education and financial services.services sectors. We have a diverse range of clients,customers, none of whom individually account for more than 10% of our overall IT Products business segment revenues.

IT Products Sales and Marketing

We sell and market our manufactured products through our direct sales force, national distributor network and resellers. Our direct and indirect teams are distributed geographically. We resell thethird-party enterprise products through our direct sales force. Our direct sales teams are distributed geographically and are organized by:

 

clientcustomer segment;

 

geography; and

 

industry segment.

We use an integrated sales team sales approach that allows us to deliver a complete sales and delivery experience to the customer with a single point of accountability. Global Productsaccountability through designated global customer partners. Our global customer partners receive support from our corporate marketing team to assist in brand building and other corporate level marketing efforts for various market segments.

IT Products Competition

The IT products market is a dynamic and highly competitive market. In the marketplace, we compete with both international and local providers. Our local competition comes from HCL, TCS, and CMC, and Redington.among others. Our international competitors areinclude IBM, Dell HP, Lenovo, Acer, Sony and Toshiba.HP.

One of the major challenges we encounter is margin pressure due to competitive pricing. WinningAchieving mindshare and market share in a crowded market place requires differentiated strategies on pricing, branding, delivery and products design. We believe we are favorably positioned based on our brand, quality leadership, expertise in target markets and our ability to create clientcustomer loyalty by delivering value to our customers.

Markets and Sales Revenue

Starting with the customer.

Consumer Care and Lightingquarter ended June 30, 2013, we implemented a new segment reporting structure to align ourselves with industry trends. We have not restated previous periods on our new basis of segment reporting since meaningful segregation of data is impracticable. Please see Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our segment reporting.

Our Consumer Care and Lighting (CCL) business segment focuses on niche market segments in personal care in specific geographies in Asia, the Middle East and Africa, as well as office solutions in India. We successfully leverage our brands and distribution strengths to sustain a profitable presence in the personal care sector, including personal wash, fragrances, hair and skin care, male toiletries and household lighting and office products. Our office solutions include lighting products, modular switches, modular furniture and security solutions. Our Santoor soap brand is the third largest in India in the soap category, and our Safi brand is the largest Halal toiletries brand in Malaysia. Our Yardley brand gives us a stronger presence in the Middle East in the luxury segment of personal care. We are among the top 15 companies in personal care in India, and the third largest company in personal care in Malaysia and the fourth largest company in personal care in Vietnam.

Our Consumer Care and Lighting segment accounted for 8%, 9% and 9% of our total revenue for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Our Consumer Care and Lighting segment accounted for 6%last fiscal year by our new basis of our operating income for each of the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.segmentation is as follows:

CCL Products

Year ended
March 31,
2014
(in millions)

IT Services businesses

Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (“BFSI”)

Rs. 106,035

Manufacturing and High-Tech (“MFG”)

74,423

Global Media and Telecom (“GMT”)

55,105

Retail, Consumer Goods, Transportation and Government (“RCTG”)

58,893

Energy, Natural Resources and Utilities (“ENU”)

63,923

Healthcare and Life Sciences (“HLS”)

41,130

IT Products

38,785

Reconciling items

(666

Rs.437,628

Personal care products.Our range of personal care products includes deodorants and fragrances, hair care, bath and shower, skin care and other personal care products. We have focused on consolidating our brand portfolio and now have about 34 brands including Yardley, Enchanteur, Safi, Eversoft and Romano. We expect to further consolidate our portfolio.

Soaps and toiletries. Our product lines include soaps and toiletries, as well as baby products, all produced using ethnic ingredients. Our umbrella brands include Santoor, Chandrika, Wipro Active and Wipro Baby Soft, a line of infant and child care products that includes soap, talcum powder, oil, diapers and feeding bottles and wellness products.

Lighting. Our product line includes modular switches, incandescent light bulbs, compact fluorescent lamps and luminaries. We operate both in commercial and retail markets. We have also developed commercial lighting solutions for pharmaceutical production centers, retail stores, software development centers and other industries. We also offer security solutions for household and institutional consumers.

Modular office furniture. Our modular furniture is for office use and includes workstations, storage and chairs. Our product range includes premium workstations and seating systems designed by reputable international designers. We operate both in commercial and retail markets. We sell our products to software development centers, banks and financial institutions, insurance companies and manufacturing companies who are in the process of setting up new facilities or expanding their current workspaces.

CCL Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our personal care products through a host of distribution channels which include modern retail outlets, hypermarts, supermarts, traditional retailers, van operators and wholesalers. We sell and market our consumer care products primarily through our distribution network in India, which has access to over 4,000 distributors and approximately 1.9 million retail outlets throughout the country. We sell a significant portion of our lighting products to major industrial and commercial customers through our direct sales force, from 34 sales offices located throughout India.

In India, we leverage our brand recognition by successfully incorporating the Wipro name in our consumer brands. We intend to expand our marketing efforts with the aid of advertising campaigns and promotional efforts targeted at specific regions of India. We intend to introduce acquired personal care product brands to further establish our presence in the markets for personal care products in India.

In our other geographies, led by Malaysia, Vietnam, Indonesia and China, we have direct access to over 230,000 retail outlets.

CCL Competition

In the personal care, soaps and toiletries products market, we face competition primarily from multinational companies like Unilever, Proctor and Gamble, Johnson & Johnson, L’Oreal, ITC (FMCG), Reckitt Benckiser and Godrej among others. In the office solutions and lighting products market we face competition primarily from multinational companies like Philips, General Electric, Havells, Bajaj, Crompton, Godrej and BP Ergo among others. Certain competitors have recently focused on sales strategies designed to increase sales volumes through lower prices. Sustained price pressures by competitors may require us to respond with similar or different pricing strategies. We cannot be certain that we will be able to compete successfully against such competitors or that continued competition may not adversely affect our gross and operating profits.

Raw Materials and Manufacturing for CCL

The primary raw materials for our soap and personal care products are agricultural commodities, such as vegetable oils. We purchase these raw materials domestically and internationally through various supplier contracts. Prices of vegetable oils and other agricultural commodities tend to fluctuate due to seasonal, climate and economic factors. Our packaging materials are primarily paper derivatives and petroleum based plastics, which fluctuate in line with their commodity source, due to similar factors.

Our lighting products are manufactured from glass and industrialized parts. We purchase these parts from various domestic and foreign distributors and manufacturers, pursuant to a combination of requirement and other supply contracts.

Our furniture products are manufactured from wood in the form of particle or medium density fiber boards, steel, aluminum, fabric, plastics and glass. We purchase these items from various domestic and foreign distributors and manufacturers, pursuant to a combination of requirement and other supply contracts.

We have 13 manufacturing locations, with eight factories in India, two in Malaysia and one each in Vietnam, Indonesia and China. We also contract with over 60 third-party manufacturers to source our extensive product range.

Others Business Segment

Our Others business segment includes our infrastructure engineering business. Our Others segment is centered on our mobile construction equipment business and our material handling business. We manufacture and sell cylinders and truck hydraulics, and we also distribute hydraulic pumps, motors and valves for international companies. We have a global footprint in terms of manufacturing facilities in Europe, Brazil, China and India and sell to customers across the globe. We also expanded this business segment to provide water solutions that address the entire spectrum of treatment solutions and systems for water and waste water.

Our strategy is to increase our global market share through strengthening relationships with global original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) who are likely to seek stable suppliers like Wipro to partner with, and diversification into newer segments organically and/or inorganically through acquisitions. Our main domestic competitors include, UT Limited (India), Dongyong, Pacoma, Sundaram Hydraulics and Dantal and overseas suppliers such as the Kayaba, Precision Hydraulics Company and Hyva.

Our Others business segment also includes our Wipro Eco Energy business unit, which provides intelligent, sustainable alternatives for energy generation, distribution and consumption. We help customers reduce their energy footprint, increase energy efficiency and replace conventional with renewable energy sources.

Our Others segment, including reconciling items accounted for 3%, 4% and 5% of our total revenues for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Our Others segment, including reconciling items accounted for (1)%, (1)% and (2)% of our operating income for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Raw Materials and Manufacturing for Others Segment

The primary raw materials for our hydraulic cylinder products are steel tubes, rods, casting and cylinder bottoms. We purchase these raw materials domestically and internationally through various supplier contracts. Prices of most raw materials vary due to various economic factors.

We have ten manufacturing facilities across the globe with three facilities in India, four in Sweden and one each in Finland, China and Brazil.

Investment in Affiliates

In 1990, we formed a joint venture with General Electric called Wipro GE Medical Systems Private Limited to learn new technologies and management processes from world class companies like General Electric and to enter new markets. General Electric currently holds 51% of the equity in the joint venture, and we hold 49%. GE and Wipro have equal representation on the board of directors and the chairman of the joint venture is the chairman of Wipro Limited. The joint venture provides customers in the South Asian markets with after-sales services for all GE Medical Systems products sold to them. Products offered in this market consist of GE Medical Systems products manufactured worldwide and portable ultrasound equipment manufactured in India by this joint venture for global markets. This venture also leverages our strength in software development to develop embedded software for medical equipment designed and developed by General Electric for its global product portfolio. The main competitors of Wipro GE Medical Systems Private Limited include Siemens and Philips.

Markets and Sales Revenue

Our revenues for the last three fiscal years by business segmentour previous basis of segmentation, including our revenues for the last fiscal year, are as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2010   2011   2012   2012   2013   2014 
  (in millions)   (in millions) 

IT Services

  Rs.202,490    Rs.234,850    Rs.284,313    Rs. 284,313    Rs. 338,431    Rs. 399,509  

IT Products

   38,205     36,910     38,436     38,436     39,238     38,785  

Consumer Care and Lighting

   22,584     27,258     33,401  

Others

   7,143     10,896     18,565  

Consumer Care and Lighting (discontinued operation)

   33,401     40,594     —    

Others (discontinued operation)

   18,565     14,785     —    

Reconciling items

   1,152     1,073     534     534     560     (666
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  Rs.271,574    Rs.310,987    Rs.375,249    Rs.375,249    Rs.433,608    Rs.437,628  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Our revenues for the last three fiscal years by geographic areas for continuing operations are as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2010   2011   2012   2012   2013   2014 
  (in millions)   (in millions) 

India

  Rs.62,179    Rs.67,904    Rs.80,135    Rs. 47,058    Rs. 48,472    Rs. 46,235  

United States

   119,870     129,217     148,160     147,151     172,461     200,343  

Europe

   56,780     68,159     87,186     81,328     99,639     120,868  

Rest of the world

   32,745     45,707     59,768     46,538     56,310     70,182  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  Rs.271,574    Rs.310,987    Rs.375,249    Rs. 322,075    Rs. 376,882    Rs. 437,628  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and design laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. We require employees, independent contractors and, whenever possible, vendors to enter into confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These confidentiality agreements generally provide that any confidential or proprietary information being developed by us or on our behalf be kept confidential. These agreements also provide that any confidential or proprietary information disclosed to third parties in the course of our business be kept confidential by such third parties. However, our clients usually own the intellectual property in the software we develop for them.

Our efforts to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate. Our competitors may independently develop similar technology or duplicate our products and/or services. Unauthorized parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our products, services or proprietary information. In addition, India has now complied with all World Trade Organization (“WTO”) requirements with respect to intellectual property protection, which means that India meets the international mandatory and statutory requirements regarding the protection of intellectual property rights.

We could be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as the number of our competitors grows and our product or service offerings overlap with competitive offerings.those of our competitors. In addition, we may become subject to such claims since we may not always be able to verify the intellectual property rights of third parties from which we license a variety of technologies. Defending against these claims, even if not meritorious, could be expensive and divert our attention from operating our company. If we become liable to third parties for infringing their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay substantial damage awards and be forced to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the applications that contain the infringing technology. The loss of some of our existing licenses could delay the introduction of software enhancements, interactive tools and other new products and services until equivalent technology could be licensed or developed. We may be unable to develop non-infringing technology or obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

As of March 31, 2012, we hold2014, our continuing operations held more than 1,100500 registered trademarks including registered community trademarks in India, Japan, the United States, Malaysia and the British Virgin Islands.over 60 other countries. We also have 101134 registered patents 18 registered copyrights and 11 registered designs.in various countries. We have approximately 58200 patent applications 12 design applications and 5 copyrightover 200 trademark applications pending for registration in various jurisdictions across the world.

WeOur continuing operations have more than 255380 registrations completed with respect to WIPRO and the Flower logo trademarks in over 8470 territories across the world (including Madrid Protocol countries) and more than 14560 trademark applications pending registration.registration in India, Vietnam, Malaysia, Singapore, Nepal, Sri Lanka and other countries. These overseas registrations also include our applications in the EU (via the Community Trade Mark). We have more than 145 trademark applications pending in India, Iran, Vietnam, Iraq, Malaysia, Singapore, Nepal, Sri Lanka, and other countries. We cannot guarantee that we will obtain registration for trademarks including service marks, patent, design and copyright registration for any of our pending applications.

Effect of Government Regulation on our Business

Regulation of our business by the Government of India affects our business in several ways. We benefit from certain tax incentives promulgated by the Government of India, including a ten-year tax holiday from Indian corporate income taxes for the operationexport of most of our Indian facilities and a partial taxable income deduction for profits derived

from exported IT services underfrom Special Economic Zones (“SEZs”). As a result of this incentive, our operations have been subject to relatively lower Indian tax laws and tax holiday for operations in notified economic zones.liabilities. The tax holiday for all of our STP/EOU unitsSoftware Technology Parks and Export Oriented Units expired in fiscal year 2011. As a result of these incentives, our operations have been subject to relatively insignificant Indian tax liabilities. We have also benefited from the liberalization and deregulation of the Indian economy by successive Indian Governmentsgovernment administrations since 1991, including the current Indian Government. Further, there are restrictive parts of administration.

Indian laws that affectalso place additional restrictions on our business, including that we are generally required to obtain approval under the Factories Act and the Shops and Establishment Act, from the Reserve Bank of India and/or the Ministry of Finance of the Government of India to acquire companies organized outside India, and we are generally required, subject to some exceptions, to obtain approval from relevant government authorities in India in order to raise capital outside India.India or conduct other activities. We may also be required to obtain the approval of the Indian stock exchanges and/or the Securities and Exchange Board of India to take certain actions, such as the acquisition of, or merger with, another company. The conversion of our equity shares into ADSs is governed by guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India.

Finally, we are subject to several legislative provisions relating to the prevention of food adulteration, weights and measures, drugs and cosmetics, storage of explosives, environmental protection, pollution control, essential commodities and operation of manufacturing facilities. Non-complianceNoncompliance with these provisions may lead to civil and criminal liability.liability or delays in obtaining approval from the requisite governmental authorities.

Please see the section titled “Risk Factors” in Item 3, Key Information, as well as the section titled “Additional Information” in Item 10, for more information on the effects of governmental regulation on our business.

Organizational Structure

Our subsidiaries as of March 31, 20122014 are listed in the table below.below:

 

Direct Subsidiaries

  

Step Subsidiaries

  

Subsidiaries

Country of
Incorporation

Wipro Inc.LLC (formerly Wipro Inc).      U.S.USA
  Wipro Gallagher Solutions Inc  

Opus Capital Markets Consultants LLC

Opus Technology Services LLC

  U.S.
Enthink Inc.U.S.USA

USA

  Infocrossing Inc.    U.S.USA
Wipro Energy IT Services India Private Limited (formerly SAIC India Private Limited)Promax Analytics Solutions LLC [Formerly Promax Analytics Solutions Americas LLC]    USA
  IndiaWipro Insurance Solutions LLCUSA
Wipro Japan KK      Japan
Wipro Shanghai Limited      China
Wipro Trademarks Holding Limited      India
Cygnus Negri Investments Private LimitedIndia
Wipro Travel Services LimitedIndia
Wipro Consumer Care Limited      India
Wipro Holdings (Mauritius) Limited      Mauritius
  Wipro Holdings UK Limited    U.K.
    Wipro Technologies UK LimitedU.K.
Wipro Holding Austria GmbH(A)  Austria
    

3D Networks (UK) Limited

Wipro Europe Limited(A)

  U.K.
Wipro EuropeLimited(A) (formerly SAIC Europe Limited)U.K

U.K.

Wipro Cyprus Private Limited      Cyprus
Wipro Doha LLC#Qatar
  Wipro Technologies S.A DE C. V    Mexico
  Wipro BPO Philippines LTD. Inc    Philippines
  Wipro Holdings Hungary Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság    Hungary
  Wipro Technologies Argentina SA    Argentina
  Wipro Information Technology Egypt SAE    Egypt
  Wipro Arabia Limited*Limited*    Saudi Arabia
  Wipro Poland Sp Zoo    Poland
  Wipro IT Services Poland Sp. z o. o    Poland
  Wipro Outsourcing Services UK Limited    U.K.
  Wipro Technologies (South Africa) ProprietarySouth Africa (Proprietary) Limited    South Africa
  Wipro Technologies Nigeria LimitedNigeria

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries

Country of
Incorporation
Wipro Information Technology Netherlands BV

(formerly RetailBox BV)

    Netherland
    Wipro Portugal S.A.(A) (Formerly Enabler Informatica SA)  Portugal
    Wipro Technologies Limited, Russia  Russia

Direct Subsidiaries

Step Subsidiaries

Country of
Incorporation

Wipro Gulf LLC

(formerly SAIC Gulf LLC)

Sultanate of

Oman

    Wipro Technology Chile SPA  Chile
  Wipro Infrastructure Engineering AB  Wipro Technologies Canada Limited  SwedenCanada
    Wipro Infrastructure Engineering Oy.(A)Information Technology Kazakhstan LLP  FinlandKazakhstan
    Hydrauto Celka San ve TicWipro Technologies W.T. Sociedad Anonima  TurkeyCosta Rica
Wipro Outsourcing Services (Ireland) LimitedIreland
Wipro Technologies Norway ASNorway
Wipro Technologies VZ, C.A.Venezuela
  Wipro Technologies SRL    Romania
  Wipro Singapore Pte LimitedPT WT Indonesia  Singapore
PT WT Indonesia  Indonesia
  Wipro Unza Holdings Limited(A)Singapore
Wipro Technocentre (Singapore) Pte LimitedSingapore
Wipro (Thailand) Co LimitedThailand
Wipro Bahrain Limited WLLBahrain
Wipro Yardley FZEDubai
Wipro Australia Pty Limited    Australia
    

Wipro Promax Holdings Pty Ltd

(formerly Promax Holdings Pty Ltd) (A)

  Australia
Wipro Networks Pte Limited (formerly 3D Networks Pte Limited)  Wipro Technocentre (Singapore) Pte Limited    Singapore
  Wipro (Thailand) Co Limited    Thailand
Wipro Bahrain Limited WLLBahrain
Wipro Gulf LLCSultanate of
Oman
Wipro Technologies Spain S.L.Spain

Wipro Networks Pte Limited

(formerly 3D Networks Pte Limited)

Singapore
Planet PSG Pte Limited      Singapore
  Wipro Technologies SDN BHD    Malaysia
Wipro Chengdu Limited      China
Wipro Chandrika Limited*Airport IT Services Limited*      India
Vignani Solutions Private LimitedIndia
WMNETSERV LimitedCyprus
WMNETSERV (U.K.) Limited.U.K.
WMNETSERV INCU.S.
Wipro Technology Services LimitedIndia
Wipro Airport IT Services Limited*India
Wipro Infrastructure Engineering Machinery (Changzhou) Co., Ltd.China

In addition to the above entities, the Company controls both the Wipro SA Broad Based Ownership Scheme Trust and Wipro SA Broad Based Ownership Scheme SPV (RF) (PTY) LTD, which are incorporated in South Africa and are consolidated for financial reporting purposes.

 

*All the above direct subsidiaries are 100% held by the Company, except that the Company hold 98% of the equity securities of Enthink Inc.,holds 66.67% of the equity securities of Wipro Arabia Limited, 90% of the equity securities of Wipro Chandrika Limited and 74% of the equity securities of Wipro Airport IT Services Limited.

As of March 31, 2012, the Company also held 49% of the equity securities of Wipro GE HealthCare Private Limited that is accounted for as an equity method investment.

# 51% of the equity securities of Wipro Doha LLC are held by a local shareholder. However, the beneficial interest in these holdings is retained by the Company.
(A)

Step Subsidiary details of Wipro Unza Holdings Limited, Wipro Holding Austria GmbH, Wipro Portugal S.A, Wipro Infrastructure Engineering OyEurope Limited and Wipro Europe LimitedPromax Holdings Pty Ltd are as follows:

 

Step Subsidiaries

  

Step Subsidiaries

  

Country of
    Incorporation    

Incorporation

Wipro Unza Singapore Pte LimitedSingapore
Wipro Unza Indochina Pte LimitedSingapore
Wipro Unza Vietnam Co., LimitedVietnam
Wipro Unza Cathay LimitedHong Kong
Wipro Unza China LimitedHong Kong
Wipro Unza (Guangdong) Consumer Products LTD.China
PT Unza VitalisIndonesia
Wipro Unza Thailand LimitedThailand
Wipro Unza Overseas LimitedBritish virgin islands
Unzafrica LimitedNigeria
Wipro Unza Middle East LimitedBritish virgin islands
Unza International LimitedBritish virgin islands

Step Subsidiaries

Step Subsidiaries

Country of

Incorporation

Unza Nusantara Sdn BhdMalaysia
Unza Holdings Sdn BhdMalaysia
Unza (Malaysia) Sdn BhdMalaysia
Wipro Unza (Malaysia) Sdn BhdMalaysia
Wipro Manufacturing Services Sdn BhdMalaysia
Shubido Pacific Sdn Bhd(a)Malaysia
Gervas Corporation Sdn BhdMalaysia
Gervas (B) Sdn BhdMalaysia
Formapac Sdn BhdMalaysia
Wipro Holding Austria GmbH    
  Wipro Technologies Austria GmbH  Austria
  New Logic Technologies SARL  France
Wipro Portugal S.A.

SAS Wipro France

(formerly Enabler France SAS)

France

Wipro Retail UK Limited

(formerly Enabler UK Limited)

U.K.
Wipro do Brasil Technologia Ltda (formerly Enabler Brazil Ltda)Brazil
R.K.M Equipamentos Hidraulicos LtdaBrazil
Wipro Technologies Gmbh (formerly Enabler & Retail Consult GmbH)Germany
Wipro Infrastructure Engineering Oy
Wipro Infrastructure Engineering LLCRussia

Wipro Europe Limited

(formerly SAIC Europe Limited)

    
  Wipro UK Limited (formerly SAIC Limited)  U.K.
  Wipro Europe (formerly Science Applications International, Europe SARL)SARLFrance
Wipro Portugal S.A.    
SAS Wipro FranceFrance
Wipro Retail UK LimitedU.K.
Wipro do Brasil Technologia LtdaBrazil
Wipro Technologies GmbhGermany

Wipro Promax Holdings Pty Ltd

(formerly Promax Holdings Pty Ltd)

Wipro Promax Analytics Solutions Pty Ltd

(formerly Promax Applications Group Pty Ltd)

Australia
Wipro Promax IP Pty Ltd (formerly PAG IP Pty Ltd)Australia
Wipro Promax Analytics Solutions (Europe) Limited [formerly Promax Analytics Solutions (Europe) Ltd]UK

a) All the above subsidiaries are 100% held by the Company except Shubido Pacific Sdn Bhd in which the Company holds 62.55% of the equity securities.

The list of controlled trusts are:

 

Name of entity

 

Nature

 

Country of
Incorporation

Wipro Equity Reward Trust Trust India
Wipro IncInc. Benefit Trust Trust USAIndia

Property, Plant and Equipment

Our headquarters and corporate offices are located at Doddakannelli, Sarjapur Road, Bangalore, India. The offices are approximately 300,0000.30 million square feet. We have approximately 1.31.31 million square feet of land adjoining our corporate offices for future expansion plans.

In addition, we have approximately 4030.62 million square feet of land, including approximately 9.613.13 million square feet of owned software development facilities in India and over 14.64 million square feet of leased software development premises in India. We have approximately 1.11.97 million square feet of leased offices, software development facilities in 11 countries outside India. We have approximately 647,841 square feet of leasedand data center facilities in countries outside India, which includes approximately 0.96 million square feet at various locations in the U.S.

We incurred capital expenditures of Rs. 12,63112,977 million, Rs. 12,21110,616 million and Rs. 12,9778,913 million during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively. These capital expenditures were primarily incurred on new software development facilities in India for our IT Services and IT Products business segments.

We have sales and 55 sales/marketing offices, locateddata centers, development and training centres in each of the following countries: Canada, Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, France, Germany, Japan, Sweden, Italy, Switzerland, Finland, Luxemburg, Singapore, Australia, Dubai, Sharjah, Oman, Kenya and China.States. In addition, we have 16 sales and marketing offices98 similar facilities located in the following regions: North America (other than the United States.States), South America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and the Asia Pacific (other than India).

We operate 162 manufacturing sites, aggregatingwhich are approximately 1.40.2 million square feet and approximately 4.20.4 million square feet of land.land, respectively. We own eightone of these facilities, located in Amalner, Tumkur, Bangalore, Mysore, Hindupur, Mumbai, Chennai and Pondicherry, India. We have leased on a long-term basis four facilitiesone other facility located in Waluj, Haridwar, Kotdwar, and Baddi, India. We own approximately 1 million square feet of production and warehousing facilities in Indonesia, Vietnam, China and Malaysia. We also own approximately 344,000 square feet of production facilities in Sweden and Finland and approximately 90,000 square feet of production facilities in Brazil.

Our software development and manufacturing facilities are equipped with a world class technology infrastructure that includes networked workstations, servers, data communication links, captive power generators and other plants and machinery.

We believe that our facilities are optimally utilized and that appropriate expansion plans are being developed and undertaken to meet our future growth.

Material Plans to Construct, Expand and Improve Facilities

As of March 31, 2012,2014, we have capital commitments of Rs. 1,673778 million (US$3313 million) related to the construction or expansion of our software development facilities. We currently intend to finance our additional expansion plans entirely through our operating cash flows and through cash and investments as of March 31, 2012.2014.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, we may from time to time become involved in certain legal proceedings. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, except as set forth below, we are not party to any pending legal proceedings whose resolution could have a material impact on our financial position.

As we have previously disclosed, the SEC’s Division of Enforcement has requested that we provide, on a voluntary basis, certain information and documents concerning, among other things, issues relating to auditor independence and the appropriateness of certain accounting entries pertaining to our exchange rate fluctuation and outstanding liability accounts. We have fully complied with these information requests. In January 2014, the staff of the SEC advised us that the SEC has issued a formal order directing private investigation in connection with this matter, which we believe to be a common step in the process in such matters. We continue to fully cooperate with the SEC’s investigation. The outcome of the SEC’s review of this matter is uncertain. Adverse determinations by the SEC could have a material adverse effect on us.

In the ordinary course of business, we receive tax assessment orders from various tax authorities. Please see the description of our tax proceedings before the Deputy CommissionerCommission of Income, Tax, Bangalore, India under the section titled “Income Taxes” under Item 5 of this Annual Report.

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Item 5.Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

(in millions, except share data and where otherwise stated)

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

As discussed elsewhereThe following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto included in Item 8 of this report, in addition to historical information,Annual Report on Form 20-F. This section and other parts of this Annual Report on Form 20-F contains certaincontain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933,that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by words such as amended (the “Securities Act”),“anticipates,” “expects,” “believes,” “plans,” “predicts,” and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead representguarantees of future performance and our beliefs regarding future events, many of which are, by their nature, inherently uncertain and outside our control. As a result, the forward-looking statements contained herein are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results tomay differ materiallysignificantly from those reflectedthe results discussed in the forward-looking statements, and reported results should not be viewed as an indication of future performance. For a discussion of some of the risks and important factorsstatements. Factors that could affect the firm’s future results and financial condition, please see the sections entitled “Risk Factors.”

The forward-looking statements contained herein are identified by the use of terms and phrasesmight cause such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “objectives,” “outlook,” “probably,” “project,” “will,” “seek,” “target” and similar terms and phrases. Such forward-looking statementsdifferences include, but are not limited to, all of the statements set forth above under the heading “Forward-Looking Statements May Prove Inaccurate.”

We wish to ensure that all forward-looking statements are accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements, so as to ensure to the fullest extent possible the protections of the safe harbor establishedthose discussed in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Accordingly, all forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and are accompanied by, the discussion of certain important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements in this report, including the sectionsubsection entitled “Risk Factors” and this section.

above.

We caution the reader that this list of important factors may not be exhaustive. We operate in rapidly changing businesses, and new risk factors emerge from time to time. We cannot predict every risk factor, nor can we assess the impact, if any, of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a leading global information technology, or IT, services company headquartered in Bangalore, India. We provide a comprehensive range of IT services software solutionswhich include IT consulting, custom application design, development, re-engineering and maintenance, systems integration, package implementation, technology infrastructure outsourcing, BPO services, research and development services in the areas ofand hardware and software design to leading companiesenterprises worldwide. We use our development centers located in India and around the world, quality processes and global resource pool to provide cost effective IT solutions and deliver time-to-market and time-to-development advantages to our clients. We also provide business process outsourcing, or BPO, services.

Our IT Products business segment isprovides a leader in the Indian IT market and focuses primarily on meeting requirements forrange of third-party IT products of companies in Indiaencompassing computing, storage, networking, security and the Middle East region.

software products, including databases and operating systems. We also have a notablediverse range of clients, from small and medium enterprises (“SMEs”) to large enterprises in all major industries. Effective as of the quarter ended December 31, 2013, we ceased manufacturing “Wipro” branded desktops, laptops and servers. We will continue to fill existing orders and honor our warranty and service obligations. We will continue to maintain a presence in the markets forhardware market by providing suitable third-party brands as a part of our solutions in large integrated deals.

Effective as of March 31, 2013, the consumer productscare and lighting, infrastructure engineering and infrastructure engineering.other non-IT business segments (collectively, the “Diversified Business”), were demerged (the “Demerger”) into Wipro Enterprises Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of India. Accordingly, we have treated the Diversified Business as a discontinued operation for all prior periods presented. Please see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the treatment of discontinued operations and the Demerger.

Results of OperationOperations

Our revenue and profit from continuing operations for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 20122014 are provided below.

 

  Wipro Limited and subsidiaries   Wipro Limited and subsidiaries 
  Years ended March 31, Year on Year
change
   Years ended March 31, Year on Year change 
  2010 2011 2012 2011-10 2012-11   2012 2013 2014 2013-12 2014-13 
  (in millions except earnings per share data)       (in millions except earnings per share data)     

Revenue(1)

  Rs. 271,574   Rs. 310,987   Rs. 375,249    14.51  20.66   Rs. 322,075   Rs. 376,882   Rs. 437,628   17.02 16.12

Cost of revenue

   (186,299  (212,808  (263,173  14.23  23.67   (225,794 (260,665 (295,488 15.44 13.36

Gross profit

   85,275    98,179    112,076    15.13  14.15   96,281   116,217   142,140   20.71 22.31

Selling and marketing expenses

   (18,608  (22,172  (27,777  19.15  25.28   (17,953 (24,213 (29,248 34.87 20.79

General and administrative expenses

   (14,823  (18,339  (20,286  23.72  10.62   (18,416 (22,032 (23,538 19.64 6.84

Operating income

   51,844    57,668    64,013    11.23  11.00   59,912    69,972    89,354    16.79  27.70

Profit attributable to equity holders

   45,931    52,977    55,730    15.34%(2)   5.20%(2)    52,325    61,362    77,967    17.27%(2)   27.06%(2) 

As a Percentage of Revenue:

            

Selling and marketing expenses

   6.85  7.13  7.40  (28) bps   (27) bps    5.57  6.42  6.68  (85)bps   (26)bps 

General and administrative expenses

   5.46  5.90  5.41  (44) bps   49  bps    5.72  5.85  5.38  (13)bps   47 bps 

Gross margins

   31.40  31.57  29.87  17  bps   (170) bps    29.89  30.84  32.48  95 bps   164 bps 

Operating Margin

   19.09  18.54  17.06  (55) bps   (148) bps    18.60  18.57  20.42  (3)bps   185 bps 

Earnings per share

            

Basic

   18.91    21.74    22.76       21.36   25.01   31.76    

Diluted

   18.75    21.61    22.69       21.29   24.95   31.66    

(1) 

For the purpose of segment reporting only, we have included the impact of exchange rate fluctuations in revenue. Excluding the impact of exchange rate fluctuations, revenue, as reported in our statements of income, is Rs. 271,957,318,747, Rs. 310,542374,256 and Rs. 371,971434,269 for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively.

(2) 

Our adjusted non-GAAP profit from continuing operations for the year ended March 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 is Rs. 45,862,52,204, Rs. 52,60161,054 and Rs. 55,60577,964, an increase of 14.69%16.95% and 5.71%27.70% over the yearyears ended March 31, 20102012 and 2011,2013, respectively. See discussion below.

Starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we implemented a new segment reporting structure to align ourselves with industry trends. We have not restated previous periods on our new basis of segment reporting since meaningful segregation of data is impracticable. Please see Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our segment reporting.

Our revenue and operating income by business segment expressed in terms of percentages are provided below for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively:last fiscal year by our new basis of segmentation is as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2010  2011  2012 
   (In Percentage) 

Revenue:

    

IT Services and Products

    

IT Services

   75    75    76  

IT Products

   14    12    10  

Total

   89    87    86  

Consumer Care and Lighting

   8    9    9  

Others, including reconciling items

   3    4    5  
   100    100    100  

Operating Income:

    

IT Services and Products

    

IT Services

   92    92    93  

IT Products

   3    3    3  

Total

   95    95    96  

Consumer Care and Lighting

   6    6    6  

Others, including reconciling items

   (1  (1  (2
   100    100    100  
Year ended March 31,
2014
(in millions)

Revenue:

IT Services businesses

Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (“BFSI”)

Rs.106,035

Manufacturing and High-Tech (“MFG”)

74,423

Global Media and Telecom (“GMT”)

55,105

Retail, Consumer Goods, Transportation and Government (“RCTG”)

58,893

Energy, Natural Resources and Utilities (“ENU”)

63,923

Healthcare and Life Sciences (“HLS”)

41,130

IT Products

38,785

Reconciling items

(666

Rs.437,628

Operating Income:

IT Services businesses

Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (“BFSI”)

Rs.24,153

Manufacturing and High-Tech (“MFG”)

17,348

Global Media and Telecom (“GMT”)

11,569

Retail, Consumer Goods, Transportation and Government (“RCTG”)

13,012

Energy, Natural Resources and Utilities (“ENU”)

17,418

Healthcare and Life Sciences (“HLS”)

7,637

Unallocated

(804

IT Products

310

Reconciling items

(1,289

Rs.89,354

Our revenues and operating income for the last three fiscal years by our previous basis of segmentation are as follows:

   Year ended March 31, 
   2012  2013  2014 
   (in millions) 

Revenue:

    

IT Services

  Rs.284,313   Rs.338,431   Rs.399,509  

IT Products

   38,436    39,238    38,785  

Consumer Care and Lighting (discontinued operation)

   33,401    40,594    —    

Others (discontinued operation)

   18,565    14,785    —    

Reconciling items

   534    560    (666
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Rs.375,249   Rs.433,608   Rs.437,628  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating Income:

    

IT Services

  Rs.59,265   Rs.69,933   Rs.90,333  

IT Products

   1,787    990    310  

Consumer Care and Lighting (discontinued operation)

   3,956    5,012    —    

Others (discontinued operation)

   110    290    —    

Reconciling items

   (1,105  (1,079  (1,289
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Rs.64,013   Rs.75,146   Rs.89,354  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains, and future filings with the SEC may contain, non-GAAP financial measures within the meaning of Regulation G and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K, under which “GAAP” and “non-GAAP” for a foreign private issuer means the principles under which its primary financial statements are prepared, or IFRS and non-IFRS. Such non-GAAP financial measures are measures of our historical or future performance, financial position or cash flows that are adjusted to exclude or include amounts that are excluded or included, as the case may be, from the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS.

The following table provides our adjusted profit for the year, which is a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes the impact of accelerated amortization in respect of stock options that vest in a graded manner. This non-GAAP financial measure is not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles and should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with IFRS. In addition to this non-GAAP financial measure, readers should carefully review and evaluate our financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as well as the reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure with the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure.

A reconciliation of adjusted non-GAAP profit, which excludes the impact of accelerated amortization in respect of stock options that vest in a graded manner, with profittotal profits from our continuing operations as calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS, is as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2010 2011 2012   2012 2013 2014 

Profit attributable to equity holders for the year as per IFRS

  Rs. 45,931   Rs. 52,977   Rs. 55,730  

Total profits attributable to equity holders for the year as per IFRS

   Rs. 55,730   Rs. 66,359   Rs. 77,967  

Adjustments:

        

Accelerated amortization of stock options that vest in a graded manner

   (69  (376  (125   (125 (321 (3
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Adjusted non-GAAP profit

  Rs. 45,862   Rs. 52,601   Rs. 55,605     Rs. 55,605    Rs. 66,038    Rs. 77,964  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profits from continuing operations attributable to equity holders for the year as per IFRS

   Rs. 52,325    Rs. 61,362    Rs. 77,967  

Adjustments:

    

Accelerated amortization of stock options that vest in a graded manner

   (121  (308  (3
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Adjusted non-GAAP profit from continuing operation

   Rs. 52,204    Rs. 61,054    Rs. 77,964  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The Company believes that the presentation of this non-GAAP adjusted profit, when shown in conjunction with the corresponding IFRS measure, provides useful information to investors and management regarding financial and business trends relating to the Company’s profit for the period. The Company considers a stock option award with a graded vesting schedule to be a single award and not multiple stock option awards. Further, the Company considers the services of the employee in each year, covered by the stock option award to be equally valuable and accordingly believes that straight line amortization reflects the economic substance of the stock awards. However, under IFRS, the Company records the related stock compensation expenses on an accelerated basis. Therefore, we believe that making available an adjusted profit number that excludes the impact of accelerated amortization from profit provides useful supplemental information to both management and investors about our financial and business trends.

For our internal budgeting process, our management also uses financial statements that do not include the impact of accelerated amortization relating to stock options that vest in a graded manner. The management of the Company also uses non-GAAP adjusted profit, in addition to the corresponding IFRS measures, in reviewing our financial results.

A material limitation associated with the use of non-GAAP profit as compared to the IFRS measure of profit is that it does not include costs which are recurring in nature and may not be comparable with the calculation of profit for

other companies in our industry. The Company compensates for these limitations by providingprovides full disclosure of the effects of non-GAAP measures, by presenting the corresponding IFRS financial measure and by providing a reconciliation to the corresponding IFRS measure.

IT Business Analysis

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 20122014 and 20112013

 

Our total revenuesrevenue from continuing operations increased by 20.66%16.12%. This was driven primarily by a 21%, 4%, 23% and 60%18.05% increase in revenue from our IT Services businesses as a whole. This was offset partially by a 1.15% decrease in revenue from our IT Products Consumer Carebusiness segment.

The table below gives our revenue by geographic segments for year ended March 31, 2014 and Lighting and Others segment, including reconciling items, business segments, respectively.2013:

   Percentage of revenues 
   Year ended March 31, 

Geographic Segments

  2013  2014 

India

   13  11

United States

   46  46

Europe

   26  28

Rest of the world

   15  16

 

Our gross profit as percentage of our total revenue decreasedfrom continuing operations improved by 170164 basis points (bps). This was primarily on account of a declineimprovement in gross profit as a percentage of revenue from our IT Services segmentsegments by 209 bps, a decline in gross profit as a percentage of revenue from our Consumer Care and Lighting segment by 117 bps and a decline in gross profit as a percentage of revenue from our Others segment, including reconciling items by 147160 bps. This declineimprovement was partially offset by an increasea decline in gross profit as a percentage of revenue from our IT Products segment by 31182 bps.

 

Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues dropped by 164 basis points. However, in absolute terms, cost of revenues increased by 13.4% primarily due to increases in employee compensation due to rupee depreciation, salary increases awarded during the year and increases in headcount during the year.

   Year ended March 31,   Year on Year 

Cost of revenues

  2013   2014   2014-13 

Employee compensation

   150,863     173,651     22,788  

Raw materials, finished goods, process stocks and stores and spares consumed

   31,148     30,686     (462

Subcontracting/technical fees/third party application

   35,610     42,981     7,371  

Travel

   10,962     12,240     1,278  

Depreciation, amortization and impairment charge

   8,914     10,245     1,331  

Repairs

   8,698     9,747     1,049  

Communication

   4,408     4,681     273  

Rent

   2,626     2,839     213  

Others

   7,436     8,418     982  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   260,665     295,488     34,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue from continuing operations increased from 7.13%6.42% for the year ended March 31, 20112013 to 7.40%6.68% for the year ended March 31, 2012.2014. In absolute terms, selling and marketing expenses increased by 25.28%20.79%, primarily due to an increase in such expenses in the IT Services segments from increases in employee compensation due to rupee depreciation and Consumer Care and Lighting segment.increases in employee headcount.

   Year ended March 31,   Year on Year 

Selling and marketing expenses

  2013   2014   2014-13 

Employee compensation

   17,308     21,412     4,104  

Travel

   2,088     2,978     890  

Depreciation, amortization and impairment charge

   624     601     (23

Repairs

   207     267     60  

Communication

   615     675     60  

Rent

   556     658     102  

Others

   2,815     2,657     (158
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   24,213     29,248     5,035  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 5.90%5.85% for the year ended March 31, 20112013 to 5.41%5.38% for the year ended March 31, 2012.2014. In absolute terms, general and administrative expenses increased by 10.62%6.84%, primarily due to increasedan increase in such expenses across all business segments, including increases in the IT Services segmentlegal and Consumer Careprofessional fees and Lighting segment.

increases in repairs expenditures.

 

   Year ended March 31,   Year on Year 

General and administrative expenses

  2013   2014   2014-13 

Employee compensation

   11,456     11,505     49  

Travel

   1,602     1,856     254  

Depreciation, amortization and impairment charge

   375     260     (115

Repairs

   671     1,167     496  

Rent

   995     1,086     91  

Legal and professional fees

   2,204     2,558     534  

Provision for doubtful debts

   1,176     1,294     118  

Others

   3,733     3,812     79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   22,032     23,538     1,506  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a result of the foregoing factors, our operating income from continuing operations increased by 11 %,27.70%, from Rs. 57,66869,972 for the year ended March 31, 20112013 to Rs. 64,01389,354 for the year ended March 31, 2012.

2014.

 

Our finance expenses from continuing operations increased from Rs. 1,9332,693 for the year ended March 31, 20112013 to Rs. 3,4912,891 for the year ended March 31, 2012.2014. This increase is primarily due to increase of Rs. 1,277Rs.193 in exchange loss on foreign currency borrowings and related derivative instruments. This increase is also due to an increase in interest expense by Rs. 281Rs.5 during the year ended March 31, 2012, due to higher loans and borrowings.

2014.

 

Our finance and other income from continuing operations increased from Rs. 6,65211,317 for the year ended March 31, 20112013 to Rs. 8,89514,542 for the year ended March 31, 2012.2014. Our gain on sale of investments decreased by Rs.554 and interest and dividend income increased by Rs. 2,2483,779 during the year ended March 31, 20122014 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2011.2013. This increase was partially offset by a marginal decreasedue to an increase in the gain from salecash available for investments due to increased availability of investments during the same period.

cash flows.

 

Our income taxes from continuing operations increased by Rs. 4,049,5,688 from Rs. 9,71416,912 for the year ended March 31, 20112013 to Rs. 13,76322,600 for the year ended March 31, 2012.2014. Adjusted for tax write-backs, our effective tax rate increased from 16.5%21.52% for the year ended March 31, 20112013 to 21%22.38% for the year ended March 31, 2012.2014. This increase is primarily due to the expiration of the tax holiday period for STPs,changes in our taxable profits which resulted in a substantial portionlower proportion of our pre-taxexempt income, becoming subject to taxation. The increase isbut this was partially offset by an increase in profits from our operations in SEZ units.

a higher deferred tax asset due to a rate change.

 

Our equity in earnings of affiliates for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 was Rs. 648 and Rs. 333, respectively. Equity in earnings of affiliates primarily relates to the equity in earnings of Wipro GE.

As a result of the foregoing factors, our profit from continuing operations attributable to equity holders increased by Rs. 2,753,16,605 or 5.20%27.06%, from Rs. 52,97761,362 for the year ended March 31, 20112013 to Rs. 55,730Rs.77,967 for the year ended March 31, 2012.

2014.

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 20112013 and 20102012

 

Our total revenuesrevenue from continuing operations increased by 14.51%17.02%. This was driven primarily by a 16%, 21%19.03% and 44%2.09% increase in revenue from our IT Services Consumer Care and Lighting and Others segment, including reconciling items,IT Products business segments, respectively. This increased

The table below gives our revenue was partially offset by a decline in revenue from our IT Products business segment.geographic segments for year ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

   Percentage of revenues 
   Year ended March 31, 

Geographic Segments

  2012  2013 

India

   15  13

United States

   46  46

Europe

   25  26

Rest of the world

   14  15

 

Our gross profit as percentage of our total revenue increased marginallyfrom continuing operations improved by 1795 basis points (bps). This was primarily on account of an increaseimprovement in gross profit as a percentage of revenue from our IT Products segmentServices segments by 41 bps, an increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenue from our Others segment, including reconciling items by 37980 bps. This increaseimprovement was partially offset by a decline in gross profit as a percentage of revenue from our IT ServicesProducts segment by 145 bps.

Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues dropped by 95 basis points. However, in absolute terms, cost of revenues increased by 15.4% primarily due to increase in employee compensation increased on account of increase in headcount during the year, salary increases awarded during the year and Consumer Care and Lighting segment.rupee depreciation.

   Year ended March 31,   Year on Year 

Cost of revenues

  2012   2013   2013-12 

Employee compensation

   125,987     150,863     24,876  

Raw materials, finished goods, process stocks and stores and spares consumed

   29,191     31,148     1,957  

Subcontracting/technical fees/third party application

   32,951     35,610     2,659  

Travel

   9,407     10,962     1,555  

Depreciation, amortization and impairment charge

   8,305     8,914     609  

Repairs

   8,017     8,698     681  

Communication

   3,354     4,408     1,054  

Rent

   2,171     2,626     455  

Others

   6,411     7,436     1,025  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   225,794     260,665     34,871  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue from continuing operations increased from 6.85%5.57% for the year ended March 31, 20102012 to 7.13%6.42% for the year ended March 31, 2011.2013. In absolute terms, selling and marketing expenses increased by 19.15%34.87%, primarily due to an increase in such expenses in the IT Services segment from increases in employee compensation due to rupee depreciation and Consumer Care and Lighting segment.

increases in employee headcount.

 

   Year ended March 31,   Year on Year 

Selling and marketing expenses

  2012   2013   2013-12 

Employee compensation

   12,385     17,308     4,923  

Travel

   1,399     2,088     689  

Depreciation, amortization and impairment charge

   552     624     72  

Repairs

   183     207     24  

Communication

   607     615     8  

Rent

   516     556     40  

Others

   2,311     2,815     504  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   17,953     24,213     6,260  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue from continuing operations increased from 5.46%5.72% for the year ended March 31, 20102012 to 5.90%5.85% for the year ended March 31, 2011.2013 In absolute terms, general and administrative expenses increased by 23.72%19.64%, primarily due to increasedan increase in such expenses in both the IT Services segmentsegments and IT Products segment. This increase was partially offset by a declinesegment, including increases in employee compensation, legal and professional fees and provision for doubtful debt. The increases in employee compensation were primarily due to increases in employee headcount and salary increases given during the Consumer Care and Lighting segment.year.

   Year ended March 31,   Year on Year 

General and administrative expenses

  2012   2013   2013-12 

Employee compensation

   9,978     11,456     1,478  

Travel

   1,356     1,602     246  

Depreciation, amortization and impairment charge

   362     375     13  

Repairs

   883     671     (212

Rent

   770     995     225  

Legal and professional fees

   1,618     2,204     406  

Provision for doubtful debts

   376     1,176     800  

Others

   3,073     3,733     660  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   18,416     22,032     3,616  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

As a result of the foregoing factors, our operating income from continuing operations increased by 11.23%16.79%, from Rs. 51,84459,912 for the year ended March 31, 20102012 to Rs. 57,66869,972 for the year ended March 31, 2011.

2013.

 

Our finance expenses increasedfrom continuing operations decreased from Rs. 1,3243,371 for the year ended March 31, 20102012 to Rs. 1,9332,693 for the year ended March 31, 2011.2013. This increasedecrease is primarily due to increasea decrease of Rs. 1,065604 in exchange loss on foreign currency borrowings and related derivative instruments. This decrease is partially offset byalso due to a lowerdecrease in interest expense by Rs. 45674 during the year ended March 31, 2011, due to lower loans and borrowings.

2013.

 

Our finance and other income from continuing operations increased from Rs. 4,3608,982 for the year ended March 31, 20102012 to Rs. 6,65211,317 for the year ended March 31, 2011.2013. Our gain on sale of investments increased by Rs. 2,064 and interest and dividend income increased by Rs. 2,408271 during the year ended March 31, 20112013 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2010.2012. This increase was partially offset by decreasedue to an increase in cash available for investments due to increased availability of Rs. 116 in the gain from sale of investments during the same period.

cash flows.

 

Our income taxes from continuing operations increased by Rs. 420,3,957, from Rs. 9,29412,955 for the year ended March 31, 20102012 to Rs. 9,71416,912 for the year ended March 31, 2011.2013. Adjusted for tax write-backs, our effective tax rate declinedincreased from 17.8%19.77% for the year ended March 31, 20102012 to 16.5%21.52% for the year ended March 31, 2011.2013. This declineincrease is primarily due to changes in our taxable profits which resulted in a lower proportion of exempt income, but this was partially offset by a higher profit based deductions during the year ended March 31, 2011.

deferred tax asset due to a rate change.

 

Our equity in earnings of affiliates for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 was Rs. 530 and Rs. 648, respectively. Equity in earnings of affiliates primarily relates to the equity in earnings of Wipro GE.

As a result of the foregoing factors, our profit from continuing operations attributable to equity holders increased by Rs. 7,046,9,037, or 15.34%17.27%, from Rs. 45,93152,325 for the year ended March 31, 20102012 to Rs. 52,97761,362 for the year ended March 31, 2011.

2013.

Segment Analysis

Starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we implemented a new segment reporting structure to align ourselves with industry trends. The six IT services business segments are:

Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (“BFSI”)

Healthcare and Life Sciences (“HLS”)

Retail, Consumer Goods, Transport and Government (“RCTG”)

Energy, Natural Resources and Utilities (“ENU”)

Manufacturing and High-Tech (“MFG”)

Global Media and Telecom (“GMT”)

These six IT services business segments and our IT Products segment comprise our reporting segments for financial reporting purposes. We believe this segment reporting structure is in line with industry trends and will streamline our organizational structure.

The Company has not restated previous periods on its new basis of segment reporting since meaningful segregation of data is impracticable. Prior to the change in segment reporting, the Company treated its IT Services business as a single segment. Within IT Services, the Company tracked revenue, operating income and expenses based on industry segments or on the nature of services offered. Historically, the Company had not recorded such data consistently by industry segment along the lines of its new business segments. Accordingly, management believes that it is impracticable to provide segment information for the comparative prior periods on the Company’s new basis of reporting because the information was not historically tracked in a manner that permits aggregation in that manner. As required under IFRS 8, the Company has presented its segment information for the current period on both the old basis and new basis of segmentation.

IT Services

Our IT Services segment providesbusinesses provide a range of IT and IT enabled services which include IT consulting, custom application design, development, re-engineering and maintenance, systems integration, package implementation, technologyglobal infrastructure outsourcing,services, BPO services and research and development services in the areas of hardware and software design.

Our IT Services segmentsegments accounted for 75%88%, 75%90% and 76%91.1% of our total revenue for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively. Our IT Services segmentsegments accounted for 92%97%, 92%99% and 93%100% of our total operating income for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively.

 

  Year ended March 31, Year on Year
change
   Year ended March 31, Year on Year change 
  2010 2011 2012 2011-10 2012-11   2012 2013 2014 2013-12 2014-13 

Revenue(1)

  Rs. 202,490    Rs. 234,850   Rs. 284,313    15.98  21.06  Rs. 284,313   Rs. 338,431   Rs. 399,509   19.03 18.05

Gross profit

   70,346    81,404    92,600    15.72  13.75   92,600   112,938   139,702   21.96 23.70

Selling and marketing expenses

   (10,213  (12,642  (16,114  23.78  27.46   (16,114 (22,335 (27,338 38.61 22.40

General and administrative expenses

   (12,446  (15,355  (17,221  23.37  12.15   (17,221 (20,670 (22,031 20.03 6.58

Operating income

   47,687    53,407    59,265    11.99  10.97   59,265   69,933   90,333   18.00 29.17

As a Percentage of Revenue:

      

As a percentage of revenue:

      

Selling and marketing expenses

   5.04  5.38  5.67  (34)bps   (29)bps    5.67 6.60 6.84 (93) bps  (24) bps 

General and administrative expenses

   6.15  6.54  6.06  (39)bps   48bps    6.06 6.11 5.51 (5) bps  60 bps 

Gross margin

   34.74  34.66  32.57  (8)bps   (209)bps    32.57 33.37 34.97 80 bps  160 bps 

Operating margin

   23.55  22.74  20.84  (81)bps   (190)bps    20.84 20.66 22.61 (18) bps  195 bps 

(1)In our segment reporting only, management has included the impact of exchange rate fluctuations in revenue. Excluding the impact of exchange rate fluctuations, revenue, as reported in our statements of income, is Rs. 280,718, Rs. 335,307 and Rs. 396,088 for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Further, finance income on deferred consideration earned under multi-year payment terms in certain total outsourcing contracts is included in the revenue of the respective segment and is eliminated under reconciling items. Please see Note 31 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details regarding these accounts.

As described above, starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we implemented a new segment reporting structure. Our revenue and operating income by IT Services business segments, expressed in terms of percentages, are provided below for the year ended March 31, 2014:

Industry segment

 Percentage
of revenues
  Percentage of
Operating
Income
 

Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (“BFSI”)

  27  27

Manufacturing and Hi-Tech (“MFG”)

  19  19

Global Media and Telecom (“GMT”)

  14  13

Retail, Consumer Goods, Transportation and Government (“RCTG”)

  15  14

Energy, Natural Resources and Utilities (“ENU”)

  16  19

Healthcare and Life Sciences (“HLS”)

  10  8

Unallocated

  —      (1)% 

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

Our revenue from our IT Services segments increased by 18.05 %. We experienced growth across all IT Services business segments, but particularly in ENU and HLS. In our IT Services segments collectively, we added 174 new clients during the year ended March 31, 2014. Within service lines, Global Infrastructure services, Analytics & Information Management and BPO grew during the year. All geography segments showed strong growth led by Europe and the Others geographic segments.

Our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue from our IT Services segments increased by 160 bps. The increase in gross margin as a percentage of revenue is primarily attributable to depreciation in the value of the Indian rupee against the US dollar. This was partially offset by an increase in personnel compensation cost during the year ended March 31, 2014 as compared to year ended March 31, 2013.

Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Services segments together increased from 6.60% for the year ended March 31, 2013 to 6.84% for the year ended March 31, 2014. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in the number of sales personnel and an increase in the personnel cost due to increased compensation as part of our annual compensation review and annual progression cycle.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Services segments as a whole decreased from 6.11% for the year ended March 31, 2013 to 5.51% for the year ended March 31, 2014. In absolute terms, general and administrative expenses increased Rs. 1,361. This increase is primarily due to an increase in legal and professional expenses by approximately Rs. 592, travel costs by approximately Rs. 261 and repairs costs approximately by Rs. 240.

As a result of the above, the operating income of our IT Services segments increased by 29.17%.

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

Our revenue from our IT Services segments increased by 19.03%. We experienced growth across all IT Services business segments. The growth, led by ENU and Retail, was partially offset by a decrease in revenues in GMT. In our IT Services segments collectively, we added 192 new clients during the year ended March 31, 2013. Within service lines, Global Infrastructure services, Analytics & Information Management and Business Application Services led growth during the year. All geography segments showed growth led by the Others, India and Europe geographic segments.

Our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue from our IT Services segments increased by 80 bps. The increase in gross margin as a percentage of revenue is primarily attributable to depreciation in the value of the Indian rupee against the US dollar. This was partially offset by an increase in personnel compensation cost during the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to year ended March 31, 2012.

Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Services segments taken together increased from 5.67% for the year ended March 31, 2012 to 6.60% for the year ended March 31, 2013. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in the number of sales personnel and an increase in the personnel cost due to increased compensation as part of our annual compensation review and annual progression cycle.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Services segments as a whole increased from 6.06% for the year ended March 31, 2012 to 6.11% for the year ended March 31, 2013. In absolute terms, general and administrative expenses increased Rs. 3,449. This increase is primarily due to an increase in employee compensation costs by approximately Rs. 1,445 and provision for doubtful debts of approximately Rs. 557.

As a result of the above, the operating income of our IT Services segments as a whole increased by 18.00%.

IT Products

While our focus is on being a strategic provider of IT services and the system integrator of choice, we also provide IT products as a complement to our IT services offerings. In the India and Middle East markets, we are a leading provider of system integration services where we provide a full suite of services such as hardware solutions, software licenses and services. To fulfill system integration projects, we sell IT hardware and software licenses. The hardware products and software licenses sold are classified under the IT Products segment. We have diverse range of clients across all major industries, primarily in the India and Middle East market.

Our IT Products segment accounted for 12%, 10% and 8.9% of our revenue for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Our IT Products segment accounted for 3%, 1% and 0.3% of our operating income for each of the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

   Year ended March 31,  Year on Year change 
   2012  2013  2014  2013-12  2014-13 

Revenue

  Rs. 38,436   Rs. 39,238   Rs. 38,785    2.09  (1.15)% 

Gross profit

   4,356    3,876    3,126    (11.02)%   (19.35)% 

Selling and marketing expenses

   (1,395  (1,458  (1,335  4.52  (8.44)% 

General and administrative expenses

   (1,174  (1,428  (1,481  21.63  3.71

Operating income

   1,787    990    310    (44.60)%   (68.69)% 

As a Percentage of Revenue:

      

Selling and marketing expenses

   3.63  3.72  3.44  (9) bps   28 bps 

General and administrative expenses

   3.05  3.64  3.82  (59) bps   (18) bps 

Gross margin

   11.33  9.88  8.06  (145) bps   (182) bps 

Operating margin

   4.65  2.52  0.80  (213) bps   (172) bps 

In our segment reporting only, management has included the impact of exchange rate fluctuations in revenue. Excluding the impact of exchange rate fluctuations, revenue, as reported in our statements of income, is Rs. 202,990,38,040, Rs. 234,28638,909 and Rs. 280,71838,879 for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively. Further, finance income on deferred consideration earned under multi-year payment terms in certain total outsourcing contracts is included in the revenue of the respective segment and is eliminated under reconciling items. Please see Note 31 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 20122014 and 20112013

 

Our revenue from the IT Services increasedProducts segment decreased by 21.06%. In U.S. dollar terms our revenue increased by 13.41% from US$5,221 million to US$5,921 million. This increase is primarily on account of increase in volume by 11.5% and increase in onsite-offshore mix by 1.3%. Our average US/INR realization increased from Rs. 44.98 for the year ended March 31, 2011 to Rs. 48.02 for the year ended March 31, 2012.

The increase of 13.41% was1.15%, primarily due to a 57% increasedecrease in revenue from energydomestic sales of computers and utilities services, a 13% increase in revenue from financial services, a 11% increase in revenue from retailservers following cessation of manufacturing “Wipro” branded desktops, laptops and transportation services, a 6% increase in revenue from manufacturing and Hi-tech services, a 6% increase in revenue from healthcare services and a 4% increase in revenue from global media and telecom services. The increase in revenue from energy and utilities services includes revenue from the acquisition of SAIC amounting to Rs. 6,792. In our IT Services segment, we added 173 new clients during the year ended March 31, 2012.

servers.

 

Our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue fromof our IT ServicesProducts segment declineddecreased by 209 bps. The decline in gross margin as percentage of revenue182bps. This decrease is primarily on accountdue to depreciation in the value of lower utilization ratesthe Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar, which impacted the cost of imported materials and an increasealso accounted for increased pricing competition in personnel compensation cost duringthe domestic market. During the year, ended March 31, 2012 as compared to year ended March 31, 2011.

Our average utilization of billable employees declined from 69.9% for the year ended March 31, 2011 to 68.3% for the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase in personnel cost by 1.2% issegment also incurred a non-recurring expense due to increased compensation as partthe cessation of our annual compensation reviewmanufacturing “Wipro” branded desktop, laptops and also due to increased compensation arising outservers. Excluding the non-recurring item of Rs. 209 million, operating income of the annual progression cycle. Further, integration of our acquisition of SAIC from June 2011 has contributed to a decline in gross margin by 0.5%.

Further our onsite price realization has increased by 2.3% during the year ended March 31, 2012 as compared to year ended March 31, 2011 and our offshore price realization increased by 0.6% during the year ended March 31, 2012 as compared to year ended March 31, 2011.

IT Product segment is Rs. 519 Million.

 

Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT ServicesProducts segment increaseddecreased from 5.38%3.72% for the year ended March 31, 20112013 to 5.67%3.44% for the year ended March 31, 2012.2014. In absolute terms, selling and marketing expenses decreased by Rs.123. This decrease is on account of higher productivity achieved as well as due to realignment of the team after cessation of manufacturing of “Wipro” branded desktops, laptops and servers.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Products segment increased from 3.64% for the year ended March 31, 2013 to 3.82% for the year ended March 31, 2014. In absolute terms, general and administrative expenses increased by Rs.53.

As a result of the above, operating income of our IT Products segment decreased by 68.69%

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

Our revenue from the IT Products segment increased by 2.09%, primarily due to an increase in revenue from domestic sales of computers and servers.

Our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue of our IT Products segment decreased by 145 bps. This decrease is primarily due to depreciation in the value of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar, which impacted the cost of imported materials and also accounted for increased pricing competition in the domestic market.

Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Products segment increased from 3.63% for the year ended March 31, 2012 to 3.72% for the year ended March 31, 2013. In absolute terms, selling and marketing expenses increased by Rs. 63. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in personnel cost due to increased compensation as part of our annual compensation review and annual progression cycle. Further, integration of our acquisition of SAIC from June 2011 has resulted in additional selling and marketing expenses of Rs. 101.

review.

 

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Services segment declined from 6.54% for the year ended March 31, 2011 to 6.06% for the year ended March 31, 2012. In absolute terms general and administrative expenses increased Rs. 1,866. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in personnel cost by approximately Rs. 820 due to increased compensation as part of our annual compensation review. Further, integration of our acquisition of SAIC from June 2011 has resulted in additional general and administrative expenses of Rs. 493.

As a result of the above, operating income of our IT Services segment increased by 10.97%.

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010

Our revenue from IT Services increased by 15.98%. In U.S. dollar terms our revenue increased by 18.93% from US$4,390 million to US$5,221 million. This increase is primarily on account of increase in volume by 16.8% and increase in onsite-offshore mix by 2.2%. This was partially offset by a decline in onsite price realization by 2.7% during the same period. Our average US/INR realization decreased from Rs. 46.12 for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs. 44.98 for the year ended March 31, 2011.

The increase of 18.93% was primarily due to a 24% increase in revenue from energy and utilities services, a 23% increase in revenue from financial services, a 22% increase in revenue from retail and transportation services, a 21% increase in revenue from telecom services, a 17% increase in revenue from manufacturing services and a 15% increase in revenue from healthcare services. In our IT Services segment, we added 155 new clients during the year ended March 31, 2011.

Our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue from our IT Services segment declined marginally by 8 bps. The decline in gross margin as percentage of revenue is primarily on account of an increase in personnel compensation cost and lower utilization rates during the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to year ended March 31, 2010.

The increase in personnel cost by 1.6% is due to increased compensation as part of our annual compensation review and also due to increase compensation arising out of organization wide band change and annual progression cycle. Our average utilization of billable employees declined from 71.5% for the year ended March 31, 2010 to 69.9% for the year ended March 31, 2011.

Further our onsite price realization has reduced by 2.7% during the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to year ended March 31, 2010. This is partially offset by a 0.7% increase in our offshore price realization during the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to year ended March 31, 2010.

Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Services segment increased from 5.04% for the year ended March 31, 2010 to 5.38% for the year ended March 31, 2011. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in personnel cost due to increased compensation as part of our annual compensation review and annual progression cycle.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Services segment increased from 6.15% for the year ended March 31, 2010 to 6.54% for the year ended March 31, 2011. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in personnel cost due to increased compensation as part of our annual compensation review.

As a result of the above, operating income of our IT Services segment increased by 11.99%.

IT Products

Our IT Products segment provides a range of Wipro personal desktop computers, Wipro servers and Wipro notebooks. We are also a value added reseller of desktops, servers, notebooks, storage products, networking solution and packaged software. Our IT Products segment accounted for 14%, 12% and 10% of our total revenue for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Our IT Products segment accounted for 3% of our operating income for each of the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

   Year ended March 31,  Year on Year
change
 
   2010  2011  2012  2011-10  2012-11 

Revenue

  Rs. 38,205   Rs. 36,910   Rs. 38,436    (3.39)%   4.13

Gross profit

   4,054    4,067    4,356    0.32  7.11

Selling and marketing expenses

   (1,275  (1,284  (1,395  0.71  8.64

General and administrative expenses

   (1,015  (1,174  (1,174  15.67  —  

Operating income

   1,764    1,609    1,787    (8.79)%   11.06

As a Percentage of Revenue:

      

Selling and marketing expenses

   3.34  3.48  3.63  (14) bps   (15) bps 

General and administrative expenses

   2.66  3.18  3.05  (52) bps   13  bps 

Gross margin

   10.61  11.02  11.33  41  bps   31  bps 

Operating margin

   4.62  4.36  4.65  (26) bps   29  bps 

In our segment reporting only, management has included the impact of exchange rate fluctuations in revenue. Excluding the impact of exchange rate fluctuations, revenue, as reported in our statements of income, is Rs. 38,361, Rs. 37,036 and Rs. 38,040 for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

Our revenue from the IT Products segment increased by 4.13% primarily due to an increase in export revenue from US$ 79 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 to US$ 97 million for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue of our IT Products segment increased marginally by 31 bps. This increase is primarily due to an increase in the proportion of revenues from exports, which typically have higher gross margins.

Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Products segment increased marginally from 3.48% for the year ended March 31, 2011 to 3.63% for the year ended March 31, 2012. In absolute terms selling and marketing expenses increased by Rs. 111. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in personnel cost due to increased compensation as part of our annual compensation review.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Products segment decreased marginally from 3.18% for the year ended March 31, 2011 to 3.05% for the year ended March 31, 2012. In absolute terms general and administrative expenses remained constant.

As a result of the above, operating income of our IT Products segment increased by 11.06%.

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010

Our revenue from the IT Products segment decreased by 3.39% primarily due to initial hardware requirement in certain large transformational projects during the year ended March 31, 2010, which were in sustenance phase during the year ended March 31, 2011.

Our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue of our IT Products segment increased by 41 bps. This increase is primarily due to an increase in the proportion of revenues from high yield products.

Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Products segment increased marginally from 3.34% for the year ended March 31, 2010 to 3.48% for the year ended March 31, 2011. In absolute terms selling and marketing expenses increased by Rs. 9.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue from our IT Products segment increased from 2.66%3.05% for the year ended March 31, 20102012 to 3.18%3.64% for the year ended March 31, 2011.2013. In absolute terms, general and administrative expenses increaseddecreased by Rs. 159. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in personnel cost due to increased compensation as part of our annual compensation review.

254.

 

As a result of the above, operating income of our IT Products segment decreased by 8.79%44.60%.

Consumer Care and LightingDiscontinued operations summary

We have been inEffective as of March 31, 2013, the consumer care and lighting, infrastructure engineering and other non-IT business since 1945segments (collectively, the “Diversified Business”) were demerged (the “Demerger”) into Wipro Enterprises Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of India. The Demerger was effected pursuant to a scheme of arrangement approved by the High Court of Karnataka, Bangalore. Following the effective date, the Diversified Business is classified and presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as discontinued operations. Please see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the treatment of discontinued operations and the lighting business since 1992. Our consumer care business has historically generated surplus cash. Our consumer care business includes personal care products, soaps, toiletries, infant care products, trade and commercial lighting, modular switch lights and modular office furniture. We have a strong brand presence in niche segments and have significant market share in select regions in India. In addition, we have a strong presence in the personal care products market in Southeast Asia and the Middle East. With the acquisition of Unza and Yardley, our strategy is to sustain and expand our market share in Southeast Asia and the Middle East and to introduce premium personal care products of Unza and Yardley in the Indian markets. Our office solutions include lighting products, modular switches, modular furniture, and security solutions.Demerger.

Acquisitions

We leverageuse our brand nameacquisition program to support our long term strategic direction, increase and distribution strengths to sustain a profitablestrengthen our competitive presence in niche markets in the areas of soaps, toiletries and lighting products. With the acquisitions of Unza group and Yardley, we are increasing our presence in the personal care products sector in Southeast Asia and the Middle East. Our Consumer Care and Lighting segment accounted for 8%, 9% and 9% of our revenue for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Our Consumer Care and Lighting segment accounted for 6% of our operating income for each of the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

   Year ended March 31,  Year on Year
change
 
   2010  2011  2012  2011-10  2012-11 

Revenue

  Rs. 22,584   Rs. 27,258   Rs. 33,401    20.70  22.54

Gross profit

   10,779    12,116    14,456    12.40  19.31

Selling and marketing expenses

   (6,470  (7,514  (9,195  16.14  22.37

General and administrative expenses

   (1,207  (1,152  (1,305  (4.56)%   13.28

Operating income

   3,102    3,450    3,956    11.22  14.67

As a Percentage of Revenue:

      

Selling and marketing expenses

   28.65  27.57  27.53  108  bps   4  bps 

General and administrative expenses

   5.34  4.23  3.91  111  bps   32  bps 

Gross margin

   47.73  44.45  43.28  (328) bps   (117) bps 

Operating margin

   13.74  12.66  11.84  (108) bps   (82) bps 

In our segment reporting only, management has included the impact of exchange rate fluctuations in revenue. Excluding the impact of exchange rate fluctuations, revenue, as reported in our statements of income, is Rs. 22,591, Rs. 27,248 and Rs. 33,425 for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

Our Consumer Care and Lighting revenue increased by 22.54%. This increase is attributable to an increase of approximately 24.14% in revenue from consumer products including Yardley products sold in Indian markets and an increase of approximately 20% in revenue from personal care products sold in southeast Asian markets.

The growth in revenues in Indian markets is primarily due to an increase in revenue from toilet soap products, domestic lighting and institutional business.

Our gross profit as a percentage of our revenues from the Consumer Care and Lighting segment decreased by 117 bps. The increase in major input costs has primarily contributed to the reduction in gross margin.

Selling and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue from our Consumer Care and Lighting segment declined marginally from 27.57% for the year ended March 31, 2011 to 27.53% for the year ended March 31, 2012. In absolute terms selling and marketing expenses increased by Rs. 1,681. This increase is primarily due to higher brand promotion and advertisement spends in select geographies, to further establish and expand our marketcustomer base for our personal care brands.

General and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue from our Consumer Care and Lighting segment declined from 4.23% for the year ended March 31, 2011 to 3.91% for the year ended March 31, 2012. In absolute terms general and administrative expenses increased by Rs. 153. This is primarily due to increases in employee compensation by Rs. 71 and increases in legal and professional charges by Rs. 44 during the year ended March 31, 2012 as compared to year ended March 31, 2011.

As a result of the above, operating income from our Consumer Care and Lighting increased by 14.67%.

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010

Our Consumer Care and Lighting revenue increased by 20.70%. This increase is attributable to an increase of approximately 20.87% in revenue from consumer products excluding Yardley sold in Indian markets and an increase of approximately 9.63% in revenue from personal care products sold in southeast Asian markets. Further, integration of our acquisition of Yardley has contributed an additional 5% of our total revenue from the Consumer Care and Lighting segment.

The growth in revenues in Indian markets is primarily due to an increase in revenue from toilet soap products, domestic lighting and institutional business.

Our gross profit as a percentage of our revenues from the Consumer Care and Lighting segment decreased by 328 bps. The increase in major input costs has contributed an approximately 3% reduction in gross margin. This was partially offset by Rs. 588 increase in gross profit due to integration of our acquisition of Yardley.

Selling and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue from our Consumer Care and Lighting segment declined from 28.65% for the year ended March 31, 2010 to 27.57% for the year ended March 31, 2011. In absolute terms selling and marketing expenses increased by Rs. 1,044. This increase is primarily due to higher brand promotion and advertisement spends inpursue select geographies to further establish and expand our market base for our new personal care brands.

General and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue from our Consumer Care and Lighting segment declined from 5.34% for the year ended March 31, 2010 to 4.23% for the year ended March 31, 2011. In absolute terms general and administrative expenses decreased by Rs. 55. This is primarily due to higher provision for doubtful debt during the year ended March 31, 2010 as compared to year ended March 31, 2011.

As a result of the above, operating income from our Consumer Care and Lighting increased by 11.22%.

Others, including reconciling items

Our Others segment includes our infrastructure engineering business specifically the mobile construction equipment business and material handling business. We are also in the clean technology business, seeking to provide intelligent, sustainable alternatives for energy generation distribution and consumption. We are also in the water solutions business, and provide treatment solutions, systems, and plants for water and waste water treatment.

Our Others segment, including reconciling items, accounted for 3%, 4% and 5% of our total revenue for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Our Others segment, including reconciling items, accounted for (1)%, (1)% and (2)% of our operating income for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

Revenue from our Others segment, including reconciling items, increased by 59.57%, from Rs. 11,969 for the year ended March 31, 2011 to Rs. 19,099 for the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase in revenue is attributable to increased demand for infrastructure engineering products in India and Europe. Further, integration of our acquisition of RKM Equipamentos Hidraulicos Ltda from May 2011 has resulted in additional revenue of Rs. 639.

Operating loss from our Others segment, including reconciling items, increased from Rs. 798 for the year ended March 31, 2011 to Rs. 995 for the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase in loss is primarily due to an increase in loss in our eco-energy business by Rs. 152 during the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase in loss is also due to higher amortization of customer related intangibles by Rs. 99 and higher charge for accelerated amortization of stock options that vest in a graded manner by Rs. 251. This is primarily offset by higher profits of Rs. 309 in our hydraulic cylinders and tipping gear systems business in India during the year ended March 31, 2012 as compared to March 31, 2011.

Results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010

Revenue from our Others segment, including reconciling items, increased by 44.29%, from Rs. 8,295 for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs. 11,969 for the year ended March 31, 2011. The increase in revenue is attributable to increased demand for infrastructure engineering products in India and Europe.

Operating income/(loss) from our Others segment, including reconciling items, increased from Rs. (709) for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs. (798) for the year ended March 31, 2011. The increase in loss is primarily due to increase in legal and professional expenses by Rs. 368, lower gains arising from exchange rate fluctuation by Rs. 319, payment of retrenchment compensation of Rs. 138. This is primarily offset by lower losses to the extent of Rs. 693 in our hydraulic cylinders and tipping gear systems business in Europe during the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to year ended March 31, 2010.

Acquisitions

An active acquisition program is an important element of our corporate strategy.opportunities. In the last three fiscal years, we have invested in the aggregate over Rs. 9,800 to acquire companiesmade several acquisitions, including the acquisition of Lornamead FZE and Lornamead Personal Care Private Limited. On June 10, 2011, we acquired the global oil and gas information technology practice of the Commercial

Business Services Business Unit of Science Applications International Corporation Inc along with 100%(“SAIC”) in April 2011, which strengthened our energy, natural resources and utilities industry presence. In January 2014, we acquired Opus CMC, a leading US-based provider of mortgage due diligence and risk management services, which will strengthen our mortgage solutions and outsourcing business and complement our existing offerings in mortgage origination, servicing and secondary market. Please see Note 7 of the share capital in SAIC Europe Limited and SAIC India Private Limited. On July 2, 2011 we also acquired 100% of the share capital of SAIC Gulf LLC (hereafter the acquisitions are collectively referred to as ‘oil and gas business of SAIC’). The oil and gas business of SAIC provides consulting, system integration and outsourcing services to global oil majors with significant domain capabilities in the areas of digital oil field, petro-technical data management and petroleum application services, addressing the upstream segment. Typically the significant majority of our integration activities relating to an acquisition are substantially completed within three to six months after the Acquisition Date.

We believe our acquisition program supports our long-term strategic direction, strengthens our competitive position, particularly in acquiring new domain expertise, expands our customer base, increases our ability to expand our service offerings and provides a greater scale to grow our earnings and increase stockholders’ value. See Note 6 of our Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related toregarding our acquisitions.

We routinely review potential acquisitions. We currently expect to finance our acquisitions through cash generated from operations, cash and cash equivalents and investments in liquid and short-termshort term mutual funds as of March 31, 2012.2014. However, for strategic acquisitions, we could decide to or be required to obtain additional debt or equity financing. We cannot be certain that additional financing, if needed, will be available on favorable terms, or if at all.

Foreign exchange gains / gains/(losses), net

Our net foreign exchange gains / gains/(losses), net from continuing operations for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 20122014 were Rs. (383),3,328, Rs. 4452,626 and Rs. 3,278Rs.3,359 respectively.

Our foreign exchange gains/(losses), net, comprise of:

 

exchange differences arising from the translation or settlement of transactions in foreign currency, except for exchange differences on debt denominated in foreign currency (which are reported within finance expense, net); and

 

the changes in fair value for derivatives not designated as hedging derivatives and ineffective portions of the hedging instruments. For forward foreign exchange contracts which are designated and effective as cash flow hedges, the marked to market gains and losses are deferred and reported as a component of other comprehensive income in stockholder’s equity and subsequently recorded in the income statement when the hedged transactions occur, along with the hedged items.

Although our functional currency is the Indian rupee, we transact a significant portion of our business in foreign currencies, in particular the U.S. dollar. The exchange rate between the Rupeerupee and the dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of our operations are affected as the Rupeerupee fluctuates against the U.S. dollar. Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, cash balances, payables and debt. We enter into derivative instruments to primarily hedge our forecasted cash flows denominated in certain foreign currencies, foreign currency debt and net investment in overseas operations. Please refer to Notes 1213 and 1516 of our Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details on our foreign currency exposures.

Finance expenseexpenses

Our finance expense isexpenses are comprised of interest expense on borrowings, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, gains / gains/losses on translation or settlement of foreign currency borrowings and changes in fair value and gains / gains/losses on settlement of related derivative instruments, except foreign exchange gains/losses on short-term borrowings which are considered as a natural economic hedge for the foreign currency monetary assets which are classified as foreign exchange gains/losses, net within results from operating activities. Borrowing costs are recognized in the statement of income using the effective interest method.

Finance and other income

Our finance and other income comprises interest income on deposits, dividend income and gains on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established.

Equity in Earnings/Losses of Affiliates

Wipro GE Medical Systems Private Limited. (Wipro GE). We hold a 49% equity interest in Wipro GE Medical Systems Private Limited, a venture in which General Electric, USA holds the balance of 51%. Our share of profits of Wipro GE for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was Rs. 530, Rs. 648 and Rs. 335, respectively.

Income Taxes

Our profitprofits for the period earned from providing services at client premises outside India isare subject to tax in the country where we perform the work. Most of our taxes paid in countries other than India can be applied as a credit against our Indian tax liability to the extent that the same income is subject to taxation in India.

Currently, we benefit from certain tax incentives under Indian tax laws. These tax incentives currently include a tax holiday from payment of Indian corporate income taxes for our businesses operating from specially designated Software Technology and Hardware Technology Parks and Special Economic Zones. We are currently also eligible for exemptions from other taxes, including customs duties.Zones (“SEZs”). The tax holiday for all our Software Technology and Hardware Technology ParkParks ended in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.

Software Technology and Hardware Technology Parks.There is an Previously, we benefited from a ten year income tax deduction of 100% for profits derived from exporting information technology services for the first ten years from the commencement of provision of services. The tax holiday for all our Software Technology and Hardware Technology Park endedParks. We continue to be eligible for exemptions from other taxes, including customs duties in fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.these Software Technology and Hardware Technology Parks.

Special Economic Zone.Zone:Under this scheme, unitsUnits in designated Special Economic Zones which began providing services on or after April 1, 2005, will beare eligible for a deduction of 100% of profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from commencement of provision of services and 50% of such profits or gains for a further five years. Certain tax benefits are also available for a further five years subject to the unit meeting defined conditions.

As a result of the above schemes,Due to these tax incentives, a substantial portion of our pre-tax income has not been subject to a significant tax in India in recent years. When our tax holiday and income tax deduction deduction/exemptions expire or terminate, our costs will increase. The Government of India could enact laws in the future, which could reduce or eliminate the tax incentives which benefit our business. The expiration period of the tax holiday for each unit within a SEZ is determined based on the number of years since commencement of production by that unit for a maximum of fifteen years. The tax holiday period currently available to the Company expires in various years through fiscal year 2028. The impact of tax holidays has resulted in a decrease of current tax expense from our continuing operations of Rs. 7,953, Rs. 9,244 and Rs. 11,043 for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 respectively, compared to the effective tax amounts that we estimate we would have been required to pay if these incentives had not been available. The per share effect of these tax incentives for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was Rs. 3.25, Rs. 3.77 and Rs. 4.50 respectively.

The Company had received tax demands aggregating to Rs. 40,04042,883 (including interest of Rs. 10,616)12,907) arising primarily on account of denial of deduction under section 10A of the Income Tax Act, 1961 in respect of profit earned by the Company’s undertaking in the Software Technology Park at Bangalore and with regard to the method of computing the tax incentives for exports for the years ended March 31, 2001 to March 31, 2008.2009. The appeals filed against the said demand before the Income Tax Appellate authorities have been allowed in favor of the Company by the second appellate authority for the years up to March 31, 2004 and further2007. Further appeals have been filed by the Income taxTax authorities before the Honorable High Court. The first appellate authority has granted relief for the year ended March 31, 2005 and further appeal has been filed by the Income tax authorities before the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal. The Company is in appeal before the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal for the years ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 after receiving the assessment orders following the directions of the Dispute Resolution Panel. For the year ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009, the objections againstappeal is pending before Income Tax Appellate Tribunal.

In March 2014, the Company received the draft assessment order, is pendingon similar grounds as that of earlier years, with a demand of Rs. 9,058 (including interest of Rs. 2,938) for the financial year ended March 31, 2010. Following March 31, 2014, the Company filed its objections against the said demand before the Dispute Resolution Panel.

Considering the facts and nature of disallowance and the order of the appellate authority upholding ourthe claims of the Company for earlier years, we believethe Company expects that the final outcome of the above disputes shouldto be in our favor of the Company and there should not be any materialthe impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.statements is not expected to be material.

Although we currently believe we will ultimately prevail in our appeals, the result of such appeals, and any subsequent appeals, cannot be predicted with certainty. Should we fail to prevail in our appeal, or any subsequent appeals, in any reporting period, the operating results of such reporting period could be materially adversely affected.

Pursuant to the changes in the Indian income tax laws, Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT)(“MAT”) has been extended to income in respect of which a deduction is claimed under Sections 10A and 10B; consequently,10B. Consequently, we have calculated our domestic tax liability after considering MAT and accordingly, a deferred tax asset of Rs. 488 and Rs. 1,2231,844 has been recognized in the statement of financial position as offor the years ended March 31, 20112013 and 2012, respectively.2014. The excess tax paid under MAT provisions over and above normal tax liability can be carried forward for a period of ten years and set-off against future tax liabilities computed under normal tax provisions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s cash flow from its operating, investing and financing activities, including from discontinued operations through fiscal year 2013, as reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on page 106,108, is summarized in the table below:

 

  Year ended March 31, Year on Year Change   Year ended March 31, Year on Year Change 
  2010 2011 2012 2011-10 2012-11   2012 2013 2014 2013-12 2014-13 

Net cash provided by/(used in) continuing operations:

      

Net cash provided by/(used in) operations:

      

Operating activities

  Rs. 50,998   Rs. 40,437   Rs. 40,076   Rs. (10,561 Rs. (361   Rs. 40,076   Rs. 70,422   Rs.67,897   Rs. 30,346   (2,525

Investing activities

   (33,815  (17,239  (8,056  16,576    9,183     (8,056 (57,573 (2,774 (49,517 54,799  

Financing activities

   (601  (26,378  (17,397  (25,777  8,981     (17,397 (6,721 (34,972 10,676   (28,251

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   16,582    (3,180  14,623    (19,762  17,803     14,623   6,128   30,151   (8,495 24,023  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalent

   (1,258  523    1,680    1,781    1,157     1,680   789   (69 (891 (858

As of March 31, 2012,2014, we had cash and cash equivalent and short-term investments of Rs. 119,627.187,258. Cash and cash equivalent and short-term investments, net of debt, was Rs. 60,669. 135,666. Please see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the treatment of discontinued operations.

In addition, we have unused credit lines of Rs. 32,747.42,441. To utilize these lines of credit we requirerequires the consent of the lender and compliance with certain financial covenants. We have historically financed our working capital and capital expenditures through our operating cash flows and through bank debt, as required.

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended March 31, 20122014 decreased by Rs. 361,2,525, while profit for the year increased by Rs. 2,666Rs.11,709 during the same period. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities is primarily due to an increase in current receivables including unbilled, attributable higher revenue from IT Services segment without any corresponding change in Receivable Days in the IT Services segment. Receivable days for IT Services segment remained unchanged at 70 days in March 2012 and Receivable Days in the IT Products segment increased from 131 days in March 2011 to 155 days in March 2012. Further, operating cash flow is decreased due to increase in inventory days for consumer

care and lighting and infrastructure services by 12 days and 32 days, respectively and also due to increase in finance lease receivables by Rs. 463, primarily relating to large projects and increase in prepaid expenses and deposits by Rs. 1,886 and Rs. 451, respectively. This is partially offset by the increaseincreases in trade payablesreceivables, unbilled revenues and accrued expenses on accountother assets and the impact of better management of payment terms. Receivable Days as of a particular reporting date is the proportion of receivables, adjusted for unbilled and unearned revenue to the revenues for the respective fiscal quarter multiplied by 90.rupee depreciation upon working capital balances denominated in foreign currencies.

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2011 decreased2013 increased by Rs. 10,561,30,346, while profit for the year increased by Rs. 7,20510,709 during the same period. The decreaseincrease in cash provided by operating activities is primarily due to an increase in current receivables including unbilled, attributable to an increase in the numberour revenue growth and more efficient collection of Receivable Daysoutstanding invoices in the IT Services segment from 61 days in March 2010 to 70 days in March 2011 and an increase in Receivable Days in the IT Products segment from 119 days in March 2010 to 131 days in March 2011.segments. Further, operating cash flow is decreasedincreased due to increases in inventory days for consumer care and lighting and infrastructure services by 2 days and 4 days, respectively and also due to increases in finance lease receivables by Rs. 2,808, primarily relating to large projects. This is partially offset by the increase in trade payables and accrued expenses on account of betterresulting from improved management of payment terms.

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 20122014 was Rs. 8,056.2,774. The proceeds (net of purchases) from available for sale investments and inter-corporate deposits amounts to Rs. 4,712. Cash provided by operating activities was utilized for the payment for business acquisitions amounting to Rs. 7,920. We also sold (net of purchases) available for sale investments and inter-corporate deposits amounting to Rs. 4,057.2,985. We purchased property, plant and equipment amounting to Rs. 12,977,8,913, which was primarily driven by the growth strategy of the Company.

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 20112013 was Rs. 17,239.57,573. We purchased (net of sales) available for sale investments and inter-corporate deposits amounting to Rs. 37,133. Cash provided by operating activities was utilized for the net purchase of investments and inter-corporate depositspayment for business acquisitions amounting to Rs. 11,772.3,074. We also purchased property, plant and equipment amounting to Rs. 12,211,10,616, which was primarily driven by the growth strategy of the Company.

Cash used in financing activities for the year ended March 31, 20122014 was Rs. 17,39734,972 as against Rs. 26,3786,721 for the year ended March 31, 2011.2013. This increase is primarily due to net repayment of loans and borrowings amounting to Rs. 10,768 and payment of dividend amounting to Rs. 23,273.

Cash used in financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2013 was Rs. 6,721 as against Rs. 17,397 for the year ended March 31, 2012. This decrease is primarily due to net proceeds from loans and borrowings amounting to Rs. 71211,394 and payment of dividend amounting to Rs. 17,229.

Cash used in financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2011 was Rs. 26,378 as against Rs. 601 for the year ended March 31, 2010. This increase is primarily due to an increase in the net repayment of loans and borrowings amounting to Rs. 10,122 and payment of dividend amounting to Rs. 15,585.17,080.

On April 25, 2012,17, 2014, our Board proposed a cash dividend of Rs. 45 (US$0.08) per equity share and ADR. The proposal is subject to the approval of shareholders at the next Annual General Meeting, to be held on July 23, 2012, and if approved, would result in a cash outflow of approximately Rs. 11,431,14,427, including corporate dividend tax thereon.

We maintain a debt/borrowing level that we have established through consideration of a number of factors including cash flow expectations, cash required for operations and investment plans. We continually monitor our funding requirements, and strategies are executed to maintain sufficient flexibility to access global funding sources, as needed. Please refer to Note 1213 of our Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details on our borrowings.

As discussed above, cash generated from operations is our primary source of liquidity. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents along with cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements as well as repayment obligations in respect of debt / borrowings.

As of March 31, 2012,2014, we had contractual commitments of Rs. 1,673Rs.778 (US$33)13) related to capital expenditures on construction or expansion of software development facilities, Rs. 14,83810,878 (US$292)181) related to non-cancelable operating lease obligations and Rs. 6,37812,424 (US$125)207) related to other purchase obligations. Plans to construct or expand our software development facilities are dictated by business requirements.

In relation to our acquisitions, a portion of the purchase consideration is payable upon achievement of specified earnings targets in the future. We expect that our cash and cash equivalents, investments in liquid and short-term mutual funds and the cash flows expected to be generated from our operations in the future will generally be sufficient to fund the earn-out payments and our expansion plans.

In the normal course of business, we transfer accounts receivables, net investment in sale-type finance receivable and employee advances (financial assets). Please refer Note 1516 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our liquidity and capital requirements are affected by many factors, some of which are based on the normal ongoing operations of our businesses and some of which arise from uncertainties related to global economies and the markets that we target for our services. We cannot be certain that additional financing, if needed, will be available on favorable terms, if at all.

As of March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, our cash and cash equivalentequivalents were primarily held in Indian Rupees,rupees, U.S. Dollars, Pound Sterling, Euros,dollars, pound sterling, euros, Japanese Yen, Singapore Dollarsyen and Saudi Riyals.riyals. Please refer to “Financial risk management” under Note 1516 of our Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more details on our treasury activities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not enteredThe Company enters into anyoperating leases for office space, hardware, and certain other equipment. These arrangements are sometimes referred to as a form of off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by SEC Final Rule 67 (FR-67), “Disclosure in Management’s Discussionfinancing and Analysis about Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations”.are set forth below under “Contractual Obligations.”

Contractual obligations

The table of future payments due under known contractual commitments as of March 31, 2012,2014, aggregated by type of contractual obligation, is given below:

 

Particulars  Total
contractual
payment
   Payments due in   Total
contractual
payment
   Payments due in 

  

 

   2012-13   2013-15   2015-17   2017-18
onwards
 

Particulars

Total
contractual
payment
   2014-15   2015-17   2017-19   2019-20
onwards
 
  Rs. 35,740    Rs. 35,740    Rs. —      Rs. —      Rs. —      Rs. 39,433    Rs. —      Rs. —      Rs. —    

Long-term debt

   22,502     453     22,012     37     —       9,159     158     16     8,985     —    

Obligations under capital leases

   716     255     314     141     6     3,000     1,092     1,508     400     —    

Estimated interest payment (1)

   444     406     30     8     —       1,513     367     655     491     —    

Capital commitments

   1,673     1,673     —       —       —       778     778     —       —       —    

Non-cancelable operating lease obligation

   14,839     3,301     5,493     2,349     3,696     10,878     2,584     3,548     1,865     2,881  

Purchase obligations

   6,378     6,378     —       —       —       12,424     9,636     2,788     —       —    

Other non-current liabilities(2)

   473     —       473     —       —       1,079     —       515     564     —    

 

(1) 

Interest payments for long-term fixed rate debts have been calculated based on applicable rates and payment dates. Interest payments on floating rate debt have been calculated based on the payment dates and implied forward interest rates as of March 31, 20122014 for each relevant debt instrument.

(2) 

Other non-current liabilities and non-current tax liabilities in the statement of financial position include Rs. 3,0463,030 in respect of employee benefit obligations and Rs. 5,4033,448 towards uncertain tax positions, respectively. For these amounts the extent of the amount and timing of repayment/settlement is not reliably estimatable or determinable at present and accordingly have not been disclosed in the table above.

Our purchase obligations include all commitments to purchase goods or services of either a fixed or minimum quantity that meet any of the following criteria: (1) they are non-cancelable, or (2) we would incur a penalty if the agreement was terminated.

Research and Development

Research and Developmentdevelopment investment is directed towards developing solutions that have broad applications across various industry segments and developing expertise in emerging technologies. Our Researchresearch and Developmentdevelopment focus is to strengthen the portfolio of Applied Research, Centers of Excellence (CoE)(“CoE”), cloud, mobility, analytics, Solution Accelerators and Software Engineering Tools & Methodologies.

Our activities in Applied Research are focused on inclusive innovation which is aimed at discovering where and how Information and Communication Technology (ICT)(“ICT”) can address effective delivery of G2Cgovernment to citizen (“G2C”) and B2Bbusiness to business (“B2B”) services to rural citizens in education, health, agriculture and rural development sectors. The Applied Research in Intelligent Systems Engineering (ARISE) lab initiative was set up this year jointly with IMEC, the world’s leading applied research organization in Nano-technology and Nano-electronics. It provides a collaborative platform for customers to co-innovate and build affordable solutions for emerging market needs.

CoE’s goal is to create competencies in emerging areas of technologies and industry domain and incubate new practices for business growth. Big Data, Machine to Machine, Natural UserNext Generation Devices and Solutions (“NGD”), Next Generation Infrastructure (NGI), Intelligence Augmentation (“IA”), Immersive Experience, Web Science,Smart Systems and Nano electronicsUbiquitous Enterprise were the technology themes identified for the year and investments in these technology themes have resulted in the development of industry application prototypes in the area of augmented reality, sensor networks and Big Data visualization.next generation technologies.

The Integrated Cloud Services (ICS)(“ICS”) group was created this year to provideprovides end-to-end business solutions to customers using cloud technologies. We focusedfocus on creating industry relevant vertical cloud solutions for the various industries by building a strong value network of partners, creating IP, frameworks and accelerators.

The Hospital Information System (“HIS”) provides an integrated solution to various hospitals, clinics, and lab chains to manage patient administration, clinical services, core hospital operations, materials management, financials and other support services. Our architecture makes it easier to integrate with third party applications using Biztalk. HIS supports multi-location deployment and can be deployed on a central server and various hospitals, clinics, and labs can access the application without the need to have a server at each location. We continue to invest in reusable IP and solution accelerators (components, tools, frameworks) which help in accelerating the implementation of solutions in customer engagements. We have integrated various accelerator assets to create integrated stacks and solution.

We continue to invest in in-house development of software engineering tools to improve productivity and quality. These tools have been widely deployed across our business segments. We have also developed a tool called Wipro Portfolio Analysis Tool (PAT)(“PAT”) for use in transition services. We have also developed a tool for flex delivery for managed services for effective queue, capacity, and productivity management at reduced cost. We have developed an in-house Known Error Data Base (KEDB)(“KEDB”) tool that will help in faster ticket resolution in managed services projects.

We have been recognized for the progress we have made in the development and implementation of our IP strategies and have been selected by Asia IP Elite, a project conducted by Intellectual Asset Management (“IAM”), as one of Asia’s IP value creation leaders. Asia IP Elite identifies those Asian companies that are filing the most patent applications. They identified two companies, one of which was Wipro, based out of the Asia Pacific region with the best strategies for maximizing the value of the intellectual property they own.

We have also been awarded the 2014 Golden Peacock Innovative Project/Service Award by the Government of India for our solution “Wipro Assure Health.”

Our research and development expenses for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 20122014 were Rs. 993,1,866, Rs. 1,6562,196 and Rs. 1,904 respectively.2,660 respectively for our continuing operations.

Trend Information

IT Services.Services:The realm of Information Technology (IT) is a fast changing one. IT is setting the pace at which the world around us is changing. At the turn of the first decade of 21st century, the challenges and opportunities facing the customers and consumers of ITGlobally, enterprises are very different than what they were a decade ago. As the world becomes a web of connected devicesincreasingly outsourcing their technology and better tools are available for making better decisions, the world is looking to leverage and integrate technology more than ever before.

There continues to be a high level of global economic uncertainty and volatility, driven by high levels of sovereign debt and unemployment, particularly in Europe and the U.S. However, there is also more stability in customer organizations and the demand for IT services is growing. Customer organizations are re-aligning their budgets with spends more dominated by business users as customers userequirements to offshore IT to differentiate themselves in the market place.

services providers who can deliver high quality service on a global scale and at competitive costs. In this rapidly evolving and growing environment, we expect increased competition among IT companies, which may limit our ability to increase prices. However, we continuallycontinuously strive to differentiate ourselves from the competition and sustain prices and profits by developing innovative service delivery models, providing better industry solutions, adopting new pricing strategies and demonstrating our value proposition to clients. We have also acquired businesses to augment our existing services and capabilities.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue in our IT Services segmentsegments collectively for the year ended March 31, 20122014 is 32.57%34.97%. We anticipate difficulties in significantly improving our gross profits largely due in part to the following reasons:

 

Our limited ability to increase prices;

 

Increases in salaries, a cost which accounts for a major part of our expense line; and

 

The impact of exchange rate fluctuations on our Rupeerupee realizations.

In response to the possible reduction in demand for IT services, pressure on gross margins and the increased competition from other IT services companies, we are focusing on;on:

 

Investing in customer relationship teams to establish deeper client relationships and provide a wider range of services;

 

Strengthening our delivery model;

 

Developing cost containment initiatives and driving higher employee productivity;

 

Increasing automation capabilities and developing IP;

Aligning our resources to expected demand; and

 

Increasing the utilization of our IT professionals.

IT Products.Products:In our IT Products business segment, we have experienced pricing pressures due to increased competition among IT companies. Large multinational corporations like IBM, HP and Dell have identified India as a key focus area. Our gross margin in this business segment is also impacted byAs previously indicated, effective as of the proportionquarter ended December 31, 2013, we ceased manufacturing of our business derived from the sale of traded‘Wipro’ branded desktops, laptops and manufactured products.servers.

Our IT Products business segment is also subject to seasonal fluctuations. Our revenue in this business segment is driven by the capital expenditure budgets and spending patterns of our clients, who often delay or accelerate purchases in reaction to tax depreciation benefits on capital equipment.

Consumer Care and Lighting.Revenue for our Consumer Care and Lighting business segment is also subject to seasonal and commodity price fluctuations.

Our quarterly revenue, operating income and profit for the period have varied significantly in the past and we expect that they are likely to vary in the future. You should not rely on our quarterly operating results as an indication of future performance. Such quarterly fluctuations may have an impact on the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

Dividends.Dividends:Final dividends on common stock are recorded as a liability on the date of declaration by the stockholders and interim dividends are recorded as a liability on the date of declaration by the board of directors.

New accounting standards adopted

We adoptedIAS 24 (revised 2009) “Related Party Disclosures” (“IAS 24”)have, effective as of April 1, 2011.2013, adopted the following new accounting standards and amendments to accounting standards, including any consequential amendments to other accounting standards.

Amendment to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” This amendment will improve and align the presentation of items of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) in financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). Following the adoption of Amendments to IAS 1, the Company has modified the presentation of OCI in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income to present separately OCI that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss from those that will not be. The purposeadoption of amendment to IAS 1 has no impact on the recognised assets, liabilities and comprehensive income of the revision isCompany.

Amendment to simplify the definition of a related party, clarifying its intended meaning and eliminating inconsistencies from the definition. Adoption of IAS 24 (revised 2009), did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

New accounting standards not yet adopted

In October 2010, the IASB issued an amendment toIFRS 7 “Disclosures—Transfers of financial assets”“Financial Instruments Disclosures”. The purpose of the amendment is to enhance the existing disclosures in IFRS 7 when an asset is transferred but is not derecognized and introduce new disclosures for assets that are derecognized but the entity continues to have a continuing exposure to the asset after the sale. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after July 1, 2011. Earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact these amendments will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In December, 2011, the IASB issued an amendment toIFRS 7 “Disclosures—offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”.The amended standard requires additional disclosures where financial assets and financial liabilities are offset in the balance sheet.statement of financial position. These disclosures wouldwill provide users with information that is useful in (a) evaluating the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position and (b) analyzing and comparing financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRSsIFRS and U.S. GAAP.

IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements (2011).” The amendment is effective retrospectivelynew standard establishes principles for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact these amendments will have on ourpresentation and preparation of consolidated financial statements.statements when an entity controls one or more other entities. IFRS 10 replaces the consolidation requirements in SIC-12 “Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities” and IAS 27 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements.” IFRS 10 builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. The standard provides additional guidance to assist in the determination of when control exists.

IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities” This standard provides comprehensive disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, and special purpose. The objective of the standard is to enable the entities to disclose the significant judgment and assumptions it has made in determining:

i) the nature of its interest in another entity or arrangement, i.e control, joint control or significant influence.

ii) The type of joint arrangement when the joint arrangement is structured through separate vehicle

IFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement” The new standard defines fair value, sets out in a single IFRS a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. IFRS 13 applies when other IFRS require or permit fair value measurements. It does not introduce any new requirements to measure an asset or a liability at fair value or change what is measured at fair value in IFRSs or address how to present changes in fair value.

IAS 19“Employee Benefits (2011)”The new standard has eliminated an option to defer the recognition of gains and losses through re-measurements and requires such gain or loss to be recognized through other comprehensive income in the year of occurrence to reduce volatility. The amended standard requires immediate recognition of effects of any plan amendments. Further it also requires return on assets in profit or loss to be restricted to government bond yields or corporate bond yields, considered for valuation of Projected Benefit Obligation, irrespective of actual portfolio allocations. The actual return from the portfolio in excess of or less than such yields is recognized through Other Comprehensive Income.

New accounting standards not yet adopted

In November 2009, the IASBInternational Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) issued the chapter ofofIFRS 9IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments relating to the classification and measurement of financial assets”assets.”. The new standard represents the first phase of a three-phase project to replace IASreplaceIAS 39 Financial “Financial Instruments: Recognition and MeasurementMeasurement” (IAS 39) with IFRS 9Financial Instruments (IFRS 9). IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is measured at amortized cost or fair value, replacing the many different rules in IAS 39. The approach in IFRS 9 is based on how an entity manages its financial assets (its business model) and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. In October 2010, the IASB added the requirement relating to classification and measurement of financial liabilities to IFRS 9. Under the amendment, an entity measuring its financial liability at fair value, can present the amount of fair value change in the liability attributable to change in the liabilitiesan entity’s own credit risk in other comprehensive income. FurtherFurthermore, the IASB also decided to carry-forwardcarry forward unchanged from IAS 39 requirements relating to de-recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. The effective date for adoption of IFRS 9 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2015. Earlier applicationyet to be determined. The Company is permitted. We are currently determining the impact these amendments will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the IASB issuedIFRS 10”Consolidated Financial Statements”. The new standard establishes principles for the presentation and preparation of consolidated financial statements when an entity controls one or more other entities. IFRS 10 replaces the consolidation requirements in SIC-12 “Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities” andIAS 27 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements”.IFRS 10 builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. The standard provides additional guidance to assist in the determination of control where this is difficult to assess. IFRS 10 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact these amendments will have on ourthe Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the IASB issuedIFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement”. The new standard defines fair value, sets out in a single IFRS a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. IFRS 13 applies when other IFRSs require or permit fair value measurements. It does not introduce any new requirements to measure an asset or a liability at fair value, change what is measured at fair value in IFRSs or address how to present changes in fair value. IFRS 13 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact these amendments will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the IASB issuedAmendment to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” that will improve and align the presentation of items of other comprehensive income (OCI) in financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs). The amendments require companies preparing financial statements in accordance with IFRSs to group together items within OCI that may be reclassified to the profit or loss section of the income statement. The amendments will also reaffirm existing requirements that items in OCI and profit or loss should be presented as either a single statement or two consecutive statements. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after July 1, 2012. Earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact these amendments will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the IASB issuedIAS 19 (Amended) “Employee Benefits”. The new standard has eliminated an option to defer the recognition of gains and losses through re-measurements and requires such gain or loss to be recognized through other comprehensive income in the year of occurrence to reduce volatility. The amended standard requires immediate recognition of effects of any plan amendments. Further it also requires asset in profit or loss to be restricted to government bond yields or corporate bond yields, considered for valuation of Projected Benefit Obligation, irrespective of actual portfolio allocations. The actual return from the portfolio in excess of such yields is recognized through Other Comprehensive Income. The amendment is effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact these amendments will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In December, 2011, the IASB issued an amendment totoIAS 32IAS 32 “Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”.liabilities.” The purpose of the amendment is to clarify some of the requirements for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities on the balance sheet.statements of financial position. This includes clarifying the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right to set-off” and also the application of the IAS 32 offsetting criteria to settlement systems (such as central clearing house systems) which apply gross settlement mechanisms that are not simultaneous. The amendment is effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. Earlier application is permitted. WeThese amendments are currently evaluating thenot expected to have a material impact these amendments will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Critical accounting policies

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that in our view are the most important for portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results and which place the most significant demands on management’s judgment. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, please refer to Note 3 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

While preparing financial statements we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Such critical accounting estimates could change from period to period and have a material impact on the Company’s results of operation, financial position and cash flows. Actual results may differ from estimates. Revision to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised and for future periodperiods affected.

Revenue:

We derive revenue primarily from:

 

Software development and maintenance services;

 

BPO services; and

 

Sale of IT and other products.

 

a)Services:We recognize revenue when the significant terms of the arrangement are enforceable, services are being delivered and collectability is reasonably assured. The method for recognizing revenues and costs depends on the nature of the services rendered:

 

 (i)Time and materials contracts:Revenues and costs relating to time and materials contracts are recognized as the related services are rendered.

 

 (ii)

Fixed-price contracts:Revenues from fixed-price contracts, including systems development and integration contracts are recognized using the “percentage-of-completion” method. Percentage of

completion is determined based on direct project costs incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated project costs required to complete the project. The cost expended (or input) method has been used to measure progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. Costs which relate to future activity on the contract are recognized as contract work in progress. If we do not have a sufficient basis to measure the progress of completion or to estimate the total contract revenues and costs, revenue is recognized only to the extent of contract cost incurred for which recoverability is probable. When total cost estimates exceed revenues in an arrangement, the estimated losses are recognized in the income statement in the period in which such losses become probable based on the current contract estimates.

Unbilled revenues’revenues represent cost and earnings in excess of billings as at the end of the reporting period. ‘Unearned revenues’Unearned revenues included in other current liabilities represent billing in excess of revenue recognized.

 

 (iii)Maintenance contract:Revenue from maintenance contracts is recognized ratably over the period of the contract using the percentage of completion method. When services are performed through an indefinite number of repetitive acts over a specified period of time, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the specified period unless some other method better represents the stage of completion.

In certain projects, a fixed quantum of service or output units is agreed at a fixed price for a fixed term. In such contracts, revenue is recognized with respect to the actual output achieved tillto date as a percentage of total contractual output. Any residual service unutilized by the customer is recognized as revenue on completion of the term.

 

b)Products:Revenue from products are recognized when:

 

we have transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership to the buyer;

 

continuing managerial involvement usually associated with ownership and effective control have ceased;

 

amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

it is probable that economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Company; and

 

costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

c)Multiple element arrangements:We allocate revenue to each separately identifiable component of the transaction based on the guidance in IAS 18. We allocate the arrangement consideration to separately identifiable components based on their relative fair values or on the residual method. Fair values are determined based on sale prices for the components when it is regularly sold separately, third-party prices for similar components or on a cost plus basis or an appropriate business-specific profit margin related to the relevant component.

 

d)Others:The company accountsWe account for volume discounts and pricing incentives to customers by reducing the amount of discount from the amount of revenue recognized at the time of sale.

Revenues are shown net of sales tax, value added tax, service tax and applicable discounts and allowances. Revenue includes excise duty and shipping and handling costs.

Income tax:

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent it relates to items directly recognized in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity.

 

a)Current income tax: As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We are subject to tax assessments in each of these jurisdictions. A tax assessment can involve complex issues, which can only be resolved over extended time periods. Though we have considered all these issues in estimating our income taxes, there could be an unfavorable resolution of such issues that may affect results of our operations.

Current income tax for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the taxable income for that period. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amountamounts are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

b)Deferred income tax:We recognize deferred income tax using the balance sheet approach. Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. We recognize a deferred tax asset only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and tax loss carry forwards can be utilized.

The measurement of deferred tax assets involves judgment regarding the deductibility of costs not yet subject to taxation and estimates regarding sufficient future taxable income to enable utilization of unused tax losses in different tax jurisdictions. We consider the expected reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. All deferred tax assets are subject to review of probable utilization.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

We recognize deferred income tax liabilities for all taxable temporary differences except in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and associates where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

c)Others:In addition to the U.S. federal income tax, which can tax at a rate of up to 35% arising from our income attributed to our U.S. branch, we are subject to a 15% branch profit tax in the United States on the “dividend equivalent amount” as that term is defined under U.S. tax law. We have not triggered the branch profit tax and, consistent with our business plan, we intend to maintain the current level of our net assets in the United States.States and therefore remain below the threshold. Accordingly, we did not record a provision for branch profit tax as of March 31, 2012.2014.

Share based payment transaction:

Our employees receive remuneration in the form of equity instruments issued pursuant to various employee stock option and restricted stock unit option plans for rendering services over a defined vesting period. Equity instruments granted are measured by reference tovalued at the fair value of the instrument at the date of grant. Since these are granted at a nominal exercise price, the intrinsic value on the date of grant approximates the fair value. The expense is recorded by a compensating increase to the share based payment reserve, a component of equity.

The equity instruments generally vest in a graded manner over the vesting period. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed over the vesting period of respective tranches (accelerated amortization). The stock compensation expense is determined based on our estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest.

In accounting for amortization of stock compensation, we also estimate stock option forfeitures. Any revisions of our estimates could impact our results of operations and our financial position.

Derivative financial instruments

Although our functional currency is the Indian rupee, we transact a significant portion of our business in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar. The exchange rate between the Rupeerupee and the dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of our operations are affected as the Rupeerupee fluctuates against the U.S. dollar. Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, cash balances, payables and debt. We enter into derivative instruments to primarily hedge our forecasted cash flows denominated in certain foreign currencies, foreign currency debt and net investment in overseas operations.

Changes in fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging derivatives and ineffective portions of the hedging instruments are recognized in consolidated statements of income of each period. We assess the hedge effectiveness at the end of each reporting period generally using the dollar offset method.

Hedge ineffectiveness could result from forecasted transactions not happening in the same amounts or in the same periods as forecasted or changes in the counterparty credit rating. Further, changechanges in the basis of designating derivatives as hedges of forecasted transactions could alter the proportion of derivatives which are ineffective as hedges. Hedge ineffectiveness increases volatility of the consolidated statements of income since the changes in fair value of an ineffective portion of derivatives is immediately recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

As of March 31, 2012,2014, there were no significant gains or losses on derivative transactions or portions thereof that have become ineffective as hedges or associated with an underlying exposure that did not occur.

Derivatives are recognized initially at fair value and attributable transaction costs are recognized in the statement of income when incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are accounted for as described below.

 

 a)Cash flow hedges: Changes in the fair value of the derivative hedging instrument designated as a cash flow hedge are recognized directly in equity to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are recognized in the statement of income. If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity is transferred to the consolidated statement of income upon the occurrence of the forecasted transaction.

 

 b)Hedges of net investment in foreign operations:We designate derivative financial instruments as hedges of net investments in foreign operations. We have also designated a combination of foreign currency denominated borrowings and related cross currency swaps as hedge of net investment in foreign operations. Changes in the fair value of the derivative hedging instrument and gains/losses on translation or settlement of foreign currency denominated borrowings designated as hedge of net investment in foreign operations are recognized directly in equity to the extent that the hedge is effective. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity is transferred to the statement of income upon sale or disposal of the related net investment in foreign operation. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are recognized in the statement of income.

 

 c)Others:Changes in fair value for derivatives not designated as hedging derivatives are recognized in consolidated statements of income of each period.

Business combination, goodwill and intangible assets:

a) Business combination: Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. We exercise judgment in identifying whether an identifiable intangible asset is to be recorded separately from goodwill. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at fair values at the date of an acquisition, based on information available at the acquisition date and based on expectations and assumptions that are deemed reasonable by management. Transaction costs incurred in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred.

The cost of an acquisition also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Any subsequent changes to the fair value of contingent consideration classified as liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

b) Goodwill: Goodwill is initially measured at cost, calculated by the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Company’s share in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. If the cost of an acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired, the difference is recognized immediately in the income statement.

a)Goodwill:Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Company’s share in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. If the cost of an acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired, the difference is recognized immediately in the income statement.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually and when events occur or changes in circumstances indicate that the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than its carrying value. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the level of the cash-generating unit or groups of cash-generating units which represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

We use market related information and estimates (generally risk adjusted discounted cash flows) to determine the fair values. Cash flow projections take into account past experience and represent management’s best estimate about future developments. Key assumptions on which management has based its determination of fair value less costs to sell and value in use include estimated growth rates, weighted average cost of capital and tax rates. These estimates, including the methodology used, can have a material impact on the respective values and ultimately the amount of any goodwill impairment, if any.

c) Intangible Assets:Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is fair value as at the date of an acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

b)Intangible:Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is fair value as at the date of an acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the estimated useful life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization of an intangible asset with a finite useful life reflects the manner in which the economic benefit is expected to be generated and consumed. These estimates are reviewed at least at each financial year end. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually and written down to the fair value as required.

The estimated useful lives of the amortizable intangibles assets are as follows:

 

Category

  

Useful life

Customer-related intangibles

  2 to 11 years

Marketing related intangibles

  20 to 30 years

Other estimates:

We make estimates of the uncollectability of our accounts receivable by analyzing historical payment patterns, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness and current economic trends. If the financial condition of a customer deteriorates, additional allowances may be required.

We provide for inventory obsolescence, excess inventory and inventories with carrying values in excess of market values based on our assessment of the future demands, market conditions and our specific inventory management initiatives. If market conditions and actual demands are less favorable than our estimates, additional inventory write-downs may be required. In all cases inventory is carried at the lower of historical cost or market value.

Goodwill Impairment Testing

We test goodwill and indefinite life intangibles for impairment annually in accordance with our procedure for determining the recoverable value of such assets. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the cash generating unit (“CGU”) representing the lowest level within the group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, and which is not higher than the group’s operating segment. The useful life of the trademark and brand in respect of the acquired Wipro Yardley FZE, Wipro Yardley Consumer Care Private Limited, Chandrika and Northwest has been determined to be indefinite life intangible assets. For the purpose of impairment testing, indefinite life intangibles in Wipro Yardley FZE and Wipro Yardley Consumer Care Private Limited are allocated to the Yardley businesses, the intangibles in Chandrika and Northwest are allocated to Consumer Care India businesses. The recoverable amount of the CGU is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell (FVLCTS)(“FVLCTS”) and its value-in-use (VIU)(“VIU”). The FVLCTS of the CGU is determined based on the market capitalization approach, using the turnover and earnings multiples derived from observed market data. The VIU is determined based on discounted cash flow projections. Key assumptions used by us to determine the VIUs include:

 

 a.Estimated cash flows for five years based on formal/approved internal management budgets with extrapolation for the remaining period, wherever such budgets were shorter than a 5 year period.

 

 b.Terminal value arrived by extrapolating the last forecasted year cash flows to perpetuity using long-term growth rates: 3%-6%rates of 5%. These long termlong-term growth rates take into consideration external macroeconomic sources of data. SuchThe long-term growth rates consideredused do not exceed that of the relevant business and industry sector.

 

 c.The discount rates used are based on our weighted average cost of capital as an approximation of the weighted average cost of capital of a comparable market participant, which are adjusted for specific country risks by 10% to 16%16.5%.

 

 d.Value-in-useVIU is calculated using after tax assumptions. The use of after tax assumptions does not result in a value-in-use that is materially different from the value-in-use that would result if the calculation was performed using before tax assumptions. The after tax discount rate used ranges from 10% to 16%. The before tax discount rate is determined based on the value-in-use derived from the use of after tax assumptions, and ranges from 11.4% to 20.8%22.6%.

Based on the above, no impairment was identified as of March 31, 2012,2014, as the recoverable value of the CGUs exceeded the carrying value. Further, none of the CGU’s tested for impairment as of March 31, 20122014 was at risk of impairment. An analysis of the calculation’s sensitivity to a change in the key parameters (revenue growth, operating margin, discount rate and long term growth rate) based on reasonably probable assumptions, did not identify any probable scenarios where the CGU’s recoverable amount would fall below its carrying amount.

Item 6.Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Directors and Senior Management

Our directors and executive officers, their respective ages and positions as of March 31, 20122014 were as follows:

 

Name  Age   Position

Azim H. Premji

   6668    

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Managing Director (designated as “Chairman”)

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly

   7678    

Director

B.C.B. C. Prabhakar

   6870    

Director

Dr. Jagdish N. Sheth

   7375    

Director

Narayanan Vaghul

   7577    

Director

William Arthur Owens

   7173    

Director

P.M. Sinha

71

Director

Dr. Henning Kagermann

   6466    

Director

Suresh C. Senapaty

   5557    

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director

M KM. K. Sharma

   6466    

Director

T. K. Kurien

   5355    

Chief Executive Officer IT Business and Executive Director

Shyam Saran

   6567    

Director

Anurag BeharVyomesh Joshi

   4360    

Chief Sustainability Officer

Director

Vineet AgrawalIreena Vittal

   5045    

President, Wipro Consumer Care and Lighting

Director

Pratik Kumar(1) 

   4648    

Executive Vice President—President – Human Resource and President—Resources

(1)Mr. Pratik Kumar, Chief Executive Officer of Wipro Infrastructure Engineering,

a division of Wipro Enterprises Limited, has moved full time to Wipro Infrastructure Engineering with effect from April 1, 2014, and no longer serves as Executive Vice President – Human Resources for the Company as of such date.

As of March 31, 2012,2014, we had nineten non-executive directors and three executive directors, of which one executive director is also Chairman of our Board. All of the nineten non-executive directors are independent directors or independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially influence their judgment. All the independent directors satisfy the criteria of independence as defined under the listing agreement with the Indian Stock Exchanges and the New York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance standards.

The profiles of our directors and executive officers as of March 31, 20122014 are set forth below.

Azim H. Premji has served as our Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Managing Director (designated as Chairman)“Chairman”) since September 1968. In 2011, Mr. Premji was honored with the Padma Vibhushan award by the Government of India for his contribution in trade and industry. Mr. Premji is a graduate in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University, USA. Mr. Premji also serves as a director of Wipro Enterprises Limited, Wipro GE Health Care Private Ltd., and the Azim Premji Foundation (I) Pvt. Ltd. and in other entities of the Promoter Group.

Dr. Ashok Ganguly has served as a director on our Board since 1999. He is the Chairman of our Board Governance, & Nomination Committee and Compensation Committee. He is currently the Chairman of ABP Pvt. Ltd (Ananda Bazar Patrika Group). Dr. Ganguly also currently serves as a non-executive director of Mahindra & Mahindra Limited and Dr ReddyDr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited. DrLtd. Dr. Ganguly is on the advisory board of Diageo India Private Limited. Dr. Ganguly is the chairmanChairman of Researchthe Board Governance, Nomination and DevelopmentCompensation Committee of Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd, Memberthe Company, a member of the Nomination, Governance &and Compensation Committee and Chairman of the Science, Technology & Operations Committee of DrDr. Reddy’s Laboratories Ltd. He is a member of the Prime Minister’s Council on Trade and Industry and the India-USA CEO Council, established by the Prime Minister of India and the President of the USA. Dr. Ganguly is a Rajya Sabha Member. He is a former member of the Board of British Airways Plc (1996-2005)from 1996 to 2005 and Unilever Plc/NV (1990-97)from 1990 to 1997 and Dr. Ganguly was formerly the Chairman of Hindustan Unilever Limited (1980-90).from 1980 to 1990. Dr. Ganguly was on the Central Board of Directors of the Reserve Bank of India (2000-2009).from 2000 to 2009. In 2006, Dr. Ganguly was awarded the CBE (Hon) by the United Kingdom. In 2008, Dr. Ganguly received the Economic Times Lifetime Achievement Award. Dr. Ganguly received the Padma Bhushan award by the Government of India in January 1987 and the Padma Vibhushan award in January 2009. Dr. Ganguly holds B.Sc (Hons) from University of Bombay and an MS and PhD from the University of Illinois.

B.C.B. C. Prabhakar has served as a director on our Board since February 1997. He is also a member of our Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee and Chairman of our Administrative/Shareholders and Investor Grievances Committee. He has been a practicing lawyer since April 1970. Mr. Prabhakar holds a B.A. in Political Science and Sociology and a BL.B.L. from Mysore University, India. Mr. Prabhakar serves as a non-executive director of Automotive Axles Limited, Page Industries Limited and 3M India Limited. He is also a member of the Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee and Chairman of the Administrative and Shareholder Investor Grievances Committee of Wipro Limited.

Dr. Jagdish N. Sheth has served as a director on our Board since January 1999. Dr. Sheth has been a professor at Emory University since July 1991. Previously, Dr. Sheth served on the faculty of Columbia University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, the University of Illinois, and the University of Southern California. Dr. Sheth also serves on the board of Manipal Acunova Ltd. Dr. Sheth holds a B.Com (Honors) from Madras University and a M.B.A. and a Ph.D in Behavioral Sciences from the University of Pittsburgh. Dr. Sheth is also the Chairman of Academy of Indian Marketing Professionals.Professionals and serves on our Strategy Committee.

Narayanan Vaghul has served as a director on our Board since June 1997. He is the Chairman of our Audit, Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee, and a member of the Board Governance, & Nomination Committee and a memberCompensation Committee. Mr. Vaghul is also the lead independent director of the

Compensation Committee. Company. He was the Chairman of the Board of ICICI Bank Limited from September 1985 to April 2009. Mr. Vaghul is also on the Boards of the following public companies in India and overseas: 1) Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd., 2) Mahindra World City Developers Limited, 3) Piramal HealthcareEnterprises Limited, and4) Apollo Hospitals Enterprise Limited. Mr. VaghulLimited, and 5) Arcelor Mittal, Luxembourg. Besides this he is on the boards of Hemogenomics Pvt. Ltd., Universal Trustees Pvt. Ltd.,two private limited companies and IKP Trusteeship Services Limited.several Section 25 companies and public trusts. Mr. Vaghul is the Chairman of the Compensation Committee of Mahindra and Mahindra Limited, Piramal Enterprises Limited and Piramal Healthcaretwo of its 100% subsidiaries, PHL Finance Private Limited and PHL Capital Private Limited. Mr. Vaghul is also a memberChairman of the Audit Committee in Nicholasof Piramal IndiaEnterprises Limited. Mr. Vaghul is a member of the Remuneration Committee of Mahindra World City Developers Limited and Apollo Hospitals Enterprise Limited. Mr. Vaghul is also the lead independent director of our Company. Mr. Vaghul holds a Bachelor (Honors) degree in Commerce from Madras University. Mr. Vaghul was the recipient of the Padma Bhushan award by the Government of India in 2010. Mr. Vaghul also received the Lifetime Achievement Awards from Economic Times, Lifetime Achievement Award.

Priya Mohan Sinha became a directorErnst & Young Entrepreneur of our Company on January 1, 2002. He is a member of our Audit, Riskthe Year Award Program and Compliance Committee, Board Governance & Nomination Committee and Compensation Committee. He has served as the Chairman of PepsiCo India Holdings Limited and President of Pepsi Foods Limited since July 1992. From October 1981 to November 1992, he was on the Executive Board of Directors of Hindustan Lever Limited (currently Hindustan Unilever Limited). From 1981 to 1985, he also served as Sales Director of Hindustan Lever Limited (currently Hindustan Unilever Limited). Currently, he is also on the board of Lafarge India Private Limited. He is also a member of Audit and Board and Governance Committee Lafarge India Private Limited.Mumbai Management Association. He was alsogiven an award for the Chairman of Reckitt Coleman India Limited and Chairman of Stephan Chemicals India Limited. Mr. Sinha is also oncontribution to the Advisory Board of Rieter India. Mr. Sinha holds a Bachelor of Arts from Patna University, and he has also attendedCorporate Governance by the Advanced Management Program at the Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.Company Secretaries in 2007.

William Arthur Owens has served as a director on our Board since July 1, 2006. He is also a member of theour Board Governance, Nomination and NominationCompensation Committee, and serves as Chairman of our Strategy Committee. He has held a number of senior leadership positions at large multinational corporations. From April 2004 to November 2005, Mr. Owens served as Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Nortel Networks Corporation, a networking communications company. From August 1998 to April 2004, Mr. Owens served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Teledesic LLC, a satellite communications company. From June 1996 to August 1998, Mr. Owens served as President, Chief Operating Officer and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC), a research and engineering firm. Presently, Mr. Owens is the Chairman of AEA Investors (Asia) Limited in Hong Kong and Vice Chairman of NYX Asia. Mr. Owens serves as a member of the Board of Directors of Polycom Inc., Viasystems, Intelius, Flow Mobile, Prometheus,Yangtze, Humin and is the Chairman of Century Link Inc., a communications company. Mr. Owens holds an M.B.A. (Honors) degree from George Washington University, a B.S. in Mathematics from the U.S. Naval Academy and a B.A. and M.A. in Politics, Philosophy and Economics from Oxford University.

Dr. Henning Kagermann became a director of the Company in October 2009. He served as Chief Executive Officer of SAP AG until 2009. He has been a member of the SAP Executive Board since 1991. He is also President of Acatech (German Academy of Science and Technology) and currently a member of the supervisory boards of Deutsche Bank AG, Munich Re, Deutsche Post, Nokia Corporation, and BMW Group in Germany. Dr. Kagermann also serves on our Strategy Committee. Dr. Kagermann is a professor of Theoretical Physics at the Technical University Braunschweig, Germany and received an honorary doctorate from the University of Magdeburg, Germany.

Suresh C. Senapaty has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director since April 2008 and served with us in other positions since April 1980. HeMr. Senapaty is a member of the Administrative/Shareholders &and Investor Grievance Committee.Committee of our Company. Mr. Senapaty holds a B. Com.Bachelors degree in Commerce from Utkal University in India, and is a Fellow Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Mr. Senapaty is also on the boards of the following of our Indian subsidiaries: Wipro Trademarks Holding Limited, Wipro Chandrika Limited, Wipro Travel Services Limited, Cygnus Negri Investments Private Limited, Wipro Technology Services Limited, Wipro Consumer Care Limited and Wipro GE Healthcare Private Limited and Wipro Enterprises Limited. Mr. Senapaty is alsoChairman of the Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee and a member of the Administrative/Shareholders and Investor Grievance Committee of Wipro Enterprises Limited.

M. K. Sharma became a director of the Company in July 2011. He is a member of our Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee. He served as Vice Chairman of Hindustan Unilever Limited from 2000 to 2007. He served as a full-time director of Hindustan Unilever Limited from 1995 to 2000. He is currently on the boards of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Co. Limited, Fulford (India) Limited (Indian affiliate of Merck and Co. Inc), Thomas Cook (India) Limited, KEC International Limited, Asian Paints Limited, India Infradebt Limited, Travel Corporation of India Limited, International Paper APPM Limited, Blue Star Limited, Indian School of Business Hyderabad and Anglo Scottish Education Society Limited. Mr. Sharma is a member of the Audit Committee of Wipro Technology ServicesFulford (India) Limited, International Paper APPM Limited, Blue Star Limited and Thomas Cook (India) Limited. Mr. Sharma is the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee of Fulford (India) Limited, Member of the Remuneration Committee of

International Paper APPM Limited and Chairman of the Governance and Remuneration Committee of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Co. Ltd. Mr. Sharma is a member of the Shareholder’s Grievance Committee of Thomas Cook (India) Limited. Mr. Sharma holds a Bachelors Degree in Arts and Bachelors of Law Degree from Canning College University of Lucknow. He completed a Post Graduate Diploma in Personnel Management from the Department of Business Management, University of Delhi and Diploma in Labour Laws from Indian Law Institute, Delhi. In 1999, he was nominated to attend the Advance Management Program at Harvard Business School.

T. K. Kurienhas served as our Chief Executive Officer-IT BusinessOfficer and Executive Director since February 2011, and has served with us in other positions since February 2000. HeT. K. Kurien is a member of the Administrative/Shareholders &and Investor Grievance Committee. Mr.Committee of Wipro Limited. T. K. Kurien is a Chartered Accountant and holds a Bachelors Degree in Engineering. Mr. Kurien is also a member of the Board of Wipro GE Healthcare Private Limited.Accountant.

Shyam Saranbecame a director of our Company onin July 1, 2010. He is currently Chairman of the National Security Advisory Board of the Government of India. He has been a director of Indian Oil Corporation Limited since March 2012 and ONGC Videsh Limited since June 2012. He is a career diplomat who has served in significant positions in the Indian government for over three decades. He joined the Indian Foreign Service in 1970. He last served as the Special Envoy of the Prime Minister of India (Octoberfrom October 2006 to March 2010)2010 specializing in nuclear issues, and he also was the Indian envoy on climate change. Prior to this he was the Foreign Secretary of the Government of India from 2004 to 2006. He also served as the Ambassador of India to Nepal, Indonesia, Myanmar and Mauritius. His diplomatic stints have taken him to Indian missions in Geneva, Beijing and Tokyo. He has been a Fellow of the United Nations Disarmament Program in Geneva, Vienna and New York, U.S.A. Mr. Saran holds a Post Graduate degree in Economics.Economics from Patna University, India. Mr. Saran has been honored with the Padma Bhushan award by the Government of India for his contribution in civil services.

Dr. Henning Kagermannbecame a director of the Company on October 27, 2009. He served as Chief Executive officer of SAP AG until 2009. He has been a member of the SAP Executive Board since 1991. He is also President of Acatech (German Academy of Science and Technology) and currently a member of supervisory boards of Deutsche Bank AG, Munich Re, Deutsche Post, BMW Group in Germany and Nokia. Dr. Kagermann is a professor of Theoretical Physics at the Technical University Braunschweig, Germany and received an honorary doctorate from the University of Magdeburg, Germany.

M K SharmaVyomesh Joshi became a director of the Company on July 1, 2011.in October 2012. He is a member of Dean’s Advisory Council at The Rady School of Management, University of California, San Diego. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Joshi served as the Executive Vice President of Hewlett-Packard’s Imaging and Printing Group. Mr. Joshi joined Hewlett-Packard as a Research and Development engineer and held various management positions in his career with the group. Mr. Joshi was also on the Board of Yahoo for seven years until 2012. Mr. Joshi is also a member of the Board of Directors of Harris Corporation. Mr. Joshi has been featured in Fortune Magazine’s diversity list of most influential people in 2005. Mr. Joshi also serves on our Audit, Strategy Committee. Mr. Joshi holds master’s degree in electrical engineering from the Ohio State University.

Ireena Vittal became a director of the Company in October 2013. Ms. Vittal is a former partner with McKinsey & Co. Prior to joining McKinsey & Co., Ms. Vittal worked with Nestle India Limited and with MaxTouch (now Vodafone India Limited). Ms. Vittal serves as a board member of AXIS Bank Limited, Titan Industries Limited, Tata Global Beverages Limited, Godrej Consumer Products Limited, Glaxo Smithkline Consumer Healthcare. The Indian Hotels Company Limited and on the global advisory board of ideo.org. Ms. Vittal also serves as a member of our Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee. He served as Vice Chairman of Hindustan Unilever Limited from 2000 to 2007. He served as a whole-time director of Hindustan Unilever Limited from 1995 to 2000. He is currently on the boards of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Co. Limited, Fulford India Limited (Indian affiliate of MSD), Thomas Cook (India) Limited, Birla Corporation Limited, KEC International Limited and The Andhra Pradesh Paper Mills Limited. Mr. SharmaMs. Ireena Vittal is a member of the Audit Committee of Fulford (India)Godrej Consumer Products Limited, Titan Industries Limited and Thomas Cook (India) Limited. Mr. Sharma is the ChairmanGlaxo Smithkline Consumer Healthcare Limited and member of Remuneration Committee of Fulford (India) Limited. Mr. Sharma is a member the Shareholder’s Grievance Committee of Thomas Cook (India) Limited. Mr. Sharma is the Chairman of the Board Governance and Nomination Committee,HR & Compensation Committee of ICICI Lombard General Insurance Co.Godrej Consumer Products Limited.

Anurag Behar Ms. Vittal has served as the Chief Sustainability Officer since July 2010a graduate degree in Electronics from Osmania University and has served with uscompleted her Masters in other positions since May 2002. Mr. Behar holds an M.B.ABusiness Administration from XLRI-Jamshedpur and Bachelors degree in Engineering from Regional Engineering College, Trichy.

Vineet Agrawal has served as President of Wipro Consumer Care and Lighting since July 2002 and has served with us in other positions since December 1985. Mr. Agrawal holds a B.Tech. from IIT, New Delhi, India and an M.B.A from Bajajthe Indian Institute of Management, Studies, Mumbai, India.Calcutta.

Pratik Kumar has served as our President of Wipro Infrastructure Engineering since July 2010, Executive Vice-President of Human Resources since April 2002, and has served with us in other positions since November 1991. Mr. Kumar holds a B.A. from Delhi University and an M.B.A. from Xavier Labour Relations Institute (XLRI), Jamshedpur, India.Compensation

Compensation

Director Compensation

Our Board Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee determines and recommends to our Board of Directors the compensation payable to our directors. All board-level compensation is subject to approval by our shareholders. Each of our non-employee directors receive an attendance fee per meeting of US$393 during the current year333.33 for every Board and Committee meeting they attend. Our directors are reimbursed for travel and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with their attendance at Board and Committee meetings. Additionally, we also compensate non-employee directors by way of commission, which is limited to a fixed sum payable as approved by the Board subject to a maximum of 1% of the net profits of the Company in the aggregate as approved by the shareholders.

During the year ended March 31, 2012,2014, we paid an aggregate of US$0.59 million860,000 (Rs. 30.0151.6 million) as commission to our non-employee directors.

Details of stock options granted to non-executive directors as of March 31, 2014 and stock options held and exercised by non-executive directors through March 31, 2014 are reported elsewhere in this Item 6 under the section titled “Share Ownership.”

Executive Compensation

The annual compensation of our executive directors is approved by our Board Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee, within the parameters set by the shareholders at the shareholders meetings,Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, and the annual compensation of our other executive officers is approved by our Board Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee. Remuneration of our executive officers, including our employee directors, consists of a fixed component, performance bonus and a variable performance linked incentive. The variable performance linked incentive portion is earned under our Quarterly Performance Linked Scheme. This is a variable pay program for all employees, including executive officers, which is deemed to be part of each employee’s salary. Variable payments are made to employees based on the individual or combined performance of the employee’s business unit, division or segment, or the Company as a whole. Generally, the profit targets for each department are set quarterly, and payment amounts vary based on actual achievements. These payments are made on a quarterly basis for all employees except for certain members of senior management who receive payouts on a quarterly basis, butwhich amounts are adjusted at the end of the year based on the performance for the full year.

The following tables present the annual and long-term compensation earned, awarded or paid for services rendered to us for the fiscal year 20122014 by our Executive Directorsexecutive directors and members of our administrative, supervisory or management bodies. For the convenience of the readers, the amounts in the below table have been translated into U.S. dollars based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors on March 30, 2012,31, 2014 which was Rs. 50.8960 per US$1.00.

Annual Compensation (US$)         

Name

  Salary and
allowances
   Commission/
variable
pay (1)
   Housing (2)   Others   Long-term
compensation
(Deferred
Benefit
(3)&(4))
   Severance
pay (5)
   Salary and
allowances
   Commission/
variable pay (1)
   Others   Long-term
compensation
(Deferred
Benefit(2)&(3))
 

Azim H. Premji

  US$84,696    US$220,828    US$12,704    US$18,855    US$51,619    US$—       71,836     1,170,930     268,177     196,244  

Suresh C. Senapaty

   205,337     122,569     29,475     1,093     27,576     —       236,017     196,647     59,735     29,421  

Pratik Kumar

   193,581     124,464     —       1,403     27,804     —       217,948     99,633     94,866     29,538  

Vineet Agrawal

   215,669     150,738     —       1,960     27,420     —    

Martha Bejar*

   452,836     464,925     —       12,100     —       572,000  

Sambuddha Deb(6)

   137,431     97,509     —       943     18,296     —    

T. K. Kurien

   450,559     329,457     10,611     4,548     65,214     —       444,988     395,370     188,790     66,374  

Anurag Behar

   39,703     17,687     —       752     4,348     —    

 

*Information provided up to the date of termination of employment with the Company.
1.Azim H. Premji was paid a commission at the rate of 0.3% on incremental net profits of the Company over the previous year computed based on the method approved by the Board Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee and in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1956.1956 (the “Companies Act”). All other executives received variable pay under a Quarterly Performance Linked Scheme based on key parameters of individual or combined performance of the business unit, division or segment or the Company as a whole.
2.The value of housing perquisite accounts for more than 25% of the total value of all perquisites and personal benefits received in fiscal 2012.
3.2.Deferred benefits are payable to employees by way of our contribution to the Provident Fund and Pension Fund. The Provident Fund is a statutory fund to which the Company and our employees contribute every month. A lump sum payment on separation and a pension payment on attaining the age of superannuation are payable from the balance standing to the credit of the Fund, as per the Employee Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952.
4.3.Under our pension plans, any pension that is payable to an employee is not computed on the basis of final compensation, but on the accumulated pension fund to the credit of the employee as at the date of separation, death, disability or retirement. We annually contribute 15% of Mr. Premji’s basebasic salary and commission earned for that year to our pension fund for the benefit of Mr. Premji. For all other employees, we contribute 15% of their respective basebasic salaries to our pension fund for their benefit. These contributions are included in this column.
5.A severance package was paid to Ms. Martha Bejar upon cessation of her employment, as Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer of Infocrossing, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, and as a Corporate Executive Council member of the Company effective as of the close of business on January 15, 2012. During the year ended March 31, 2012, a severance payment of US$ 286,000 was paid to Ms. Martha Bejar and a balance severance payment of US$ 286,000 will be paid no later than July 1, 2012.
6.Sambuddha Deb retired as Chief Global Delivery Officer and as a Corporate Executive Council member of the Company effective as of March 31, 2012.

We operate in numerous countries and compensation for our officers and employees may vary significantly from country to country. As a general matter, we seek to pay competitive salaries in all the countries in which we operate.

There were no options granted to our Chairman and Managing Director in fiscal years 2013 or 2014. Details of stock options granted to executive directors as of March 31, 2014 and stock options held and exercised by executive directors through March 31, 2014 are reported elsewhere in this Item 6 under the section titled “Share Ownership.”

Under the Companies Act, 2013, every listed company is required to disclose remuneration of each director to the median employee’s remuneration and such other details as described in related Rules. The Rules also specify that how median is measured and other additional disclosure.

Board Composition

Our Articles of Association provide that the minimum number of directors on our board of directors shall be four and the maximum number shall be fifteen. As of March 31, 2012,2014, we had twelvethirteen directors on our Board. Our Articles of Association provide that at least two-thirds of our directors shall be subject to retirement by rotation. One third of these directors must retire from office at each Annual General Meeting of the shareholders,Shareholders, but each retiring director is eligible for re-election at such meeting. Dr. Jagdish N Sheth, Dr. Henning Kagermann and Mr. Shyam Saran retire by rotation and are proposed for re-election at Annual General Meeting of shareholders to be held on July 23, 2012. In addition to retiring directors, up to one third of our directors are non-retiring directors. Currently, Mr. Azim H. Premji, and Mr. T. K. Kurien are non-retiring directors. The tenure of appointment of Mr. Suresh C. Senapaty and Mr. T. K. Kurien is for a periodare executive directors. Due to the implementation of five yearsthe

Companies Act, 2013, independent directors are no longer subject to retirement by rotation and two-thirds of the executive directors are subject to retirement by rotation. Directors who will be subject to re-election at the next Annual General Meeting will be determined based on the clarifications to be obtained from the dateMinistry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India regarding applicability of these provisions to the election of our directors and their original date of appointment as membersreappointment if subject to retirement by rotation. The position of the Board. The terms and expiration date of each director issuch directors are as follows:given below.

 

Name

  

Expiration of current term of office

  

Term of office

Azim H. Premji (1)

  July 30, 20132015  2 years

Dr. Jagdish Sheth (2)

  Annual General Meeting 2012—    RetirementSubject to appointment by rotationShareholders

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly (2)

  Annual General Meeting 2013—    RetirementSubject to appointment by rotationshareholders

B. C. Prabhakar (2)

  Annual General Meeting—  Subject to appointment by shareholders

Narayanan Vaghul (2)

—  Subject to appointment by shareholders

Ireena Vittal

September 30, 2018Subject to appointment by shareholders

Vyomesh Joshi

September 30, 2017Subject to appointment by shareholders

William Arthur Owens(2)

—  Subject to appointment by shareholders

Shyam Saran(2)

June 30, 2015Subject to appointment by shareholders

M. K. Sharma(2)

June 30, 2016Subject to appointment by shareholders

Dr. Henning Kagermann (2)

October 26, 2014  RetirementSubject to appointment by rotationshareholders
N. Vaghul

Suresh C. Senapaty (1)

  Annual General Meeting 2013March 31, 2015  Retirement by rotationTill the age of superannuation
P. M. SinhaAnnual General Meeting 2013Retirement by rotation
William Arthur OwensAnnual General Meeting 2014Retirement by rotation
Shyam SaranAnnual General Meeting 2012Retirement by rotation
M. K. SharmaAnnual General Meeting 2014Retirement by rotation
Dr. Henning KagermannAnnual General Meeting 2012Retirement by rotation
Suresh C. SenapatyApril 17, 2013Retirement by rotation

T. K. Kurien (1)

  January 31, 2016  5 years

(1)Two-thirds of such executive directors are subject to retirement by rotation.
(2)Terms subject to retirement by rotation prior to the enactment of the Companies Act, 2013.

Option Grants

There were no option grants to our Chairman and Managing Director (designated as “Chairman”) in the fiscal years 2011 and 2012. Mr. T. K. Kurien was granted with effect from April 1, 2011, 30,000 Restricted Stock Units under Wipro Employee Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2005 and 30,000 Stock Options under Wipro Employee Stock Option Plan, 2000. Details of options granted to other senior management executives as of March 31, 2012 are reported elsewhere in this Item 6 under the section titled “Share Ownership.”

Option Exercises and Holdings

Our Chairman did not exercise or hold any options during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. The details of stock options held and exercised through March 31, 2012 with respect to other senior management executives are reported elsewhere in this Item 6 under the section titled “Share Ownership.”

Terms of Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements

Under the Companies Act, our shareholders must approve the salary, bonus and benefits of all employee directors at aan Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders. Each of our employee directors havehas signed an agreement containing the terms and conditions of employment, including a monthly salary, performance bonus and benefits including vacation, medical reimbursement and pension fund contributions. These agreements have varying terms ranging from a two to five year periods, but either we or the employee director may generally terminate the agreement upon six monthsmonths’ notice to the other party.

The terms of our employment arrangements with Azim H. Premji, Pratik Kumar, Suresh C. Senapaty, Anurag Behar,Pratik Kumar and T.K. Kurien and Vineet Agrawal provide for up to a 180-day notice period, up to 21 days of leave per year in addition to statutory holidays, and an annual compensation review. Additionally, employees are required to relocate as we may determine, and to comply with confidentiality provisions. Service contracts with our executive directors provide for our standard retirement benefits that consist of a pension and gratuity which are offered to all of our employees, but no other benefits upon termination of employment except as mentioned below.

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. T. K. Kurien’s terms of appointment regardingemployment, he is entitled to the following severance payment are as follows:payments:

If the Company terminates this Agreement, the Company will communicate the same in writing to the Director who will be eligible for “Severance Benefits” as follows:

 

 a.12 (twelve) months’ last drawn Salary. “Salary” includes basic pay, benefits and allowances and variable pay.salary.

 

 b.The unvested options/RSUs shall vest proportionately to the completed months in service from the last vesting/grant date of each grant, whichever is later,subject to the dateterms of termination. This is applicable only to a grant where one year has lapsed since the date of grant, at the time of termination. This may be exercised by Mr. Kurien within 7 (seven) days from termination of this Agreement.grant.

In the event the Company terminates Mr. Kurien for Cause,cause, such termination shall be with immediate effect and Mr. Kurien will not be eligible for the Severance Benefits specified above.

We also have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers for claims brought under any rule of law to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. These agreements, among other things, indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of the Company, arising out of such person’s services as our director or officer, including claims which are covered by the director’s and officer’s liability insurance policy taken by the Company.

Board Committee Information

Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee

The Audit Committee of our Board, of Directors, which was formed in 1987, reviews, acts on and reports to our Board of Directors with respect to various auditing and accounting matters. The primary responsibilities include overseeing:

 

Auditing and accounting matters, including recommending the appointment of our independent auditors to the shareholders,shareholders;

Compliance with legal and statutory requirements,

requirements;

 

Integrity of the Company’s financial statements, discussingdiscussions with the independent auditors regarding the scope of the annual audits, and fees to be paid to the independent auditors,

auditors;

 

Performance of the Company’s Internal Auditinternal audit function, Independent Auditorsindependent auditors and accounting practices,

 

Review of related party transactions and functioning of whistle blower mechanism,mechanism; and

 

Implementation of the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, including review onof the progress of internal control mechanisms to prepare for certification under Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

All members of our Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee are independent non-executive directors who are financially literate. The Chairman of our Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee has accounting or related financial management expertise.

Independent Auditorsauditors as well as Internal Auditorsinternal auditors always have independent meetings with the Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee and also participate in the Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee meetings.

Our Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director and other corporate officers make periodic presentations to the Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee on various issues.

The Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee is comprised of the following four non-executive directors:

Mr. N. Vaghul - Chairman

Mr. N. Vaghul-Chairman of the Audit Committee
Mr. P. M. Sinha, Mr. M. K. Sharma and Mr. B. C. Prabhakar-Members of the Audit Committee

Mr. M. K. Sharma, Mr. B. C. Prabhakar and Ms. Ireena Vittal—Members

During the fiscal year 2012,2014, our Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee held six meetings including meetings held over teleconferencing. The charter of the Audit/Risk and Compliance Committee is available under the investor relations section on our website atwww.wipro.com. www.wipro.com.

Board Governance, and Nomination Committee

In April 2009, the Board Governance and Compensation Committee was split into two separate committees and reconstituted as the Board Governance & Nomination Committee and the Compensation Committee. The charter of the Board Governance and Nomination Committee is available on our website underwww.wipro.com.

The Board Governance, & Nomination and Compensation Committee, is comprisedwhich was reconstituted in 2013, reviews, acts on and reports to our Board of the following four non-executive directors:

Dr. Ashok S GangulyChairman of the Board Governance and Nomination Committee
Mr. N. Vaghul, Mr. P.M. Sinha and Mr. Bill OwensMembers of the Board Governance and Nomination Committee

Directors with respect to various governance, nominating and compensation matters. The primary responsibilities of the Board Governance and Nomination Committee are:include:

 

Developing and recommending to the Board Corporate Governance Guidelinescorporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company,

Company;

 

Evaluating the Board on a continuing basis, including an assessment of the effectiveness of the full Board, operations of the Board Committees and contributions of individual directors,directors;

Laying downEstablishing policies and procedures to assess the requirements for induction of new members onto the Board.

Board;

 

Implementing policies and processes relating to corporate governance principles

principles;

 

Ensuring that appropriate procedures are in place to assess Board membership needs and Board effectiveness

effectiveness;

 

Reviewing the Company’s policies that relate to matters of Corporate Social Responsibility,corporate social responsibility, including public issues of significance to the Company and its stakeholders

shareholders;

 

Developing and recommending to the Board of Directors for its approval an annual evaluation process of the Board and its Committees, and

 

Formulating the Disclosure Policy, its review and approval of disclosures;

During the fiscal year 2012, our Board Governance and Nomination Committee held four meetings.

Compensation Committee

The members of the Compensation Committee are as follows:

Dr. Ashok S. GangulyChairman of the Compensation Committee
Mr. N. Vaghul and Mr. P.M. SinhaMembers of the Compensation Committee

The charter of the Compensation Committee is available on our website under www.wipro.com. The primary responsibilities of the Compensation Committee are:

 

Determining and approving salaries, benefits and stock option grants to senior management employees and directors of our Company;

 

Approving and evaluating the compensation plans, policies and programs for whole-timefull-time directors and senior management; and

 

Acting as Administrator of the Company’s Employee Stock Option Plans and Employee Stock Purchase Plans drawn up from time to time.time; and

Reviewing the Company’s policies relating to corporate social responsibility matters and public issues of significance to the Company and its stakeholders.

Our Executive Vice President-HumanHead of Human Resources makes periodic presentations to the Board Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee on compensation reviews and performance linked compensation recommendations. All members of the Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee are independent non-executive directors. The Board Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee is comprised of the following three non-executive directors:

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly—Chairman

Mr. N. Vaghul, Mr. William Arthur Owens—Members

During the fiscal year 2012,2014, our Board Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee held four meetings. The charter of the Board Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee is available under the investor relations section on our website at www.wipro.com.

Strategy Committee

The Strategy Committee, formed by the Board in April 2013, reviews, acts on and reports to our Board of Directors with respect to various strategic matters. The primary responsibilities of the Strategy Committee are:

Making recommendations to the Board relating to the Company’s mission, vision, strategic initiatives, major programs and services;

Ensuring management has established an effective strategic planning process, including development of a three to five year strategic plan with measurable goals and time targets;

Annually reviewing the strategic plan for the Company and for each division and entity as well and recommending updates to the Board;

Establishing criteria for management to evaluate potential strategic investments, reviewing proposals for acquisition or divestment opportunities for the Company and making appropriate recommendations to the Board, and reviewing post-transaction integration matters;

Assisting in the development of a strategic dashboard of key indicators; and

Monitoring the organization’s performance against measurable targets (e.g. market share, increase in revenue, or Operating Margin) or progress points (such as emerging technologies).

All members of the Strategy Committee are independent non-executive directors. The Strategy Committee is comprised of the following four non-executive directors:

Mr. William Arthur Owens—Chairman

Dr. Jagdish N. Sheth, Mr. Henning Kagermann and Mr. Vyomesh Joshi—Members

During fiscal year 2014, our Strategy Committee held three meetings.

Employees

As of March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, we had over 108,000, 120,000 and over 130,000 employees, including our subsidiaries had more than 120,000, 130,000 and over 87,000, 87,000 and over 95,000 IT professionals, respectively.130,000 employees. As of March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, more than 13,000, 21,000,20,000, 25,000 and more than 28,00027,000 of these employees were located outside India. Highly trained and motivated people are critical to the success of our business. To achieve this, we focus on attracting and retaining the best people possible. A combination of strong brand name, a congenial working environment and competitive compensation programs enables us to attract and retain these talented people.

Our human resources department is centralized at our corporate headquarters in Bangalore and functions across all of our business segments. We have implemented corporate-wide recruiting, training, performance evaluation and compensation programs that are tailored to address the needs of each of our business segments.

Our relationship with employees and employee groups are based on mutual trust and respect and we continue to maintain the same spirit at all times. We continue to fulfill all requirements and commitments which could arise out of collective bargaining as required across various development centers and manufacturing facilities and other such agreements in specific geographies across Americas, Europe and Asia.

Recruiting

We hire entry level graduates from both the top engineering and management universities in India, as well as more experienced lateral hires through employee referral programs, advertisements, placement consultants, our website postings and walk-ins. To facilitate employee growth within the Company, all new openings are first offered to our employees. The nature of work, skill sets requirements and experience levels are highlighted to the employees. Applicants undergo the regular recruitment process and, if selected, get assigned to their new roles.

Training

Each of our new recruits must attend an eight week intensive training program when they begin working with us. New or recent graduates must also attend additional training programs that are tailored to their area of technology. We also have a mandatory continuing education program that requires each IT professional to attend at least 40 hours of continuing education classes to improve their understanding and competency with new technologies, as well as to develop leadership and personal self-development skills. We

supplement our continuing education program for existing employees by sponsoring special programs at leading educational institutions, such as the Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore, Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani, Symbiosis Institute of Business Management, Bangalore and others, to provide special skill set training in areas such as business skills and project management to any of our IT professionals who choose to enroll and meet the eligibility criteria of these Institutes.

Performance Evaluations

Employees receive written performance objectives that they develop in cooperation with their respective managers. They are measured against these criteria annually in a formal review process which includes self-reviews and reviews from peers, managers and subordinates.

Compensation

We continually strive to provide our employees with competitive and innovative compensation packages. Our compensation packages include a combination of salary, stock options, pension, and health and disability insurance. We measure our compensation packages against industry standards and seek to match or exceed them. We adopted an employee stock purchase plan in 1984, employee stock option plan in 1999 and 2000 and restricted stock unit option plan in 2004, 2005 and 2007. We have devised both business segment performance and individual performance linked incentive programs that we believe more accurately link performance to compensation for each employee. For example, we link cashvariable compensation to a business segment’s quarterly operating marginperformance of financial, customer and employee satisfaction objectives.

Share Ownership

The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2012,2014, for each director and executive officer, the total number of equity shares, ADSsAmerican Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) and vested and unexercised options to purchase equity shares and ADSs.ADSs exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. All information with respect to the beneficial ownership of any principal shareholder has been furnished by such shareholder and, unless otherwise indicated below, we believe that persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the shares shown as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws, where applicable. The shares beneficially owned by the directors include the equity shares owned by their family members to which such directors disclaim beneficial ownership. The number of shares beneficially owned includes equity shares, equity shares underlying ADSs and the shares subject to vested options that are currently exercisable.exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014. Our directors and executive officers do not have a differential voting right with respect to their equity shares, ADSs, or options to purchase equity shares or ADSs. For the convenience of the readers, the stock option grant price has been translated into U.S. dollars based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by Federal Reserve Board of Governors on March 30, 2012,31, 2014, which was Rs. 50.8960.00 per US$1.00. The share numbers and percentages listed below are based on 2,458,756,2282,466,317,273 equity shares outstanding as of March 31, 2012.

2014.

 

Name

  Equity Shares
beneficially
owned
   Percentage
of Total
Equity
Shares
Outstanding
   Equity
Shares
Underlying
Options
Granted
   Exercise
Price(US$)
   Date of expiration 

Azim H. Premji(1)

   1,927,880,883     78.41     —       —       —    

B. C. Prabhakar(2)

   5,000     *     —       —       —    

Dr. Jagdish Sheth

   —       —       —       —       —    

Dr. Ashok S Ganguly

   1,666     —       —       —       —    

N. Vaghul

   —       —       —       —       —    

P. M. Sinha(3)

   33,333     *     —       —       —    

Suresh C. Senapaty

   95,750     *     50,000     0.04     May 2014  

Pratik Kumar

   88,334     *     

 

30,000

30,000

  

  

   

 

0.04

0.04

  

  

   

 

May 2014

July 2016

  

  

Vineet Agrawal

   151,032     *     

 

40,000

40,000

  

  

   

 

0.04

0.04

  

  

   

 

May 2014

July 2016

  

  

T K Kurien

   70,345     *     

 

 

 

50,000

30,000

30,000

30,000

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

0.04

0.04

0.04

9.43

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

May 2014

July 2016

April 2017

April 2017

  

  

  

  

Anurag Behar

   16,766     *     20,000     0.04     May 2014  

M K Sharma

   —       —       —       —       —    

Dr. Henning Kagermann

   —       —       —       —       —    

William Arthur Owens

   —       —       —       —       —    

Shyam Saran

   —       —       —       —       —    

Name

  Equity Shares
beneficially
owned
   Percentage of
Total Equity
Shares
Outstanding
   Equity
Shares
Underlying
Options
Granted
   Exercise
Price(US$)
   Date of expiration 

Azim H. Premji (1)

   1,812,022,464     73.47     —       —       —    

B. C. Prabhakar (2)

   5,000     *     —       —       —    

Dr. Jagdish Sheth

   —       —       —       —       —    

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly

   1,867     *     —       —       —    

N. Vaghul

   —       —       —       —       —    

Suresh C. Senapaty

   162,447     *     44,848     0.033     October 2018  

Vyomesh Joshi

   —       —       —       —       —    

T. K. Kurien

   175,297     *     

 

 

 

20,182

20,182

20,182

84,091

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

0.033

0.033

8.003

0.033

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

July 2016

April 2017

April 2017

October 2018

  

  

  

  

M. K. Sharma

   —       —       —       —       —    

Dr. Henning Kagermann

   —       —       —       —       —    

William Arthur Owens

   —       —       —       —       —    

Shyam Saran

   —       —       —       —       —    

Ireena Vittal

   —       —       —       —       —    

Pratik Kumar(3)

   146,132     *     

 

20,182

44,848

  

  

   

 

0.033

0.033

  

  

   

 

July 2016

October 2018

  

  

*Represents less than 1% of the total equity shares outstanding as of March 31, 2012.2014.

(1)Includes 543,765,000370,956,000 shares held by Hasham Traders (a partnership), of which Mr. Premji is a partner, 541,695,000452,906,791 shares held by Prazim Traders (a partnership), of which Mr. Premji is a partner, 540,408,000451,619,790 shares held by Zash Traders (a partnership), of which Mr. Premji is a partner, 187,666 shares held by Napean Trading and Investment Co. Pvt. Ltd., of which Mr. Premji is a director, 187,666 shares held by Regal InvestmentsInvestment and Trading Co. Pvt. Ltd., of which Mr. Premji is a director, 187,666 shares held by Vidya Investment and Trading Co. Pvt. Ltd., of which Mr. Premji is a director, 195,187,120429,714,120 shares held by Azim Premji Trust, of which Azim Premji Trustee Company Private Limited is the trustee company, of which Mr. Premji is a director and sole shareholder of the trustee company, and 95,419,432 shares held jointly by Mr. Premji and members of his immediatelyimmediate family. In addition 10,843,333 shares are held by Azim Premji Foundation (I) Pvt. Ltd. Mr. Premji disclaims beneficial ownership of 10,843,333 shares held by Azim Premji Foundation (I) Pvt. Ltd. Mr. Premji also disclaims beneficial ownership of 195,187,120Ltd and 429,714,120 shares held by Azim H Premji Trust.
(2)The shares are jointly held with an immediate family member of Mr. Prabhakar.
(3)The shares are jointly heldMr. Pratik Kumar, Chief Executive Officer of Wipro Infrastructure Engineering, a division of Wipro Enterprises Limited, has moved full time to Wipro Infrastructure Engineering with an immediate family membereffect from April 1, 2014, and no longer serves as the Executive Vice President – Human Resources for the Company as of Mr. P M Sinha.such date.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLANS

We have various employee stock option and restricted stock unit option plans (collectively referred to as ‘stock“stock option plans’plans”). Our stock option plans provide for grants of options to eligible employees and directors. Our stock option plans are administered by our Board Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) appointed by our Board of Directors. The Committee has the sole power to determine the terms of the units granted, including the exercise price, selection of eligible employees and directors, the number of equity shares to be covered by each option, the vesting and exercise periods, and the form of consideration payable upon such exercise. In addition, the Committee has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the stock plan with the approval of the shareholders, provided that no such action may adversely affect the rights of any participant under the plan.

Our stock option plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options and only the optionee may exercise an option during his or her lifetime. The vesting period for the options under the plan(s)stock option plans range from 12 months to not more thana maximum of 84 months. An optionee generally must exercise any vested options within a prescribed period as per the respective stock option plans generally before the termination date of the stock option plan. A participant must exercise any vested options prior to termination of the services with us andor within a specified post-separation period generally withinranging from seven days orto six months from the date of the separation, depending on the reason for separation. If an optionee’s termination is due to death, disability or retirement, his or her option will fully vest and become exercisable.

In connection with the Demerger and pursuant to the Scheme of Arrangement, each optionee received an additional one employee stock option for every 8.25 employee stock options held as of the record date of the Demerger.

The salient features of our stock plans are as follows:

 

Name of Plan

  Authorized
Shares(1) & (2)
   Range of
exercise

prices
   Effective date  Termination
date
  

Other remarks

 Number of
Options(1)
 Range of
exercise
prices(2)
 Effective date Termination
date
 

Other remarks

1999 Employee Stock Option Plan   50,000,000    Rs.171 – 490    July 29, 1999  July 28, 2009  There are no stock options outstanding under this plan  50,000,000   Rs.171 - 490   July 29,
1999
 July 28,
2009
 There are no stock options outstanding under this plan
Wipro Employee Stock Option Plan 2000 (2000 Plan)   250,000,000    Rs.171 – 490    September 15, 2000  September 15, 2020  In the event of our merger with or into another corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets, each option under this plan, shall be proportionately adjusted to give effect to the merger or asset sale.  250,000,000   Rs.171 - 490   September 15,
2000
 September 15,

2020

 In the event of our merger with or into another corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets, each option under this plan, shall be proportionately adjusted to give effect to the merger or asset sale.
Stock Option Plan (2000 ADS Plan)   15,000,000    US$3 – 7    September, 2000  September, 2010  There are no stock options outstanding under this plan.  15,000,000   Rs.3 - 7   September
2000
 September

2010

 There are no stock options outstanding under this plan.
Wipro Restricted Stock Unit Plan (WRSUP 2004 plan)   20,000,000    Rs.2    June 11, 2004  June 10, 2014  In event of merger of the Company with other corporation or sale of substantially of all our assets, the successor corporation shall either assume the outstanding units or grant equivalent units to the holders. If the successor corporation neither assumes the outstanding units nor grants equivalent units, such outstanding units shall vest immediately, and become exercisable in full.  20,000,000   Rs.2   June 11,
2004
 June 10,
2014
 In event of merger of the Company with other corporation or sale of substantially of all our assets, the successor corporation shall either assume the outstanding units or grant equivalent units to the holders. If the successor corporation neither assumes the outstanding units nor grants equivalent units, such outstanding units shall vest immediately, and become exercisable in full.

Wipro ADS Restricted Stock Unit Plan (WARSUP 2004 plan)

  

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

  

  

 

US$

 

0.04

 

  

  

 

June 11, 2004

  

 

June 10, 2014

    20,000,000   Rs.0.04   June 11,
2004
 June 10,
2014
 

Wipro employee Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2005 (WSRUP 2005 plan)

  

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

  

  

 

Rs.

 

2

 

  

  

 

July 21, 2005

  

 

July 20, 2015

    20,000,000   Rs.2   July 21,
2005
 July 20,
2015
 

Wipro employee Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2007 (WSRUP 2007 plan)

  

 

 

 

16,666,667

 

  

  

 

Rs.

 

2

 

  

  

 

July 18, 2007

  

 

July 17, 2017

   

 

 

 

16,666,667

 

  

 

 

Rs.

 

2

 

  

 

 

July 18,
2007

 

 

July 17,
2017

 

 

(1)1) 

Subject to adjustment for corporate action from time to time.

(2)

Adjusted for the two equity shares for every three equity shares stock dividend approved by the shareholders on June 4, 2010

2010.
2)Subject to adjustment for corporate action from time to time.

Wipro Equity Reward Trust

We established the Wipro Equity Reward Trust or WERT,(“WERT”), in 1984 to allow our employees to acquire a greater proprietary stake in our success and growth, and to encourage our employees to continue their association with us. The WERT, which is administered by a Board of Trustees is designed to give eligible employees the right to receive restricted shares and other compensation benefits at the times and on the conditions that we specify. Such compensation benefits include voluntary contributions, loans, interest and dividends on investments in the WERT and other similar benefits.

Shares from the WERT are issued in the joint names of the WERT and the employee until such restrictions and obligations are fulfilled by the employee. After the four-year vesting period, complete ownership of the shares is transferred to the employee.

If employment is terminated bydue to death or disability or retirement, the employee’s restricted shares are transferred to his or her legal heirs or continue to be held by the employee, as applicable, and such individuals may exercise any rights to those shares for up to ninety days after employment has ceased. The Trustees of the WERT have the authority to amend or terminate the WERT at any time and for any reason.

Shareholders have, through a postal ballot, approved the issuance of additional shares, in one or more tranches, to the WERT. The Board has the discretion to determine the timing and allotment of such shares, and as of March 31, 2014 has not approved the issuance of additional shares pursuant to the enabling resolution approved by the shareholders.

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our equity shares as of March 31, 2012,2014, of each person or group known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding equity shares.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Shares subject to vested options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, are deemed to be outstanding or to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person, but are not deemed to be outstanding or to be beneficially owned for the purpose of computing

the percentage ownership of any other person. All information with respect to the beneficial ownership of any principal shareholder has been furnished by such shareholder and, unless otherwise indicated below, we believe that persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the shares shown as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws, where applicable. The number of shares and percentage ownership are based on 2,458,756,2282,466,317,273 equity shares outstanding as of March 31, 2012.2014.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Class of Security  Number of Shares beneficially
held as of March 31, 2012
   % of Class  Class of
Security
   Number of Shares beneficially held as of
March 31, 2014
   % of Class of total shares
outstanding
 

Azim H. Premji (1)

  Equity   1,927,880,883    78.41   Equity     1,812,022,464     73.47  

Hasham Traders

  Equity   543,765,000    22.12   Equity     370,956,000     15.04  

Prazim Traders

  Equity   541,695,000    22.03   Equity     452,906,791     18.36  

Zash Traders

  Equity   540,408,000    21.98   Equity     451,619,790     18.31  

Azim Premji Trust

   Equity     429,714,120     17.42  

 

(1)Includes 543,765,000370,956,000 shares held by Hasham Traders (a partnership), of which Mr. Premji is a partner, 541,695,000452,906,791 shares held by Prazim Traders (a partnership), of which Mr. Premji is a partner, 540,408,000451,619,790 shares held by Zash Traders (a partnership), of which Mr. Premji is a partner, 187,666 shares held by Napean Trading and Investment Co. Pvt. Ltd., of which Mr. Premji is a director, 187,666 shares held by Regal InvestmentsInvestment and Trading Co. Pvt. Ltd., of which Mr. Premji is a director, 187,666 shares held by Vidya Investment and Trading Co. Pvt. Ltd., of which Mr. Premji is a director, 195,187,120429,714,120 shares held by Azim Premji Trust, of which Azim Premji Trustee Company Private Limited is the trustee company, of which Mr. Premji is a director and sole shareholder of the trustee company, and 95,419,432 shares held jointly by Mr. Premji and members of his immediatelyimmediate family. In addition 10,843,333 shares are held by Azim Premji Foundation (I) Pvt. Ltd. Mr. Premji disclaims beneficial ownership of 10,843,333 shares held by Azim Premji Foundation (I) Pvt. Ltd. Mr. Premji also disclaims beneficial ownership of 195,187,120Ltd and 429,714,120 shares held by Azim H Premji Trust.

In connection with the Demerger of the Diversified Business, following March 31, 2014, entities affiliated with Mr. Premji exchanged an aggregate of 54,858,419 equity shares of Wipro for equity shares of Wipro Enterprises Limited. The Azim Premji Trust subsequently transferred an aggregate of 61,000,000 equity shares of Wipro to Pioneer Independent Trust on June 3, 2013.

Our American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Each ADS represents one equity share of par value Rs. 2 per share. Our ADSs are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, as of March 31, 2012,2014, 1.94% of the Company’s equity shares are held through ADSs by approximately 12,54410,183 holders of record in the United States. As of March 31, 2014, approximately 98.06% of the Company’s equity shares are held by 210,470 holders of record in India.

Our equity shares can be held by Foreign Institutional Investors, or FIIs, and Non-residentNon-Resident Indians, or NRIs, who are registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India or SEBI,(“SEBI”), and the Reserve Bank of India or RBI. About 7.62%(“RBI”). As of March 31, 2014, about 11.17% of the Company’s equity shares were held by these FIIs and NRIs, as of March 31, 2012, some of which may be residents or corporate entities registered in the United States and elsewhere. We are unaware of whether FIIs and/or NRIs hold our equity shares as residents or as corporate entities registered in the United States.

Our major shareholders do not have a differential voting right with respect to their equity shares. To the best of our knowledge, we are not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government or by any other corporation. We are not aware of any arrangement, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control, of our Company.

Related Party Transactions

Terms of Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements.Agreements: We are a party to various employment and indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. See “Terms of Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements” under Item 6 of this Annual Report for a description of the agreements that we have entered into with our directors and executive officers.

Related parties.parties: The Company has relationships with the following related parties:

 

Name of entity

  

Nature

% of holding

Country of Incorporation

Wipro GE Healthcare Private LimitedAssociate49%India

Azim Premji Foundation

  Entity controlled by Director

Azim Premji Trust

  Entity controlled by Director

Hasham PremjiTraders (partnership firm)

  Entity controlled by Director

Prazim Traders (partnership firm)

  Entity controlled by Director

Zash Traders (partnership firm)

  Entity controlled by Director

Regal Investment & Trading Company Private Limited

  Entity controlled by Director

Vidya Investment & Trading Company private Limited

  Entity controlled by Director

Napean Trading & Investment Company Private Limited

  Entity controlled by Director

Wipro Enterprises Limited

  Entity controlled by Director

Wipro Enterprises Cyprus Limited

  Entity controlled by Director

Wipro Singapore Pte Limited

Entity controlled by Director

Wipro Unza Holdings Limited

Entity controlled by Director

Wipro Infrastructure Engineering AB

Entity controlled by Director

Yardley of London Limited

Entity controlled by Director

Wipro Enterprises Netherlands BV

Entity controlled by Director
Key management personnel  

-    Azim Premji

  Chairman and Managing Director

-    Suresh CC. Senapaty

  Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director(1)

- Suresh Vaswani

Jt CEO, IT Business and Director(1)

- Girish S Paranjpe

Jt CEO, IT Business and Director(1)

- T K•    T. K. Kurien

  CEO, IT BusinessChief Executive Officer and Executive Director(2)

-    Dr. Ashok Ganguly

  Non-Executive Director

- Narayan•    Narayanan Vaghul

  Non-Executive Director

-    Dr. Jagdish N Sheth

  Non-Executive Director

- P.M•    P. M. Sinha

  Non-Executive Director(1)

- B.C.•    B. C. Prabhakar

  Non-Executive Director

-    William Arthur Owens

  Non-Executive Director

-    Dr. Henning Kagermann

  Non-Executive Director

-    Shyam Saran

  Non-Executive Director

•    M. K. Sharma

  Non-Executive Director

•    Vyomesh Joshi

Non-Executive Director(2)

•    Ireena Vittal

Non-Executive Director(3)
Relative of key management personnel  

- M.K. Sharma

Non-Executive Director(3)
Relative of Key management personnel

- Rishad Premji

  Relative of the Key management personnel

(1) 

Up to January 31, 2011

July 25, 2013
(2) 

With effect from February 01, 2011

October 1, 2012
(3) 

With effect from July 01, 2011

October 1, 2013

The Company has the following related party transactions:

 

(Rs. in millions) 

Transaction/ Balances

  Associate   Entities
controlled by
Directors
   Key Management
Personnel
 
  2011   2012   2011   2012   2011 2012 

Sale of goods and services

   18     75     —       12     —      —    

Transaction / Balances

  Associate   Entities controlled by
Directors
   Key Management Personnel 
2012   2013   2014   2012   2013   2014   2012 2013 2014 

Sales of goods and services

   Rs. 75     Rs.—       Rs.—       Rs. 12     Rs. 2     Rs. 186     Rs. —      Rs. —      Rs. —    

Assets purchased

   —       —       —       —       —       66     —      —      —    

Interest Expense

   —       —       —       —       —       40     —      —      —    

Interest Income

   —       —       —       —       —       18     —      —      —    

Dividend

   —       —       10,362     11,102     536##   573##    —       —       —       11,102     10,995     13,733     573##   573##   765## 

Royalty income

   —       98     —       —       —      —    

Royalty Income

   98     —       —       —       —       —       —      —      —    

Rental Income

   —       —       —       —       —       39     —      —      —    

Others

   —       —       —       3     —      —       —       —       —       3     —       3     —      8    3  

Key management personnel#

                           

Remuneration and short-term benefits

   —       —       —       —       260    108     —       —       —       —       —       —       108   152    221  

Other benefits

   —       —       —       —       30    34     —       —       —       —       —       —       34   30    32  

Remuneration to relative of key management personnel

   —       —       —       —       5    5     —       —       —       —       —       —       5   8    11  

Balances as on March 31,

           

Balances as at the year end

                

Receivables

   7     16     —       1     —      —       16     —       —       1     1,111     617     —      —      —    

Payables

   —       —       —       —       8    22     —       —       —       —       4,548     1,000     22   60    109  

 

#

Post employment benefit comprising gratuity, and compensated absences are not disclosed as these are determined for the Company as a whole.

##

Including relative of key management personnel

The parent Company has engaged in the following significant transactions with its subsidiaries, listed in “OrganizationOrganization Structure” under Item 4, during the years ended March 31, 20112013 and 2012:2014:

 

   (Rs. in millions) 

Name of the entity

  Sale of services   Sale of goods   Purchase of
services
   Purchase of
goods
 
  2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012 

Wipro Inc

   4,144     3,917     —       —       383     287     —       —    

Infocrossing Inc

   491     278     —       —       839     1,603     —       —    

Wipro Japan KK

   —       —       —       —       373     339     —       —    

Wipro Shanghai Limited

   65     53     —       —       204     190     —       —    

Unza Holdings Limited

   —       —       —       —       —       —       61     20  

Vignani Solutions Private Limited

   —       —       —       —       —       —       —       13  

Wipro Portugal S. A.

   498     538     —       —       783     20     —       —    

New Logic Technologies GmbH

   286     350     —       —       40     57     —       —    
   (Rs. in millions) 

Name of the entity

  Sale of services   Purchase of
services
 
  2013   2014   2013   2014 

Wipro LLC

   4,434     5,270     321     1,672  

Infocrossing Inc

   472     552     2,335     2,860  

Wipro Shanghai Limited

   87     71     204     380  

Wipro Portugal S. A.

   369     17     54     823  

Wipro Technologies Austria GmbH

   243     150     26     50  

Wipro Technologies S.A DE C.V

   233     76     154     270  

Wipro Information Technology, Netherlands BV

   373     401     —       —    

Wipro Technologies Limited, Russia

   24     37     —       —    

Wipro Gallagher Solutions Inc

   196     290     10     —    

Wipro UK Limited

   279     266     416     486  

Wipro Holdings UK Limited

   339     307     —       —    

Wipro Poland Sp Zoo

   —       324     281     371  

Wipro BPO Philippines LTD. Inc.

   —       —       2     106  

Wipro Technologies SRL

   —       —       1,089     908  

Wipro Retail UK Limited

   133     181     1,301     76  

SAS Wipro France

   207     278     —       —    

Wipro do Brasil Technologia Ltda

   5     6     418     731  

Wipro Technocentre (Singapore) Pte Limited

   66     69     —       —    

Wipro Australia Pty Ltd

   13     12     —       —    

Wipro Chengdu Limited

   76     40     334     358  

Wipro Energy IT Services India Private Limited *

   267     —       672     —    

Wipro Travel Services Limited

   —       —       68     59  

Wipro Technologies Gmbh

   142     295     178     564  

   (Rs. in millions) 

Name of the entity

  Sale of
services
   Sale of goods   Purchase of
services
   Purchase of
goods
 
  2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012 

Wipro Technologies S.A DE C.V

   71     101     —       —       107     183     —       —    

Wipro Information Technology, Netherlands BV

   175     247     —       —       —       —       —       —    

Wipro Technologies Limited, Russia

   32     27     —       —       —       —       —       —    

Wipro Technologies OY

   51     —       —       —       635     188     —       —    

Wipro Gallagher Solutions Inc

   116     162     —       —       20     22     —       —    

Wipro UK Limited

   —       108     —       —       —       197     —       —    

Wipro Holdings UK Limited

   226     499     —       —       —       —       —       —    

Wipro Poland Sp Zoo

   —       —       —       —       193     214     —       —    

Wipro BPO Philippines LTD. Inc.

   —       —       —       —       —       2     —       —    

Wipro Technologies SRL-BPO

   —       —       —       —       937     923     —       —    

Wipro Infrastructure Engineering Machinery (Changzhou) Company Limited

   —       —       —       5     —       —       —       —    

Wipro Retail UK Limited

   —       87     —       —       710     744     —       —    

SAS Wipro France

   —       155     —       —       16     —       —       —    

Wipro do Brasil Technologia Ltda

   —       —       —       —       7     195     —       —    

Wipro Technocentre (Singapore) Pte Limited

   —       47     —       —       —       —       —       —    

Wipro (Australia)Pty Ltd

   52     3     —       —       —       —       —       —    

Wipro Chengdu Limited

   —       57     —       —       228     313     —       —    

Wipro Energy IT Services India Private Limited

   —       54     —       —       —       407     —       —    

Wipro Travel Services Limited

   —       —       —       —       —       60     —       —    

Wipro Technologies Gmbh

   —       9     —       —       —       254     —       —    

Wipro (Thailand) Co. Limited

   —       12     —       —       —       —       —       —    

Wipro Technology Services Limited

   —       37     —       —       —       —       —       —    

Wipro Infrastructure Engineering AB

   —       —       —       323     —       —       —       —    

Wipro Airport IT Services-Products division

   194     283     —       —       —       —       —       —    
   (Rs. in millions) 

Name of the entity

  Sale of services   Purchase of
services
 
  2013   2014   2013   2014 

Wipro (Thailand) Co. Limited

   97     290     —       15  

Wipro Technology Services Limited*

   37     —       —       —    

Wipro Airport IT Services

   329     367     —       —    

Wipro Networks Pte Limited

   288     2,923     —       —    

Wipro Gulf LLC

   40     153     —       4  

Wipro Promax Holdings Pty Ltd

   78     —       2     —    

Wipro Technologies Argentina SA

   —       —       44     57  

Wipro Europe SARL

   3     —       —       13  

Wipro Technologies (South Africa) Proprietary Limited

   361     1,260     21     77  

Planet PSG Pte Limited

   54     —       —       —    

Wipro Technologies SDN BHD

   2     5     —       —    

Wipro Promax Analytics Solutions (Europe) Limited

   —       —       6     7  

Wipro Arabia Limited

   —       —       —       16  

PT WT Indonesia

   —       252     —       —    

Wipro Promax Analytics Solutions Pty Ltd

   —       130     —       —    

Wipro IT Services Poland Sp. z o. o

   —       —       —       10  

Wipro Outsourcing Services (Ireland) Limited

   —       60     —       —    

Wipro Technologies Canada Ltd.

   —       157     —       —    

*Merged with the Company with effect from April 1, 2013

Please refer to Note 2829 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional information on related party transactions.

Item 8. Financial Information

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Please refer to the following financial statements and the Auditor’s Report under Item 18 in this Annual Report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012:2014:

 

Report of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of March 31, 20112013 and 2012;

2014;

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012;

2014;

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012;

2014;

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012;

2014;

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012;2014; and

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Export Revenue

For the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, we generated Rs. 209,395275,017 million, Rs. 243,083328,410 million and Rs. 295,114391,393 million, or 77.10%85%, 78.17%87% and 78.64%89% of our total revenues from continuing operations of Rs. 271,574322,704 million, Rs. 310,987376,882 million and Rs. 375,249437,628 million, respectively, from the export of our products and rendering of services outside of India.

Legal Proceedings

Please also see the section titled “Legal Proceedings” under Item 4 of this Annual Report for this information.

Dividends

Public companies in India typically pay cash dividends even though the amount of such dividends varies from company to company. Under Indian law, a corporation can pay dividends upon a recommendation by the Board of Directors and approval by a majority of the shareholders, who have the right to decrease but not increase the amount of the dividend recommended by the Board of Directors. Under the Indian Companies Act, 1956,2013, dividends may be paid out of profits of a company in the year in which the dividend is declared or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years. The Companies Act, 2013 contains specific conditions for declaration of dividend out of reserves. The Dividend Rules also clarify that if there is an inadequacy or absence of profits in any year, a company can declare dividend out of surplus subject to compliance of certain conditions as prescribed in the Rules.

During fiscal year 2011,2014, we paid a final cash dividend of Rs. 68 per share. During fiscal year 2011, we also allotted stock dividend consisting of two equity shares for every three equity shares outstanding on the record date and two ADSs for every three ADSs outstanding on the record date. The stock dividend did not affect the ratio of ADSs to equity shares, such that each ADS after the stock dividend will continue to represent one equity share, of par value of Rs. 2 per share. During fiscal year 2011, we also paidincluding an interim dividend of Rs 2Rs.3 per share.

During fiscal year 2012,On April 17, 2014, we paid a final cash dividend of Rs. 4 per share. During fiscal 2012, we also paid an interim dividend of Rs. 2 per share.

We have proposed to pay a final cash dividend of Rs. 4Rs.5 (US$0.08) per share on our equity shares and ADRs. This proposal is subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company. We expect a dividend payout (including dividend tax) of approximately Rs. 11,431 million.14,427.

Although we have no current intention to discontinue dividend payments, we cannot assure you that any future dividends will be declared or paid or that the amount thereof will not be decreased. Holders of ADSs will be entitled to receive dividends payable on equity shares represented by such ADSs. Cash dividends on equity shares represented by ADSs are paid to the Depositary in rupees and are generally converted by the Depositary into U.S. dollars and distributed, net of depositary fees, taxes, if any, and expenses, to the holders of such ADSs.

Significant Changes

None.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

Price History

Our equity shares are traded on The Stock Exchange, Mumbaithe BSE Limited (“BSEBSE”) and Thethe National Stock Exchange of India Limited, (“NSENSE”) (together, the “Indian Stock Exchanges”). Our American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, are traded in the U.S. on the New York Stock Exchange, (“NYSENYSE”), under the ticker symbol “WIT”. Each ADS represents one equity share. Our ADSs began trading on the NYSE on October 19, 2000.

As of March 31, 2012,2014, we had 2,458,756,2282,466,317,273 issued and outstanding equity shares. As of March 31, 2012,2014, there were approximately 12,54410,146 record holders of ADRs evidencing 41,964,81047,779,931 equivalent ADSs equivalent to equity shares. As of March 31, 2012,2014, there were 227,159210,470 record holders of our equity shares listed and traded on the Indian Stock Exchanges.

The following tables set forth for the periods indicated the price history of our equity shares and ADSs on the BSE, NSEIndian Stock Exchanges and the NYSE. The stock prices for the prior periods are restated to reflect stock dividend issued by the Company from time to time.

 

   BSE   NSE   NYSE 
   Price per equity share   Price per equity share   Price per ADS 
   

High

(Rs.)

   

Low

(Rs.)

   High
(US$)
   Low
(US$)
   High
(Rs.)
   Low
(Rs.)
   High
(US$)
   Low
(US$)
   High
(US$)
   Low
(US$)
 

Fiscal Year ended March 31,

                    

2012

   490.15     310.20     9.63     6.10     490.00     310.50     9.63     6.10     15.39     8.63  

2011

   499.90     305.20     11.22     6.85     500.00     253.30     11.23     5.69     16.81     7.95  

2010

   753.00     240.00     16.91     5.39     755.85     240.15     16.97     5.39     24.29     6.90  

2009

   537.90     181.70     12.08     4.08     535.00     180.40     12.01     4.05     14.53     5.04  

2008

   600.00     325.00     13.47     7.30     635.00     324.00     14.26     7.27     17.24     9.85  

Quarter ended

                    

March 31, 2012

   452.50     383.25     8.89     7.53     453.00     382.50     8.90     7.52     11.49     9.82  

December 31, 2011

   420.75     324.15     8.27     6.37     420.95     323.60     8.27     6.36     11.16     8.63  

September 30, 2011

   434.80     310.20     8.54     6.10     435.00     310.50     8.55     6.10     13.80     8.85  

June 30, 2011

   490.15     384.00     9.63     7.55     490.00     381.45     9.63     7.50     15.39     12.51  

March 31, 2011

   494.95     407.35     11.11     9.15     496.80     407.50     11.15     9.15     15.78     12.50  

December 31, 2010

   499.90     398.00     11.22     8.94     500.00     397.50     11.23     8.92     16.81     13.44  

September 30, 2010

   452.00     327.85     10.15     7.36     454.40     372.10     10.20     8.35     14.89     11.75  

June 30, 2010

   419.22     228.69     9.41     5.13     405.54     380.00     9.11     8.53     13.80     7.15  

Month ended

                    

April 30, 2012

   450.70     400.00     8.86     7.86     451.70     398.50     8.88     7.83     11.08     9.61  

March 31, 2012

   447.95     416.40     8.80     8.18     448.05     416.25     8.80     8.18     11.28     10.54  

February 29, 2012

   452.50     410.00     8.89     8.06     453.00     410.00     8.90     8.06     11.49     10.89  

January 31, 2012

   424.90     383.25     8.35     7.53     425.00     382.50     8.35     7.52     11.21     9.82  

December 31, 2011

   420.75     379.35     8.27     7.45     420.90     379.05     8.27     7.45     10.55     9.65  

November 30, 2011

   389.00     360.10     7.64     7.08     389.45     360.05     7.65     7.08     10.39     9.08  
   BSE   NSE   NYSE 
   Price per equity share   Price per equity share   Price per ADS 
   High
(Rs.)
   Low
(Rs.)
   High
(US$)
   Low
(US$)
   High
(Rs.)
   Low
(Rs.)
   High
(US$)
   Low
(US$)
   High
(US$)
   Low
(US$)
 

Fiscal Year ended March 31,

                    

2014

   610.50     315.30     10.17     5.25     611.00     314.85     10.18     5.24     14.26     6.91  

2013

   455.80     325.60     8.36     5.97     456.00     295.00     8.36     5.41     11.08     7.56  

2012

   490.15     310.20     9.63     6.10     490.00     310.50     9.63     6.10     15.39     8.63  

2011

   499.90     305.20     11.22     6.85     500.00     253.30     11.23     5.69     16.81     7.95  

2010

   753.00     240.00     16.91     5.39     755.85     240.15     16.97     5.39     24.29     6.90  

Quarter ended

                    

March 31, 2014

   610.50     528.95     10.17     8.81     611.00     528.70     10.18     8.81     14.26     12.22  

December 31, 2013

   561.25     465.40     9.35     7.75     561.50     466.65     9.35     7.77     12.66     10.13  

September 30, 2013

   501.00     341.40     8.35     5.69     500.60     341.50     8.34     5.69     10.7     7.08  

June 30, 2013

   462.85     315.30     7.71     5.25     463.00     314.85     7.71     5.24     10.35     6.91  

March 31, 2013

   455.80     385.20     8.36     7.07     456.00     385.10     8.36     7.06     10.14     8.80  

December 31, 2012

   399.85     335.10     7.33     6.15     399.95     295.00     7.34     5.41     9.25     7.56  

September 30, 2012

   404.40     325.60     7.42     5.97     404.50     325.30     7.42     5.97     9.39     7.61  

June 30, 2012

   450.70     378.50     8.27     6.94     451.70     378.70     8.29     6.95     11.08     8.36  

Month ended

                    

April 30, 2014

   595.50     517.00     9.91     8.61     594.70     517.00     9.91     8.61     13.90     11.72  

March 31, 2014

   599.90     528.95     9.99     8.81     600.00     528.70     10.00     8.81     14.20     12.73  

February 28, 2014

   610.50     544.35     10.17     9.07     611.00     544.00     10.18     9.06     14.26     12.40  

January 31, 2014

   586.65     532.00     9.77     8.86     587.00     531.60     9.78     8.86     13.67     12.22  

December 31, 2013

   561.25     466.95     9.35     7.78     561.50     466.65     9.35     7.77     12.66     11.30  

November 30, 2013

   497.45     465.40     8.29     7.75     497.70     468.40     8.29     7.80     11.98     11.01  

The US$ figure under BSE and NSE columns denote the share price in rupees converted to U.S. dollar at the rate of exchange of 1 US$ = Rs. 50.89Rs.60.00 for the year ended March 31, 2014.

Source: www.bseindia.com for BSE data, www.nseindia.com for NSE data and www.finance.yahoo.com for NYSE data.

(1)Source: BSE data was obtained fromwww.bseindia.com and NSE data was obtained fromwww.nseindia.com. NYSE data was obtained fromwww.finance.yahoo.com.

Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

Markets

Our equity shares are traded on the BSE Limited, the National Stock Exchange of India Limited, and our ADSs began trading in the U.S. on the New York Stock Exchange on October 19, 2000.

Trading Practices and Procedures on the Indian Stock Exchanges

The BSE and NSE (the “Exchanges”) together accountTrading volume on the National Stock Exchange accounts for more than 90%a majority of the total trading volume on the Indian Stock Exchanges. Trading on both of these exchanges is accomplished on electronic trading platforms. Trading is done on a two-day fixed settlement basis on all of the exchanges. Any outstanding amount at the end of the settlement period is settled by delivery and payment. However, institutional investors are not permitted to ‘net out’ their transactions and must trade on a delivery basis.

Orders can be entered with a specified term of validity that may last until the end of the session, day or settlement period. Dealers must specify whether orders are for a proprietary account or for a client. The Indian Stock Exchanges specify certain margin requirements for trades executed on the exchange, including margins based on the volume or quantity of exposure that the broker has on the market, as well as market-to-market margins payable on a daily basis for all outstanding trades. Trading on the Indian Stock Exchanges normally takes place from 09:9:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on all weekdays, except holidays. The Indian Stock Exchanges do not permit carry forward trades. They have separate margin requirements based on the net exposure of the broker on the exchange. The Indian Stock Exchanges also have separate online trading systems and separate clearing houses.

The BSE and NSE were closed on a few occasions, in the interest of protection of investor interests, due to fluctuation in prices caused by various events from time to time.events. On January 22, 2008, the market tumbled in opening trade

due to panic selling triggering the market wide circuit filter after the intra-day 10% fall. On November 27, 2008, due to terrorist attacks in the city of Mumbai, the BSE and NSE were closed. On May 18, 2009, circuit filters were breached twice during the day and the market closed for the day upon reaching the 20% trigger point. When the markets hit the upper circuit limit on May 18, 2009, there was just a marginal fall in the index the following day.

The stock exchanges in India now operate on a trading day plus two, or T+2 rolling settlement systems. At the end of the T+2 period, obligations are settled with buyers of securities paying for and receiving securities, while sellers transfer and receive payment for securities. The SEBI has moved to a T+2 settlement system, and is subsequently planning to move to a T+1 settlement system.

In order to contain the risk arising out of the transactions entered into by the members in various securities either on their own account or on behalf of their clients, the largest exchanges have designed risk management procedures, which include compulsory prescribed margins on the individual broker members, based on their outstanding exposure in the market, as well as stock specific margins from the members. There are generally no restrictions on price movements of any security on any given day. In order to restrict abnormal price volatility, SEBI has instructed the stock exchanges to apply the following price bands, calculated at the previous day’s closing price as follows:follows.

Index based market wide circuit breaker

Market-wide circuit breakers are applied to the market for movements by 10%, 15% and 20% for two prescribed market indices; the SENSEX for the BSE and the Nifty for the NSE. If any of these circuit breaker thresholds are reached, trading on all equity and equity derivates markets nationwide is halted. This circuit breaker brings about a coordinated trading halt in all equity and equity derivative markets nationwide. The market wide circuit breakers would be triggered by movement of either SENSEX or the NSE S&P CNX Nifty whichever is breached earlier. In casethe event of a 10% movement of either of these indices, there would be a 1-hour market halt if the movement takes place before 1 p.m. In casethe event the movement takes place at or after 1 p.m. but before 2:30 p.m. there will be a trading halt for half an hour. In casethe event the movement takes place at or after 2:30 p.m. there will be no trading halt at the 10% level and the market will continue trading. If there is a 15% movement of either index, there will be a 2-hour market halt if the movement takes place before 1 p.m. If the 15% trigger is reached on or after 1 p.m. but before 2 p.m., there will be a 1 hour halt. If the 15% trigger is reached on or after 2 p.m. the trading will halt for the remainder of the day. In case of a 20% movement of the index, the trading will be halted for the remainder of the day. The percentages are calculated on the closing index value of the quarter. These percentages are translated into absolute points of index variations (rounded off to the nearest 25 points in case of SENSEX). At the end of each quarter, these absolute points of index variations are revised and made applicable for the next quarter.

Index based market wide circuit breaker

The Exchange implements, on a quarterly basis, the index based market wide circuit breaker system. The system is applicable at three stages of the index movement either way at 10%, 15% and 20%.

Listing

The SEBI has promulgated regulations for listing and is governed through circulars issued from time to time by amending the Listing Agreement entered into by listed companies with stock exchanges. The Indian Stock Exchanges monitor the listed companies under the supervision of SEBI.

The National Stock Exchange of India Limited

The market capitalization of the capital markets (equities) segment of the NSE as of March 31, 20122014 was approximately US$1.201.21 trillion. The clearing and settlement operations of the NSE are managed by its wholly-owned subsidiary, the National Securities Clearing Corporation Limited. Funds settlement takes place through designated clearing banks. The National Securities Clearing Corporation Limited interfaces with the depositaries on the one hand and the clearing banks on the other to provide delivery versus payment settlement for depositary-enabled trades. The NSE has 1,402approximately 1,500 members.

Bombay Stock ExchangeThe BSE Limited

The estimated aggregate market capitalization of stocks trading on the BSE as of March 31, 2012,2014, was approximately US$1.22 trillion. The BSE began allowing online trading in May 1995. The BSE has 888approximately 1,375 trading members. Only a member of the stock exchange has the right to trade in the stocks listed on the stock exchange.

Derivatives

Trading in derivatives in India takes place either on separate and independent derivatives exchanges or on a separate segment of an existing stock exchange. The derivative exchange or derivative segment of a stock exchange functions as a self-regulatory organization under the supervision of the SEBI.

Depositories

The National Securities Depository Limited and Central Depositary Services (India) Limited are the two depositories that provide electronic depositary facilities for trading in equity and debt securities in India. The SEBI mandates that a company making a public or rights issue or an offer for sale to enter into an agreement with a depository for dematerialization of securities already issued or proposed to be issued to the public or existing shareholders. The SEBI has also provided that the issue and allotment of shares in initial public offerings and/or the trading of shares shall only be in electronic form.

Securities Transaction Tax

A brief description of the securities transaction tax and capital gains treatment under IndiaIndian law is provided under the section “Taxation”. in Item 10.

Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

Dilution

Not applicable.

Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

Item 10. Additional Information

The Company is subject to the new Indian Companies Act, 2013, which is replacing the prior Indian Companies Act, 1956, with a target date for substantial enforcement of April 1, 2014. However, the implementation of the new legislation has been in stages and partially effective. It is unclear where case law and practice will evolve, so we cannot predict the costs of compliance, or impact or burden on our resources. In addition, many of the provisions of the previous Companies Act, 1956 also continue to be applicable and both legislations are concurrently in operation until the Companies Act, 2013 is completely effective and enforced. On many of the provisions, clarifications are awaited from the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, which will distribute circulars effecting modification in rules or notifications or changes in the Companies Act, 2013. All references in Item 10 to the “Companies Act,” unless otherwise stated, shall refer to the Indian Companies Act, 1956.

Share Capital

Our authorized share capital as of March 31, 2014 is Rs. 5,550,000,000 divided into 2,650,000,000 equity shares of Rs.2/- each and 25,000,000 preference shares of Rs.10/- each. As of March 31, 2012, 2,458,756,2282014, 2,466,317,273 equity shares, par value Rs. 2 per share were issued, outstanding and fully paid. Pursuant to the approval of the Scheme of Arrangement for merger of Wipro Technology Services Limited and Wipro Energy IT Services India Private Limited with Wipro Limited, the authorized share capital of the company is increased from Rs. 5,550,000,000 to Rs. 6,100,000,000. This change is effective post March 31, 2014. We currently have no convertible debentures or warrants outstanding, except options outstanding under our employee stock option plans.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

Set forth below is a brief summary of the material provisions of our Articles of Association and the Indian Companies Act, 1956,2013, all as currently in effect. Wipro Limited is registered under the Companies Act, with the Registrar of Companies, located in Karnataka, Bangalore, India, as Company No. 20800. The following description of our Articles of Association does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the amended Memorandum and Articles of Association of Wipro Limited included as an exhibit to our Form 6-K20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 6, 2010.June 12, 2013.

Our Articles of Association provide that the minimum number of directors shall be four and the maximum number of directors shall be fifteen. As of March 31, 2012,2014, we have twelvethirteen directors. Our Articles of Association provide that at least two-thirds of our directors shall be subject to retirement by rotation. One third of these directors must retire from office at each Annual General meetingMeeting of the shareholders.Shareholders. A retiring director is eligible for re-election. Up to one-third of our directors can be appointed as permanent directors. Currently, Azim H. Premji and Mr. T K Kurien are non-retiring directors. Our Articles of Association do not mandate the retirement of our directors under an age limit requirement. Our Articles of Association do not require our Board members to be shareholders in our company. Under the new Companies Act, 2013 independent directors are not subject to retirement by rotation.

Our Articles of Association provide that any director who has a personal interest in a transaction must disclose such interest, must abstain from voting on such transaction and may not be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the meeting.

The remuneration payable to our directors may be fixed by our Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1956,2013, and the rules and regulations prescribed by the Government of India.

Objects and Purposes of Our Memorandum of Association

The following is a summary of our existing Objectsobjects as set forth in Section 3 of our Memorandum of Association:

 

To undertake and carry on the business of providing all kinds of information technology based and enabled services in India and internationally, electronic remote processing services, eServices, including all types of Internet-based and Web enabled services, transaction processing, fulfillment services, business support services including but not limited to providing financial and related services such as billing services, processing services, database services, data entry business marketing services, business information and management services, training and consultancy services to businesses, organizations, firms, corporations, trusts, local bodies, states, governments and other entities; establishing and operating service processing centers for providing services for back office and processing requirements, marketing, sales and credit collection services for companies engaged in the business of remote processing and IT enabled services from a place of business in India or elsewhere, contacting and communicating to and on behalf of overseas customers by voice, data image or letters using dedicated international private lines to handle business process management, remote help desk management; and remote management.

 

To carry on business in India and elsewhere as a manufacturer, assembler, designer, builder, seller, buyer, exporter, importer, factors, agents, hirers and dealers of computer hardware and software and any related aspects thereof.

 

To carry on all or any of the business of soap and candle makers, tallow merchants, chemists, druggists, dry salters, oil-merchants, manufacturers of dyes, paints, chemicals and explosives and manufacturers of and dealers in pharmaceutical, chemical, medicinal and other preparations or compounds, perfumery and proprietary articles and photographic materials and derivatives and other similar articles of every description.

 

To carry on business as manufacturers, sellers, buyers, exporters, importers, and dealers of fluid power products.

 

To carry on the business of extracting, manufacturing and dealing in hydrogenated vegetable oil.

 

To carry on any other trade or business whatsoever as can in the opinion of us be advantageously or conveniently carried on by us.

 

To carry on the business of providing solutions for water treatment including but not limited to ultra pure water, waste water treatment, water reuse, desalination and related activities.

 

To carry on the business of renewable energy systems and food and agricultural product processing and related industries.

Pursuant to the Court order approving the Demerger, for a period of ten years from the effective date of the Demerger, the Company may not, except with the express prior written consent of Wipro Enterprises Limited, engage in, or be connected as a controlling shareholder with any company which engages in any activities that are in competition to the Diversified Business.

Borrowings Power Exercisable by the Directors

The Board of Directors has the authority to borrow funds up to a limit of one time the Company’s paid-up capital and free reserves. Borrowings beyond this limit will require the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

Number of Shares Required for Director’s Qualification

Directors are not required to hold shares in the Company as a prerequisite to serving on our Board of Directors.

Description of Equity Shares

Dividends

Under the Indian Companies Act, 1956,2013, unless our Board of Directors recommends the payment of a dividend we may not declare a dividend. Similarly, under our Articles of Association, although the shareholders may, at the Annual General meeting,Meeting of the Shareholders, approve a dividend in an amount less than that recommended by the Board of Directors, they cannot increase the amount of the dividend. In India, dividends are declared as a fixed sum per share on the company’s equity shares. The dividend recommended by the Board, if any, and subject to the limitations described above, is distributed and paid to shareholders in proportion to the paid up value of their shares within 30 days of the approval by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, our Board of Directors has discretion to declare and pay interim dividends without shareholder approval. Under the Indian Companies Act, 1956, read with the listing agreements entered into with Indian stock exchanges, dividends can only be paid in cash to the registered shareholder at a record date fixed on or prior to the Annual General meetingMeeting or to his order or his banker’s order.

The Companies Act, read with the Rules, provides that any dividends that remain unpaid or unclaimed are to be transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund created by the Indian Government after the stipulated time. The Companies Act, 2013 also stipulates that the underlying shares with respect to those dividends shall also be transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund. However, this provision is not effective because the Rules have not yet been prescribed under the Companies Act, 2013. Under the Companies Act, dividends may be paid out of profits of a company in the year in which the dividend is declared or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years subject to transfer of such portion. Before declaring a dividend greater than 10% of the par value of its equity shares, a company is required under the Companies Act to transfer to its reserves a minimum percentage of its profits for that year, ranging from 2.5% to 10%, depending upon the dividend percentage to be declared in such year. However, this is no longer required under the new Companies Act, 2013.

The Companies Act further provides that, in the event of an inadequacy or absence of profits in any year, a dividend may be declared for such year out of the company’s accumulated profits, subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions.

We are subject to taxation for each dividend declared, distributed or paid for a relevant period by our company.

Corporate Social Responsibility

The Companies Act, 2013, read with Rules, requires companies meeting requirements of net worth, turnover or net profits to constitute a Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) Committee and to spend 2% of their profits before taxes on such identified areas of CSR. This requirement is effective from April 1, 2014. We are in the process of complying with this requirement. In the event we are unable to spend the required amount, we will be required to disclose details of amounts spent and, in case of any shortfall in such spending, also state the reasons for not spending.

Bonus Shares

In addition to permitting dividends to be paid out of current or retained earnings as described above, the Companies Act permits a company to distribute an amount transferred from the general reserve or other permitted reserves, including share premium account and surplus in the company’s statement of profit and loss account, to its shareholders in the form of bonus shares, which are similar to a stock dividend. Bonus shares are distributed to shareholders in the proportion recommended by the Board of Directors to such shareholders of record on a fixed record date when they are entitled to receive such bonus shares.

Audit and Annual Report

At least twenty one days before the Annual General Meeting of shareholdersthe Shareholders (excluding the days of mailing and date of the meeting), we must distribute to our shareholders our audited Indian GAAP balance sheet and statement of profit and loss account and the related reports of our Board of Directors and the Auditors, together with a notice convening the general meeting.Annual General Meeting. SEBI has permitted distribution of abridged financial statements to shareholders in India in lieu of complete versions of financial statements. Under the Companies Act, a company must file the balance sheet and annual statement of profit and loss account presented to the shareholders within 30 days of the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting with the Registrar of Companies.

A company must also file an annual return containing a list of the company’s shareholders and other company information within 60 days of the conclusion of the meeting.

Consolidation and Subdivision of Shares

The Indian Companies Act permits a company to split or combine the par value of its shares, provided such split or combination is not made in fractions. Shareholders of record on a fixed record date are entitled to receive the split or combination shares.

Preemptive Rights, Issue of Additional Shares and Distribution of Rights

The Companies Act gives shareholders the right to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their respective existing shareholdings unless otherwise determined by a special resolution passed by a General Meetinggeneral meeting of the shareholders, and the right to renounce such subscription right in favor of any other person. Holders of ADSs may not be permitted to participate in any such offer.

If we ever plan to distribute additional rights to purchase our equity shares, we will give prior written notice to the Depositary and we will assist the Depositary in determining whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to distribute rights to purchase additional ADSs to holders.

The Depositary will establish procedures to distribute rights to purchase additional ADSs to holders and to enable such holders to exercise such rights if it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make the rights available to holders of ADSs, subject to all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement (such as opinions to address the lawfulness of the transaction). You may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges to subscribe for the new ADSs upon the exercise of your rights. The Depositary is not obligated to establish procedures to facilitate the distribution and exercise by holders of rights to purchase new equity shares directly, rather than new ADSs.

The Depositary will not distribute the rights to you if:

 

we do not timely request that the rights be distributed to you or we request that the rights not be distributed to you;

we fail to deliver satisfactory documents to the Depositary; or

 

it is not reasonably practicable to distribute the rights.

The Depositary will sell the rights that are not exercised or not distributed if such sale is lawful and reasonably practicable. The proceeds of such sale will be distributed to holders in the same manner as in cash distribution. If the Depositary is unable to sell the rights, it will allow the rights to lapse.

Voting Rights (As per Companies Act, 1956)

At any General Meeting,general meeting, voting is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded by a shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy holding at least 10% of the total shares entitled to vote on the resolution, or by those holding shares with an aggregate paid up capital of at least Rs. 50,000. Upon a show of hands, every shareholder entitled to vote and present in person has one vote and, on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy has voting rights in proportion to the paid up capital held by such shareholders. The Chairman of the Board has a deciding vote in the case of any tie. Any shareholder of the company may appoint a proxy. The instrument appointing a proxy must be delivered to the company at least 48 hours prior to the meeting. A proxy may not vote except on a poll. A corporate shareholder may appoint an authorized representative who can vote on behalf of the shareholder, both upon a show of hands and upon a poll.

Ordinary resolutions may be passed by simple majority of those present and voting at any General Meetinggeneral meeting for which the required period of notice has been given. However, certain resolutions called special resolutions in many circumstances, for example amendments to the Articles of Association, changes to certain clauses in the Memorandum of Association or the commencement of a new line of business, require that votes cast in favor of the resolution (whether by show of hands or poll) are not less than three times the number of votes, if any, cast against the resolution.

Voting Rights (As per Companies Act, 2013)

The Companies Act, 2013 provides for listed companies like ours to compulsorily provide for electronic voting by its members. The timelines and procedure for such voting are provided for in Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014. As and when these Rules become applicable, based on the clarifications awaited from the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, the Rules shall be complied with and opportunity for electronic voting by shareholders will be provided for in terms of those rules.

Liquidation Rights

Subject to the rights of creditors, employees and the holders of any shares entitled by their terms to preferential repayment over the equity shares, if any, in the event of our winding-up, the holders of the equity shares are entitled to be repaid the amounts of paid up capital or credited as paid up on those equity shares. All surplus assets after payments to the holders of any preference shares at the commencement of the winding-up shall be paid to holders of equity shares in proportion to their shareholdings.

Preference Shares

Preference shares have preferential dividend and liquidation rights. Preference shares may be redeemed if they are fully paid, and only out of our profits, or out of the proceeds of the sale of shares issued for purposes of such redemption. Holders of preference shares do not have the right to vote at shareholder meetings, except on resolutions which directly affect the rights of their preference shares. However, holders of cumulative preference shares have the right to vote on every resolution at any meeting of the shareholders if the dividends due on the preference shares have not been paid, in whole or in part, for a period of at least two years prior to the date of the meeting. Currently, we have no preference shares issued and/or outstanding.

Redemption of Equity Shares

Under the Companies Act, unlike preference shares, equity shares are not redeemable.

Liability on Calls

Not applicable.

Discriminatory Provisions in Articles

There are no provisions in our Articles of Association discriminating against any existing or prospective holder of such securities as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.

Alteration of Shareholder Rights

Under the Companies Act, the rights of any class of shareholders can be altered or varied with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class if the provisions with respect to such variation are contained in the Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association of the Company, or in the absence of any such provision in the Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association, if such variation is not prohibited by the terms of issue of the shares of that class.

Under the Companies Act, the Articles of Association may be altered only by way of a special resolution.

Meetings of Shareholders

We must convene an Annual General Meeting of shareholdersthe Shareholders within six months after the end of each fiscal year and may convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders when necessary or at the request of a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of our paid up capital carrying voting rights. The Annual General Meeting of the shareholdersShareholders is generally convened by our Secretary pursuant to a resolution of our Board of Directors. Written notice setting out the agenda of the meeting must be given at least 21 days, either through electronic communication or hard copy mail, excluding the days of mailing and date of the meeting, prior to the date of the general meetingAnnual General Meeting to the shareholders of record. Shareholders who are registered as shareholders on a pre-determined date are entitled to such notice or their proxies and have a right to attend or vote at such meeting. The Annual General Meeting of shareholdersthe Shareholders must be held at our registered office or at such other place within the city in which the registered office is located. Meetings other than the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders may be held at any other place if so determined by our Board of Directors. Our Articles of Association provideThe Companies Act, 2013 provides that a quorum for a general meetingan Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders is the presence of at least fivethirty shareholders in person.

Additionally, shareholder consent for certain items or special business is required to be obtained by a postal ballot. In order to obtain the shareholders’ consent, our Board of Directors appoints a scrutinizer, who is not in our employment, who, in the opinion of the Board, can conduct the postal ballot voting process in a fair and transparent manner in accordance with the provisions of Companies (Passing of the Resolution by Postal Ballot) Rules, 2001. The Indian Government has recently permittedCompanies Act, 2013 provides for electronic voting subjectfor all listed companies. Shareholders will be able to certain conditions.vote electronically based on the user id and password provided to them. We will be offering electronic voting once the Indian Ministry of Corporate Affairs provides the applicable guidance.

Limitations on the Rights to Own Securities

The limitations on the rights to own securities imposed by Indian law, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold securities, are discussed in Item 10 of this Annual Report, under the section titled “Currency Exchange Controls” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Voting Rights of Deposited Equity Shares Represented by ADSs

As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meetings or solicitation of consents or proxies of holders of shares or other deposited securities, our Depositary shall fix a record date for determining the holders entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights. The Depositary shall then mail to the holders of ADSs a notice stating (a) such information as is contained in such notice of meeting and any solicitation materials, (b) that each holder on the record date set by the Depositary therefore will be entitled to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such holders of ADRs, and (c) the manner in which such instruction may be given, including instructions to give discretionary proxy to a person designated by us.

On receipt of the aforesaid notice from the Depositary, our ADS holders may instruct the Depositary on how to exercise the voting rights for the shares that underlie their ADSs. For such instructions to be valid, the Depositary must receive them on or before a specified date.

The Depositary will make all reasonable efforts, and subject to the provisions of Indian law, our Memorandum of Association and our Articles of Association, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as per our ADS holders’ instructions. The Depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as per an ADS holder’s instructions. The Depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion.

Neither the Depositary nor its agents are responsible for any failure to carry out any voting instructions, for the manner in which any vote is cast, or for the effect of any vote. There is no guarantee that our shareholders will receive voting materials in time to instruct the Depositary to vote and it is possible that ADS holders, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

Register of Shareholders; Record Dates; Transfer of Shares

We maintain a register of our shareholders in electronic form through the National Securities Depository Limited and the Central Depository Services (India) Ltd. For the purpose of determining the shares entitled to annual dividends, the register is closed for a specified period prior to the Annual General meeting.Meeting of the Shareholders. The date on which this period begins is the record date. We may close the register of shareholders to determine which shareholders are entitled to specified shareholder rights. The Companies Act requires us to give at least seven days’ prior notice to the public before such closure. We may not close the register of shareholders for more than thirty consecutive days, and in no event for more than 45 days in a year. Trading of our equity shares, however, may continue while the register of shareholders is closed.

Shares held through depositaries are transferred in the form of book entries or in electronic form in accordance with the regulations laid down by SEBI. The requirement to hold the equity shares in book entry form will apply to the ADS holders when the equity shares are withdrawn from the depository facility upon surrender of the ADSs. In order to trade the equity shares in the Indian market, the withdrawing ADS holder will be required to comply with the procedures described above.

Following the introduction of the Depositories Act, 1996, and the repeal of Section 22A of the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, which enabled companies to refuse to register transfers of shares in some circumstances, the equity shares of a public company are freely transferable, subject only to the provisions of Section 111A of the Companies Act. Since we are a public company, the provisions of Section 111A will apply to us. Our Articles of Association currently contain provisions which give our directors discretion to refuse to register a transfer of shares in some circumstances. Furthermore, in accordance with the provisions of

Section 111A(2) of the Companies Act, our directors may refuse to register a transfer of shares if they have sufficient cause to do so. If our directors refuse to register a transfer of shares, the shareholder wishing to transfer his, her or its shares may file a civil suit or an appeal with the Company Law Board or National Company Law Tribunal.

Pursuant to Section 111A(3), if a transfer of shares contravenes any of the provisions of the Indian Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, or the regulations issued thereunder, or the Indian Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985, or any other Indian laws, the Company Law Board or National Company Law Tribunal may, on application made by the Company, a depositary incorporated in India, an investor, the Securities and Exchange Board of India or other parties, direct the rectification of the register of records. Under the Companies Act, unless the shares of a company are held in a dematerialized form, a transfer of shares is effected by an instrument of transfer in the form prescribed by the Companies Act and the rules thereunder together with delivery of the share certificates. There are similar provisions under the Companies Act, 2013. Our transfer agent for our equity shares is Karvy Computershare Pvt. Limited located in Hyderabad, India.

Company Acquisition of Equity Shares

Under the Companies Act, the Company can reduce its share capital subject to fulfillment of conditions. A company is not permitted to acquire its own shares for treasury operations.

Disclosure of Ownership Interest

Section 187C of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 requires beneficial owners of shares of Indian companies who are not holders of record to declare to the company details of the beneficial owner. Section 89 of the new Indian Companies Act, 2013 includes a similar provision.

Provisions on Changes in Capital

Our authorized capital can be altered by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders in a General Meeting.general meeting. The additional issue of shares is subject to the preemptive rights of the shareholders and provisions governing the issue of additional shares are discussed in Item 10 of this Annual Report. In addition, a company may increase its share capital, consolidate its share capital into shares of larger face value than its existing shares or sub-divide its shares by reducing their par value, subject to an ordinary resolution of the shareholders in a General Meeting.general meeting.

Takeover Code and Listing Agreements

Under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997, or the Takeover Code, upon the acquisition of more than 5% and every 2% thereafter of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a publicly-listed Indian company, a purchaser is required to notify the company and the company and the purchaser is required to notify all the stock exchanges on which the shares of such company are listed. An ADS holder would be subject to these notification requirements.

Upon the acquisition of 25% or more of such shares or voting rights, or a change in control of the company, the purchaser is required to make an open offer to the other shareholders, offering to purchase 26% of all the outstanding shares of the company or such number of shares that will result in the public shareholding not falling below the minimum public holding requirement, whichever is lower. SEBI has recently amended the Takeover Code to revise the existing limits and procedures. Since we are a listed company in India, the provisions of the Takeover Code will apply to us. However, the Takeover Code provides for a specific exemption from this provisionus and to an ADS holder and states that this provision will apply to an ADS holder only once he or she converts the ADSs into the underlying equity shares. However, the acquisition of ADSs,ADS having voting rights. The acquisition of ADS having voting rights, irrespective of conversion into underlying equity shares, is subject to disclosuredisclosures, acquisition trigger and the reporting requirements under the Takeover Code.

A listed company can be delisted under the provisions of the SEBI (Delisting of Securities) Guidelines, 2003, which govern voluntary and compulsory delisting of shares of Indian companies from the stock exchanges.

Material Contracts

We are a party to various employment arrangements and indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. See “Terms of Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements” under Item 6 of this Annual Report for a further description of the employment arrangements and indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and executive officers.

Currency Exchange Controls

Foreign investments in India are governed by the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA)(“FEMA”) 1999 and are subject to the regulations issued by the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) from time to time. The Foreign Direct Investment Scheme under the Reserve Bank’s Automatic Route enables Indian companies, other than those specifically excluded, to issue shares to persons residing outside India without prior permission from the RBI, subject to certain conditions. General permission has been granted for the transfer of shares and convertible debentures by a person resident outside India as follows: (i) for transfers of shares or convertible debentures held by a person resident outside India other than NRI,Non-Resident Indian (“NRI”), to any person resident outside India and (ii) NRIs are permitted to transfer shares or convertible debentures of Indian company to other NRIs. General permission has also been given for transfers between a person resident in India and a person resident outside India subject to stipulated conditions.

In cases where such conditions are not met, approval of the Central Government and the Reserve Bank of India may be also required.

Banks in India may now allow remittance from India by a person resident in India up to US$200,000, per financial year, for any permitted current or capital account transaction or a combination of both.both, which has since been reduced to US$75,000.

General

Shares of Indian companies represented by ADSs may be approved for issuance to foreign investors by the Government of India under the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Equity Shares (through Depositary Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993, or the 1993 Regulation, as modified from time to time, promulgated by the Government of India. The 1993 Regulation is distinct from other policies or facilities, as described below, relating to investments in Indian companies by foreign investors. The issuance of ADSs pursuant to the 1993 Regulation also affords to holders of the ADSs the benefits of Section 115AC of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 for purposes of the application of Indian tax law.

A registered broker is permitted to purchase shares of an Indian company on behalf of a person resident outside of India for the purpose of converting those shares into ADSs or GDSs. However, such conversion is subject to compliance with the provisions of the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (Through Depositary Receipt Mechanism) Scheme 1993 and the periodic guidelines issued by the Central Government. Therefore ADSs converted into Indian shares may be converted back into ADSs, subject to certain limits of sectoral caps.

The Operative Guidelines for the limited two-way fungibility under the “Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares” (Through Depositary Receipt Mechanism) Scheme 1993 has also been approved by the Government of India.

These guidelines provide that a re-issuance of ADSs or GDSs is permitted to the extent that such ADSs or GDSs, have been redeemed for underlying shares and sold in the domestic market. The re-issuance must be within the specified limits. The conditions to be satisfied in this regard are: (i) the shares are purchased on a recognized stock exchange; (ii) the Indian company has issued ADSs or GDSs, (iii) the shares are purchased with the permission of the custodian of the ADSs or GDSs of the Indian company and are deposited with the custodian; (iv) the number of shares so purchased shall not exceed the number of ADSs or GDSs converted into underlying shares pursuant to conversion of ADSs into equity shares under the Depositary Agreement and (v) investor and other intermediaries comply with the provisions of 1993 Scheme and related guidelines issued from time to time.

Transfer of ADSs and Surrender of ADSs

A person resident outside India may transfer the ADSs held in Indian companies to another person resident outside India without any permission. An ADS holder is permitted to surrender the ADSs held by him in an Indian company and to receive the underlying equity shares under the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Under Indian regulations, the re-deposit of these equity shares with the depositary to ADSs may not be permitted.

Sponsored ADS

The amendment to the FEMA regulations permits an issuer in India to sponsor the issue of ADSs through an overseas depositary against underlying equity shares accepted from holders of its equity shares in India for offering outside of India. The sponsored issue of ADSs is possible only if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

There have been amendments to the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depositary Receipt Mechanism), Scheme 1993 pertaining to the Eligibility of Issuer, Eligibility of Subscriber, Pricing of the offerings, and Voting Rights;

 

the ADS offering is approved by the FIPB;

the ADS offering is approved by a special resolution of the shareholders of the issuer in a general meeting;

 

the offering is made available to all the equity shareholders of the issuer;

 

the proceeds of the offering are repatriated into India within one month of the closing of the offering;

 

the sales of the existing equity shares are made in compliance with the Foreign Direct Investment Policy in India;

 

the number of shares offered by selling shareholders are subject to limits in proportion to the existing holdings of the selling shareholders when the offer is oversubscribed; and

 

the offering expenses do not exceed 7% of the offering proceeds and are paid by shareholders on a pro-rata basis.

The issuer is also required to furnish a report to the RBI specifying the details of the offering, including the amount raised through the offering, the number of ADSs issued, the underlying shares offered and the percentage of equity in the issuer represented by the ADSs.

The Ministry of Finance, Government of India has recently accepted the recommendations of the “Sahoo Committee”, a committee established to undertake a comprehensive review of the foreign currency convertible bonds and depository receipt mechanism scheme. The Sahoo Committee made various recommendations with respect to existing regulations regarding Depository Receipts. We expect final changes to the regulations to be released shortly.

Conditions for issuance of ADSs or GDSs outside India by Indian Companies

Eligibility of issuer: An Indian company, which is not eligible to raise funds from the Indian Capital Market including a company which has been restrained from accessing the securities market by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)(“SEBI”) will not be eligible to issue ADSs or GDSs apart from Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds.

Eligibility of subscriberErstwhile Overseas Corporate Bodies (OCBs)(“OCBs”) who are not eligible to invest in India through the portfolio route and entities prohibited to buy, sell or deal in securities by SEBI will not be eligible to subscribe to (i) Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and (ii) ADSs or GDSs.

Pricing: The pricing of ADSs or GDSs and Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds should not be less than the average of the weekly high and low of the closing prices of the related shares quoted on the stock exchange during the two weeks preceding the relevant date.

The “relevant date” means date of the meeting in which the Board of the company or the Committee of Directors duly authorized by the Board of the company decides to open the proposed issue.

Foreign Direct Investment

Over a period of time, and particularly since 1991, the Government of India has relaxed the restrictions on foreign investment and most industry sectors do not require prior approval of the FIPB or RBI, if the percentage of equity holding by all foreign investors do not exceed specified industry specific thresholds. Moreover, the Government of India recently relaxed the thresholds for approval of FIPB for total foreign equity inflow and such approval will be required only for such inflow of Rs. 12,000 million and above. Purchases by foreign investors of ADSs are treated as direct foreign investment in the equity issued by Indian companies for such offerings. Foreign investment up to 100% of a company’s share capital is currently permitted in the IT industry. The Government of India has recently clarified about the calculation of foreign investment in an Indian Company through direct or indirect routes for such investment.

Investment by Non-Resident Indians

A variety of facilities for making investments in shares of Indian companies is available to individuals of Indian nationality or origin residing outside India, or NRIs.India. These facilities permit NRIs to make portfolio investments in shares and other securities of Indian companies on a basis that is not generally available to other foreign investors. A Non-Resident Indian (NRI)(“NRI”) or a Person of Indian Origin (PIO)(“PIO”) resident outside India may invest by way of contribution to the

capital of a firm or a proprietary concern in India on a non-repatriation basis. These facilities are different and distinct from investments by the Foreign Direct Investors described above. Indian companies are now allowed, without prior Government of India approval, to invest in joint ventures or wholly-owned subsidiaries outside India. The amount invested may not exceed four times the net worth of the company or its equivalent in a financial year.year which has since been reduced by RBI to one times the net worth of the Company. The RBI no longer recognizes Overseas Corporate Bodies, or OCBs as an eligible class of investment vehicle under various routes and schemes under the foreign exchange regulations.

NRIs are permitted to make investments through a stock exchange, or Portfolio Investments on favorable tax and other terms under India’s Portfolio Investment Scheme. Under the scheme, an NRI can purchase up to 5% of the paid up value of the shares issued by a company, subject to the condition that the aggregate paid up value of shares purchased by all NRIs does not exceed 10% of the paid up capital of the company. The 10% ceiling may be exceeded if a special resolution is passed in a general meeting of the shareholders of a company, subject to the overall ceiling of Foreign Direct Investment limit.

In terms of Schedule 1 of the Notification No. FEMA 20/2000-RB dated May 3, 2000, a person resident outside India can purchase equity shares/compulsorily convertible preference shares and compulsorily convertible debentures (equity instruments) issued by an Indian company under the FDI policy and the Indian company is allowed to receive the amount of consideration in advance towards issue of such equity instruments, subject to the terms and conditions laid down therein. Further, general permission is available to Indian companies to refund the amounts received towards purchase of shares under Regulation 5 (1) of Notification No. FEMA 20/2000-RB dated May 3, 2000, as amended from time to time. The Reserve Bank of India vide circular No. 20 dated December 14, 2007, decided that with effect from November 29, 2007, the equity instruments should be issued within 180 days of the receipt of the inward remittance. If the equity instruments are not issued within 180 days from the date of receipt of the inward remittance or date of debit to the NRE/FCNRNon-resident External Account (NRE)/Foreign Currency Non-Resident Account (FCNR) (B) account,, the amount of consideration so received should be refunded immediately to the non-resident investor by outward remittance through normal banking channels or by credit to the NRE/FCNR (B) account, as the case may be or the approach the Reserve Bank of India with an action plan for allotment of equity shares.

It is also clarified that the advances against equity instruments may be received only where the FDI is allowed under the automatic route.

Investment by Foreign Institutional Investors

In September 1992, the Government of India issued guidelines which permitted foreign institutional investors or FIIs, including institutions such as pension funds, investment trusts, asset management companies, nominee companies and incorporated/institutional portfolio managers, to invest in all the securities traded on the primary and secondary markets in India. Under the guidelines, FIIs are required to obtain an initial registration from the SEBI and a general permission from the RBI to engage in transactions regulated under FEMA. FIIs must also comply with the provisions of the SEBI Foreign Institutional Investors Regulations, 1995.

Ownership Restrictions

The limit of FII investment in a company has been linked to sectoral caps/statutory ceilings as applicable to the concerned industry subject to obtaining the approval of the shareholders by a special resolution. NRIs in the aggregate may hold no more than 24% of a company’s equity shares (subject to obtaining the approval of the shareholders by a special resolution), excluding the equity shares underlying the ADSs. Furthermore, SEBI regulations provide that no single FII may hold more than 10% of a company’s total equity shares and no single NRI may hold more than 5% of a company’s total equity shares. There is uncertainty under Indian law about the tax regime applicable to FIIs which hold and trade ADSs. FIIs are urged to consult with their Indian legal and tax advisers about the relationship between the FII guidelines and the ADSs and any equity shares withdrawn upon surrender of ADSs.

Overseas investment - investment—Liberalization

Regulation 6 of the Notification No.FEMA.120/No. FEMA.120/RB-2004 dated July 7, 2004 read together with Circular No. 42 dated May 12, 2005, and dated SepSeptember 26, 2007 as amended from time to time, issued by the Reserve Bank of India provides the terms of which an Indian entity was permitted to invest up to 400%100% of their net worth in overseas Joint Ventures and/or Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (JV/WOS)(“JV/WOS”) in any bonafidebona fide business activity under automatic route.

Taxation

The following summary is based on the law and practice of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961, or Income Tax Act, including the special tax regime contained in Sections 115AC and 115ACA of the Income Tax Act read with the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depositary Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993, as amended on, January 19, 2000, or the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme. The Income Tax Act is amended every year by the Finance Act of the relevant year. Some or all of the tax consequences of Sections 115AC and 115ACA may be amended or changed by future amendments to the Income Tax Act.

We believe this information is materially complete as of the date hereof, however, this summary is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of the individual tax consequences to non-resident holders or employees under Indian law for the acquisition, ownership and sale of ADSs and equity shares.

Residence. For purposes of the Income Tax Act, an individual is considered to be a resident of India during any fiscal year if he or she is in India in that year for:

 

a period or periods amounting to 182 days or more; or

 

60 days or more and, within the four preceding years has been in India for a period or periods amounting to 365 days or more.

The period of 60 days referred to above shall be read as 182 days (i) in case of a citizen of India who leaves India in a fiscal year for the purposes of employment outside of India or (ii) in case of a citizen of India or a person of Indian origin living abroad who visits India and within the four preceding years has been in India for a period or periods amounting to 365 days or more.

A company is a resident of India if it is incorporated in India or the control and the management of its affairs is situated wholly in India. Companies that are not residents of India would be treated as non-residents for purposes of the Income Tax Act.

Taxation of Distributions. As per Section 10(34) of the Income Tax Act, dividends paid by Indian Companies on or after April 1, 2003 to their shareholders (whether resident in India or not) are not subject to tax. However, the Company paying the dividend is currently subject to a dividend distribution tax (DDT) of 15% on the total amount it distributes, declares or pays as a dividend, in addition to the normal corporate tax. The Finance Act, 20112013 has reducedincreased the rate of surcharge on DDT for domestic companies from 5% to 5% from the earlier rate of 7.5%10%. The Finance Act 2006 introduced an additional surcharge called an “education cess” of 3% on such taxes and surcharge, based on which the effective tax on dividend distributed is 16.22%16.995%. Further with effect from June 1, 2011, the SEZ developers profits will also be included while calculating the DDT, which was previously exempt from the DDT. Currently the cascading effect is avoided only for the immediate domestic subsidiary company, which is not a subsidiary of another subsidiary. InThe Finance BillAct, 2012, it is proposed that with a view to remove the cascading effect in a multi-tier corporate structure, has amended the Act specifying that the holding company is not required to pay DDT on its dividend distributed (in the same fiscal year) to the extent the DDT has already been paid by its subsidiary. The Finance Act, 2013 has amended the Finance Act, 2012 to specify that the 15% tax paid on dividends received from a foreign subsidiary is available for set-off against the DDT payable by a domestic company.

Any distributions of additional ADSs or equity shares to resident or non- resident holders will not be subject to Indian tax.

Taxation of Capital Gains. The following is a brief summary of capital gains taxation of non-resident holders and resident employees in respect of the sale of ADSs and equity shares received upon redemption of ADSs. The relevant provisions are contained mainly in sections 45, 47(vii)(a), 115AC and 115ACA, of the Income Tax Act, in conjunction with the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme.

Gains realized upon the sale of ADSs and shares that have been held for a period of more than thirty-six months and twelve months, respectively, are considered long-term capital gains. Gains realized upon the sale of ADSs and shares that have been held for a period of thirty six months or less and twelve months or less, respectively, are considered short term capital gains. Capital gains are taxed as follows:

 

Gains from a sale of ADSs outside India, by a non-resident to another non-resident are not taxable in India.

 

Long-term capital gains realized by a resident employee from the transfer of the ADSs will be subject to tax at the rate of 10%. Short-term capital gains on such a transfer will be taxed at graduated rates with a maximum of 30%.

 

Long-term capital gains realized by a non-resident upon the sale of equity shares obtained through the redemption of ADSs, or settlement of such sale being made off a recognized stock exchange, are subject to tax at a rate of 10%. Short-term capital gains on such transfer will be taxed at graduated rates with a maximum of 30%40%.

 

Long-term capital gains realized by a non-resident upon the sale of equity shares obtained through the redemption of ADSs, or settlement of such sale being made on a recognized stock exchange, is exempt from tax and the short-term capital gains on such sale will be taxed at 15%. An additional tax called “Securities Transaction Tax”, or “STT” (described in detail below) will be levied at the time of settlement.

The Finance Act (No.2) 2009 has abolished surcharge for individual tax payers effective as of April 1, 2009.

In the case of resident corporations whose turnover exceeds Rs. 10,000,000 during the relevant financial year, in addition to the above, rates, a surcharge of 7.5% will be levied on the above taxes. This surcharge was reduced to 5% by the Finance Act 2011, effective as of April 1, 2011). Anset forth below and an additional surcharge called an “education cess” of 3% is payable in addition to above taxes and surcharges.levied as follows:

Category of person

Surcharge Rates

Resident other than company

10%, if total income > Rs. 10 million

Resident company

5%, if total income > Rs. 10 million and
< Rs. 100 million

10%, if total income > Rs. 100 million

Non Resident other than company

10%, if total income > Rs. 10 million

Foreign company

2%, if total income > Rs. 10 million and

< Rs. 100 million

5%, if total income > Rs. 100 million

The above rates may be reduced by the applicable tax treaty in case ofnon-residents. The capital gains tax is computed by applying the appropriate tax rates to the difference between the sale price and the purchase price of the equity shares or ADSs. In the case of employees who receive shares allotted as part of a company’s stock option plan, the purchase price shall be the fair market value which has been taken into account for the purpose of computing the perquisite on salaries. In 1992, the government allowed established Indian companies to issue foreign currency convertible bonds (FCCB). Effective April 2008, the conversion of FCCBs into shares or debentures of any company shall not be treated as a ‘transfer’ and consequently will not be subject to capital gains tax upon conversion. Further, the cost of acquisition of the shares received upon conversion of the bond shall be the price at which the corresponding bond was acquired. Prior to this amendment, the price of the shares received on conversion was arrived by using the “stepped up” basis.

With the enactment of Finance Act (No.2) 2009, the value of shares/securities allotted under any Employees Stock Option Plan is treated as a perquisite in the hands of employees and will be taxed accordingly effective April 1, 2009. The tax rate will vary from employee to employee with a maximum of 30.90% (subject to the prevailing tax rate slab) on the perquisite value. The perquisite value is calculated as the difference between the fair market value of the share / security on the date of exercise minus the exercise price.

According to the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme, a non-resident holder’s holding period for the purposes of determining the applicable Indian capital gains tax rate in respect of equity shares received in exchange for ADSs commences on the date of notice of the redemption by the depositary to the custodian. However, the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme does not address this issue in the case of resident employees, and it is therefore unclear as to when the holding period for the purposes of determining capital gains tax commences for such a resident employee.

The Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme provides that if the equity shares are sold on a recognized stock exchange in India against payment in Indian rupees, they will no longer be eligible for the preferential tax treatment.

It is unclear as to whether section 115AC and the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme are applicable to a non-resident who acquires equity shares outside India from a non-resident holder of equity shares after receipt of the equity shares upon redemption of the ADSs.

It is unclear as to whether capital gains derived from the sale of subscription rights or other rights by a non-resident holder not entitled to an exemption under a tax treaty will be subject to Indian capital gains tax. If such subscription rights or other rights are deemed by the Indian tax authorities to be situated within India, the gains realized on the sale of such subscription rights or other rights will be subject to Indian taxation. The capital gains realized on the sale of such subscription rights or other rights, which will generally be in the nature of short term capital gains, will be subject to tax at variable rates with a maximum rate of 40% in the case of foreign companies and at graduated rate with a maximum of 30%, in the case of resident employees and non-resident individuals. In addition to this, there will be a surcharge of 2% inlevied as set forth on the case of foreign companies with effect from April 1, 2011 as compared to 2.5% charged earliertable below and an additional surcharge called “education cess” of 3% in addition to the above tax and surcharge in the case of foreign companies and only an additional surcharge called “education cess” of 3% on the above tax in the case of individuals.will be levied.

Category of person

Surcharge Rate

Resident other than company

10%, if total income > Rs. 10 million

Resident company

5%, if total income > Rs. 10 million and

< Rs. 100 million

10%, if total income > Rs. 100 million

Non Resident other than company

10%, if total income > Rs. 10 million

Foreign company

2%, if total income > Rs. 10 million and

< Rs. 100 million

5%, if total income > Rs. 100 million

As per Section 55(2) of the Income Tax Act, the cost of any share (commonly called a “bonus share”) allotted to any shareholder without any payment and on the basis of such shareholder’s share holdings, shall be nil. The holding period of bonus shares for the purpose of determining the nature of capital gains shall commence on the date of allotment of such shares by the company.

Securities Transaction Tax: The Finance Act, 2004 had introduced certain new provisions with regard to taxes on the sale and purchase of securities, including equity shares. On and after October 1, 2004, in respect of a sale and purchase of equity shares entered into on a recognized stock exchange, (i) both the buyer and seller are required to pay each a Securities Transaction Tax, or STT at the rate of 0.125% ofprescribed rates on the transaction value of the securities, if a transaction is a delivery based transaction (i.e. the transaction involves actual delivery or transfer of shares); and (ii) the seller of the shares is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.025% ofprescribed rates on the transaction value of the securities, if the transaction is a non-delivery based transaction, i.e. a transaction settled without taking delivery of the shares. The Finance Bill 2012Act, 2013 has proposed to reducereduced the rate of STT from present 0.125% to 0.1%.as follows:

Sl No  Nature of taxable securities transactions  Payable by  

Existing rates

(in per cent)

  

Rates

(in per cent)

  (1)  

  

                             (2)                            

  (3)  (4)  (5)
1  Delivery based purchase of units of an equity oriented fund entered into in a recognised stock exchange  Purchaser  0.1  Nil
2  Delivery based sale of units of an equity oriented fund entered into in a recognised stock exchange  Seller  0.1  0.001
3  Sale of a futures in securities  Seller  0.017  0.01
4  Sale of unit of an equity oriented fund to the mutual fund  Seller  0.25  0.001

Withholding Tax on Capital Gains. Any gain realized by a non-resident or resident employee on the sale of equity shares is subject to Indian capital gains tax, which, in the case of a non-resident is to be withheld at the source by the buyer.

However, as per the provisions of Section 196D(2) of the Income Tax Act, no withholding tax is required to be deducted by way of capital gains arising to Foreign Institutional Investors as defined in Section 115AD of the Income Tax Act on the transfer of securities defined in Section 115AD of the Income Tax Act.

Buy-back of Securities. Indian companies are not subject to any tax on the buy-back of their shares. However, the shareholders will be taxed on any resulting gains. Our company would be required to deduct the tax at source according to the capital gains tax liability of a non-resident shareholder. The Finance Act 2013 has levied a tax of 20% against the company for consideration paid to shareholders (in excess of the initial subscription amount) towards buy-back of shares by an unlisted company.

Stamp Duty and Transfer Tax. Upon issuance of the equity shares underlying our ADSs, companies will be required to pay a stamp duty of 0.1% per share of the issue price of the underlying equity shares. A transfer of ADSs is not subject to Indian stamp duty. However, upon the acquisition of equity shares from the depositary in exchange for ADSs, the non-resident holder will be liable for Indian stamp duty at the rate of 0.25% of the market value of the ADSs or equity shares exchanged. A sale of equity shares by a non-resident holder will also be subject to Indian stamp duty at the rate of 0.25% of the market value of the equity shares on the trade date, although customarily such tax is borne by the transferee. Shares must be traded in dematerialized form. The transfer of shares in dematerialized form is currently not subject to stamp duty.

Wealth Tax. The holding of the ADSs and the holding of underlying equity shares by resident and non-resident holders will be exempt from Indian wealth tax. Non-resident holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding this issue.

Gift Tax and Estate Duty. The Indian gift tax was abolished as of October 1998. The Indian Estate Duty was abolished as of March 1985. On and after September 1, 2004, a sum of money exceeding Rs. 25,000 (approx US$561), received by an individual without consideration will be subject to tax at graduated rates with a maximum of 30% (excluding applicable surcharge and education cess), unless the same was received from a relative as defined in Explanation under Section 56(v), or on the occasion of the marriage of the individual or under a will or by way of inheritance or in contemplation of death of the payer. The Taxation Laws Amendment Bill, 2005 introduced in the Parliament on May 12, 2005 proposes to levy the above tax in case the sum of money exceeds in aggregate Rs. 50,000 in a fiscal year. The Finance Act 2009 has inserted a new section 56(vii) with effect from October 1, 2009 to tax at a maximum rate of 30%, any sum of money or any immovable property received by an individual or HUF without consideration exceeding Rs. 50,000 (Stamp duty value in case of immovable property) during the year. The same is exempt from tax if it is received from any relative, occasion of marriage, under a will or by way of inheritance, or in contemplation of death of the payer or donor. We cannot assure that these provisions will not be amended further in future. Non-resident holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding this issue.

Service Tax. Brokerage or commission paid to stock brokers in connection with the sale or purchase of shares is subject to a service tax of 10%12% excluding the education cess. The Finance BillAct, 2012 has proposed to increaseincreased the rate of service tax from present 10% to 12%. The stock broker is responsible for collecting the service tax from the shareholder and paying it to the relevant authority.

PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO INDIAN AND THEIR LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING OR DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs.

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of equity shares or ADSs and is for general information only. This summary addresses the U.S. federal income tax considerations of holders that are U.S. persons. U.S. personsholders. For purposes of this discussion, “U.S. holders” are citizens or residents of the United States, or corporations (or other entities treated as corporations for United States federal income tax purposes) created in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, estates, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source and trusts having a valid election to be treated as U.S. persons in effect under U.S. Treasury Regulations or for which a U.S. court exercises primary supervision and a U.S. person has the authority to control all substantial decisions. This summary is limited to U.S. persons who will hold equity shares or ADSs as capital assets.

This summary is limited to U.S. personsholders who hold or will hold equity shares or ADSs as capital assets. In addition, this summary is limited to U.S. personsholders who are not residents in India for purposes of the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Republic of India for the avoidance of Double Taxation and the prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to taxes on income. If a partnership holds the equity shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding equity shares or ADSs should consult his/her/its own tax advisor.

This summary does not address any tax considerations arising under the laws of any U.S. state or local or foreign jurisdiction, potential application of the Medicare contribution tax, or tax considerations under any U.S. non-income tax laws. In addition, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, financial institutions, dealers in securities or currencies, tax-exempt entities, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, persons that will hold equity shares or ADSs as a position in a “straddle” or as part of a “hedging” or “conversion” transaction for tax purposes, persons holding ADSs or equity shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities, persons that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar or holders of 10% or more, by voting power or value, of the shares of our company. This summary is based on the tax laws of the United States as in effect on the date of this document and on United States Treasury Regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this document, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date and is based in part on the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. All of the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

Each prospective investor should consult his, her or its own tax advisor with respect to theEACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of equity shares orFEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING OR DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs.

Ownership of ADSs. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs generally will be treated as the owners of equity shares represented by such ADSs. Accordingly, the conversion of ADSs into equity shares generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax.

Dividends. Except for equity shares, if any, distributed pro rata to all shareholders of our company, including holders of ADSs, the gross amount of any distributions of cash or property with respect to equity shares or ADSs will generally be included in income by a U.S. holder as foreign source dividend income at the time of receipt, which in the case of a U.S. holder of ADSs generally should be the date of receipt by the depositary, to the extent such distributions are made from the current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) of our company. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders. To the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by our company exceeds our company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

Subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the passive foreign investment company rules described below, dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, may be eligible for a reduced rate of taxation if we are deemed to be a “qualified foreign corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. Under current tax, this reduced rate of taxation will not apply to dividends received in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 and such dividends will be taxed at ordinary income rates.

EACH U.S. HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TREATMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND SUCH HOLDER’S ELIGIBILITY FOR REDUCED RATE OF TAXATION.

A qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation if (1) its shares (or, according to legislative history, its ADSs) are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (2) it is eligible for the benefits under a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States. In addition, a corporation is not a qualified foreign corporation if it is a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below). Our ADSs are traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Due toExchange, an established securities market in the absence of specific statutory provisions addressing ADSs, however, there can be no assurance that we are qualified foreign corporation solelyUnited States as a result of our listing on New York Stock Exchange. Nonetheless, weidentified by Internal Revenue Service guidance. We may also be eligible for benefits under the comprehensive income tax treaty between India and the United States. Each

EACH U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the treatment of dividends and such holder’s eligibility for reduced rate of taxation.HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TREATMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND SUCH HOLDER’S ELIGIBILITY FOR REDUCED RATE OF TAXATION UNDER THE LAW IN EFFECT FOR THE YEAR OF THE DIVIDEND.

Subject to certain conditions and limitations, any Indian dividend withholding tax, if any, imposed upon distributions paid to a U.S. holder with respect to such holder’s equity shares or ADSs generally should be eligible for credit against the U.S. holder’s federal income tax liability. Alternatively, a U.S. holder may claim a deduction for such amount, but only for a year in which a U.S. holder does not claim a credit with respect to any foreign income taxes. The overall limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, distributions on equity shares or ADSs will be income from sources outside the United States and for tax years beginning before January 1, 2007, will generally be “passive income”, or “financial services income”, and for tax years beginning after December 31, 2006, will generally be “passive category income” or “general category income” for purposes of computing the United States foreign tax credit allowable to a U.S. holder.

If dividends are paid in Indian rupees, the amount of the dividend distribution included in the income of a U.S. holder will be in the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in Indian rupees, determined at a spot exchange rate between Indian rupees and U.S. dollars applicable to the date such dividend is included in the income of the U.S. holder, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, gain or loss, if any, resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend is paid to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

Sale or Exchange of Equity Shares or ADSs. A U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs, as the case may be. SuchSubject to the “Passive Foreign Investment Company” discussion below, such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the equity shares or ADSs, as the case may be, were held for more than one year. Gain or loss, if any, recognized by a U.S. holder generally will be treated as U.S. source passive category income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Capital gains realized by a U.S. holder upon sale of equity shares (but not ADSs) may be subject to certain tax in India.India, including withholding tax. See taxation – “Taxation of Distributions – Taxation of Capital Gains”.Gains.” Due to limitations on foreign tax credits, however, a U.S. holder may not be able to utilize any such taxes as a credit against the U.S. holder’s federal income tax liability.

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting.Any dividends paid, or proceeds on a sale of, equity shares or ADSs to or by a U.S. holder may be subject to U.S. information reporting, and backup withholding, (currentlycurrently at a rate of 28%, which will increase to 31% under current law if paid after December 31, 2010) may apply unless the holder is an exempt recipient or provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number, certifies that such holder is not subject to backup withholding and otherwise complies with any applicable backup withholding requirements. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Passive Foreign Investment Company. A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. Federal income tax purposes if either:

 

75% or more of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

 

on average for the taxable year by value, or, if it is not a publicly traded corporation and so elects, by adjusted basis, if 50% or more of its assets produce or are held for the production of passive income.

We do not believe that we satisfy either of the tests for passive foreign investment company status for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.2014. However, sincebecause this determination is made on an annual basis and depends on a variety of factors (including the value of our ADS,ADSs), no assurance can be given that we were not considered a passive foreign investment company in a prior period, or that we will not be considered a passive foreign investment company in 2011for the current taxable year and/or future taxable years. If we were to be a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, U.S. holders would be required to either:

 

pay an interest charge together with tax calculated at an ordinary income rates on “excess distributions,” as the term is defined in relevant provisions of U.S. tax laws, and on any gain on a sale or other disposition of equity shares;

if an election is made to be a “qualified electing fund” (as the term is defined in relevant provisions of the U.S. tax laws), include in their taxable income their pro rata share of undistributed amounts of our income; or

 

if the equity shares are “marketable” and a mark-to-market election is made, mark-to-market the equity shares each taxable year and recognize ordinary gain and, to the extent of prior ordinary gain, ordinary loss for the increase or decrease in market value for such taxable year.

If we are treated as a passive foreign investment company, we do not plan to provide information necessary for the ‘qualifiedqualified electing fund’fund election.

In addition, certain information reporting obligations may apply to U.S. holders if we are determined to be a PFIC.

THE ABOVE SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO OWNERSHIP OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs. YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AS WELL AS ANY ADDITIONAL TAX CONSEQUENCES RESULTING FROM AN INVESTMENT IN THE ADSs OR EQUITY SHARES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF THE TAX LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ESTATE, GIFT AND INHERITANCE LAWS.

Documents on Display

This report and other information filed or to be filed by Wipro Limited can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at:

100 F Street, NE

Washington D.C, 20549

Copies of these materials can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, NE., Washington D.C, 20549, at prescribed rates.

The SEC maintains a website atwww.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system.

Additionally, documents referred to in this Form 20-F may be inspected at our corporate offices which are located at Doddakannelli, Sarjapur Road, Bangalore, Karnataka, 560035, India.

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

(in millions, except share data and where otherwise stated)

General

Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, to fair values or to future cash flows that may result from a change in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributable to all market risk sensitive financial instruments including investments, foreign currency receivables, payables and loans and borrowings.

Our exposure to market risk is a function of investment and borrowing activities and revenue generating activities in foreign currency. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of our earnings and equity to losses.

Risk Management Procedures

We manage market risk through a corporate treasury department, which evaluates and exercises independent control over the entire process of market risk management. Our corporate treasury department recommends risk management objectives and policies, which are approved by senior management and Audit Committee. The activities of this department include management of cash resources, implementing hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures, borrowing strategies, and ensuring compliance with market risk limits and policies.

Components of Market Risk

Foreign currency risk

We operate internationally and a major portion of our business is transacted in several currencies. Consequently, the Company is exposed to foreign exchange risk through receiving payment for sales and services in the United States and elsewhere, and making purchases from overseas suppliers in various foreign currencies. The exchange rate risk primarily arises from foreign exchange revenue, receivables, cash balances, forecasted cash flows, payables and foreign currency loans and borrowings. A significant portion of our revenue is in U.S. dollars, Euroeuro and Pound Sterling,pound sterling, while a significant portion of our costs are in Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the Rupeerupee and U.S. dollar, Euroeuro and Pound Sterlingpound sterling has fluctuated significantly in recent years and may continue to fluctuate in the future. Appreciation of the rupee against these currencies can adversely affect our results of operations.

We evaluate our exchange rate exposure arising from these transactions and enter into foreign currency derivative instruments to mitigate such exposure. We follow established risk management policies, including the use of derivatives like foreign exchange forward / forward/option contracts to hedge forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currency.

We have designated certain derivative instruments as cash flow hedge to mitigate the foreign exchange exposure of forecasted highly probable cash flows. We have also designated a combination of foreign currency borrowings and related cross-currency swaps and other foreign currency derivative instruments as hedge of its net investment in foreign operations.

As atof March 31, 2012, Re.2014, a Rs. 1 increase/decrease in the spot exchange rate of the Indian Rupeerupee with the U.S. dollar would result in approximately Rs. 1,6291,212 decrease/increase in the fair value of our foreign currency dollar denominated derivative instruments.

As at March 31, 2012, a 1% change in the exchange rate between U.S. Dollar and Yen would result in approximately Rs. 194 increase/decrease in the fair value of cross-currency interest rate swaps.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk primarily arises from floating rate borrowing, including various revolving and other lines of credit. Our investments are primarily in short-term investments, which do not expose us to significant interest rate risk. Our net exposure to interest rate risk relating to borrowings, by balancing the proportion of fixed rate borrowing and floating rate borrowing in its total borrowing portfolio. To manage this portfolio mix, we may enter into interest rate swap agreements, which allows us to exchange periodic payments based on a notional amount and agreed upon fixed and floating interest rates. As of March 31, 2012,2014, substantially all of our borrowings was subject to floating interest rates, which reset at short intervals. If interest rates were to increase by 100 bps from March 31, 2012,2014, additional net annual interest expense on our floating rate borrowing would amount to approximately Rs. 564.388.

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the possibility that customers may not be able to settle their obligations as agreed. To manage this, we periodically assess the financial reliability of customers, taking into account the financial condition, current economic trends, analysis of historical bad debts and ageing of accounts receivable. Individual risk limits are set accordingly. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the accounts receivable as atof March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively and revenues for the year ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively. There is no significant concentration of credit risk.

Counterparty risk

Counterparty risk encompasses issuer risk on marketable securities, settlement risk on derivative and money market contracts and credit risk on cash and time deposits. Issuer risk is minimized by only buying securities which are at least AA rated. Settlement and credit risk is reduced by the policy of entering into transactions with counterparties that are usually banks or financial institutions with acceptable credit ratings. Exposure to these risks are closely monitored and maintained within predetermined parameters. There are limits on credit exposure to any financial institution. The limits are regularly assessed and determined based upon credit analysis including financial statements and capital adequacy ratio reviews. In addition, net settlement agreements are contracted with significant counterparties.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that we will not be able to settle or meet our obligations on time or at a reasonable price. Our corporate treasury department is responsible for liquidity and funding as well as settlement management. In addition, processes and policies related to such risks are overseen by senior management. Management monitors the Company’s net liquidity position through rolling forecasts on the basis of expected cash flows. As of March 31, 2012,2014, our cash and cash equivalents are held with major banks and financial institutions.

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

Item 12 A. Debt Securities

Not applicableapplicable.

Item 12 B. Warrants and Rights

Not applicableapplicable.

Item 12 C. Other securities

Not applicable

applicable.

Item 12 D. American Depository Shares

Item 12.D.1.

Not applicable.

Item 12.D.2.

Not applicable.

Item 12.D.3. Fees and Charges for Holders of American Depository Receipts

J. P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Depositary for the ADSs collects fees as provided in the Deposit Agreement, as mentioned below:below. The following is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Amendment No. 2 to the Deposit Agreement filed as Exhibit (a)(3) to the Form F-6 filed on April 15, 2013.

“The Depositary may charge, and collect from, (i) each person to whom ADRsADSs are issued, including, without limitation, issuances against deposits of Shares, including depositsissuances in respect of Share Distributions, Rights and Other Distributions (as such terms are defined in paragraph (10)), issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company, or issuances pursuant to a merger, exchange of securities or any other transaction or event affecting the ADSs or the Deposited Securities, and (ii) each person surrendering ADRsADSs for withdrawal of Deposited Securities US$or whose ADSs are cancelled or reduced for any other reason, U.S.$5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced byissued, delivered, reduced, cancelled or surrendered (as the ADRs delivered or surrendered.case may be). The Depositary may sell (by public or private sale) sufficient securities and property received in respect of Share Distributions, Rights and Other Distributions prior to such deposit to pay such charge. The following additional charges shall be incurred by the Holders, by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party surrendering ADSs, to whom ADSs are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the ADSs or the Deposited Securities or a distribution of ADSs pursuant to paragraph (10)), whichever is applicable (i) a fee of U.S.$0.05 or less per ADS for any Cash distribution made pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, (ii) a fee of U.S.$1.50 per ADR or ADRs for transfers made pursuant to paragraph (3) hereof, (iii) a fee for the distribution or sale of securities pursuant to paragraph (10) hereof, such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities (for purposes of this paragraph (7) treating all such securities as if they were Shares) but which securities or the net cash proceeds from the sale thereof are instead distributed by the Depositary to Holders entitled thereto, (iv) an aggregate fee of U.S.$0.05 per ADS per calendar year (or portion thereof) for services performed by the Depositary in administering the ADRs (which fee may be charged on a periodic basis during each calendar year and shall be assessed against Holders as of the record date or record dates set by the Depositary during each calendar year and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions), and (v) a fee for the reimbursement of such fees, charges and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary and/or any of the Depositary’s agents (including, without limitation, the Custodian and expenses incurred on behalf of Holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment) in connection with the servicing of the Shares or other Deposited Securities, the sale of securities (including, without limitation, Deposited Securities), the delivery of Deposited Securities or otherwise in connection with the Depositary’s or its Custodian’s compliance with applicable law, rule or regulation (which fees and charges shall be assessed on a proportionate basis against Holders as of the record date or dates set by the Depositary and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions). The Company will pay all other charges and expenses of the Depositary and any agent of the Depositary (except the Custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between the Company and the Depositary, except (i) stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges (which are payable by Holders or persons depositing Shares), (ii) cable, telex and

facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at the request of persons depositing, or Holders delivering Shares, ADRs or Deposited Securities (which are payable by such persons or Holders), (iii) transfer or registration fees for the registration ofor transfer of Deposited Securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of Deposited Securities (which are payable by persons depositing Shares or Holders withdrawing Deposited Securities; there are no such fees in respect of the Shares as of the date of the Deposit Agreement), and (iv) expenses of the Depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars, (which are paidJPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. shall deduct out of such foreign currency).currency the fees and expenses charged by it and/or its agent (which may be a division, branch or affiliate) so appointed in connection with such conversion. Such charges may at any time and from time to time be changed by agreement between the Company and the Depositary.

The Depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

Item 12.D.4. Fees Paid by Depository to the Company

J. P. Morgan, as Depositary, has agreed to reimburse certain reasonable expenses related to the Company’s ADR Program and incurred by the Company in connection with the Program. In the year ended March 31, 2012,2014, the Depositary did not reimburse any amountreimbursed US$215,934.89 to the Company. However, the Depository, The Depositary incurred for, and on behalf of the Company, an expenditure of US$ 3,104102,814.29 towards legalNYSE Listing Fees and US $152,627.70 towards broker reimbursements and other expenses related to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders and US$ 500 towards printingcourt hearings pertaining to the approval of a certificate.the Scheme and the Demerger.

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not applicable.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Not Applicable.applicable.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures.

Based on their evaluation as of March 31, 2012,2014, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in rulesRules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and that material information related to us and our consolidated subsidiaries is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions about required disclosure.

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15 (f)rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards and their interpretations (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (“IASB”).

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

 (i)pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 (ii)provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 

 (iii)provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012.2014. In conducting this assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management based its evaluation on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2012.2014.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG India, has audited the consolidated financial statements in this Form 20-F, and as part of their audit, has issued its report, which is included in this Form 20-F, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012.

2014.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Equity holders

Wipro Limited:

We have audited Wipro Limited and subsidiaries’Limited’s (“the Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012,2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012,2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial position of the Company and subsidiaries as of March 31, 20122014 and 2011,2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2012,2014, and our report dated May 16, 201218, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

KPMG

Bangalore, India

May 16, 2012

18, 2014

Change in internal controls over financial reporting.

During the period covered by this Annual Report, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Compliance with the New York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance Rules

The Company presently complies substantially with all the practices as described in the final Corporate Governance Rules and Listing standardsStandards of the New York Stock Exchange as approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2003January 11, 2013 and codified in Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

A detailed compliance report with the final Corporate Governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange will be separately filed with the New York Stock Exchange.

Item 16 A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing reports of our financial results, audits, internal controls, and compliance with federal procurementapplicable laws and regulations. The committee selects the independent registered public accounting firm and approves all related fees and compensation and reviews their selection with the Board of Directors. The committee also reviews the services proposed to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm to ensure their independence with respect to such services.

Members of the committee are non-management directors who, in the opinion of the Company’s Board of Directors, are independent as defined under the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange. The Board has determined that Mr. NarayanNarayanan Vaghul qualifies as an Audit Committee Financial Expert as defined by the applicable rules of the SEC.

Item 16 B. Code of Ethics

Our Audit Committee has adopted a written Code of Ethics, as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K, applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and all officers working in our finance, accounting, treasury, internal audit, tax, legal, purchase, financial analyst, investor relations functions, disclosure committee members, and senior management, as well as members of the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors. Our Code of Ethics is available under the investor relations section on our website atwww.wipro.com. www.wipro.com. We will post any amendments to, or waivers from, our Code of Ethics at that location on our website.

Our Audit Committee has also adopted an Ombuds process policy wherein it has established procedures for receiving, retaining and treating complaints received, and procedures for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees, former employees, consultants, vendors and service providers of complaints regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, conduct which results in a violation of law by Wipro or in a substantial mismanagement of Company resources. Under this policy, our employees and others are encouraged to report questionable accounting matters, any reporting of fraudulent financial information to our shareholders, the government or the financial markets any conduct that results in a violation of law by Wipro to our management (on an anonymous basis, if they so desire). Likewise, under this policy, we have prohibited discrimination, retaliation or harassment of any kind against any employee who, based on the employee’s reasonable belief that such conduct or practices have occurred or are occurring, reports that information or participates in an investigation. Our Ombuds process policy is available under the investor relations section on our website atwww.wipro.com. www.wipro.com.

We have also adopted an updated Code of Business Conduct, and Ethics, applicable to all officers, directors and employees. Our updated Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available under the investor relations section on our website atwww.wipro.com. www.wipro.com.

Item 16 C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Our Audit Committee charter requires us to obtain the prior approval of our audit committee on every occasion that we engage our principal accountants or their associated entities and on every occasion that they provide us with any non-audit services. At the beginning of each year, the Audit Committee reviews the proposed services, including the nature, type and scope of services contemplated and approves the related fees, to be rendered by these firms during the year. In addition, Audit Committee pre-approval is also required for those engagements that may arise during the course of the year that are outside the scope of the initial services and fees pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

The following table presents fees for professional audit services rendered by KPMG for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and fees billed for other services rendered by KPMG.

 

  Year ended March 31, 
  2011   2012   Year ended March 31, 
  (in millions)   2013   2014 
  (in millions) 

Audit fees

  Rs.89    Rs.94    Rs.94    Rs.80  

Tax fees

   44     47     49     79  

All other fees

   10     9     12     12  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  Rs.143    Rs.150    Rs.155    Rs.171  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Audit servicesservices— - comprise fees for professional services in connection with the audit of Company’s annual consolidated financial statements and their attestation and report concerning internal control over financial reporting and reviews of interim financial statement.

Tax services - comprise fees for tax compliance, tax assessment and tax planning services rendered by the independent registered public accounting firm. These services include corporate tax services like assistance with foreign income tax, value added tax, transfer pricing study, government sales tax and equivalent tax matters in local jurisdictions and assistance with local tax authority reporting requirements for tax compliance purposes.

Our Audit Committee charter requires us to take the prior approval of our Audit Committee on every occasion we engage our principal accountants or their associated entities to provide us any audit or non-audit services. We disclose to our Audit Committee the nature of services that are provided and the fees to be paid for the services. All of the audit or non-audit services provided by our principal accountants or their associated entities have been pre-approved by our Audit Committee.

Item 16 D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

We have not sought any exemption from the listing standards for Audit Committees applicable to us as foreign private issuer, pursuant to Rule 10(A)-3(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Item 16 E. Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Item 16 F. Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

None.

Item 16 G. Corporate Governance

Because our securities are listed on a national securities exchange, we are required to provide a concise summary of any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under the listing standards of that exchange. Being a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the provisions of Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, except that we are required to comply with the requirements of Sections 303A.06, 303A.11 and 303A.12(b) and (c) thereof. With regard to Section 303A.11, although the Company’s required home country standards on corporate governance may differ from the NYSE listing standards, the Company’s actual corporate governance policies and practices are generally in compliance with the NYSE listing standards applicable to domestic companies. Some of the key differences between the requirements in India as per the currently applicable listing agreement and those as per the NYSE Listing requirements are as follows:

 

a.Listing Agreement with Indian stock exchanges require 50% of the Board of Directors to be independent directors in the case of executive Chairman of the Board (it is 33.33% in other cases) while NYSE listing requirements specify that a majority of the Board to consist of independent directors.
Listing Agreement with Indian stock exchanges require 50% of the Board of Directors to be independent directors in the case of executive Chairman of the Board (it is 33.33% in other cases) while NYSE listing requirements specify that a majority of the Board to consist of independent directors.

Listing Agreement with Indian stock exchanges requires that a majority of the members of the Audit Committee be independent directors while the NYSE Listing specifies that all the members of the Audit Committee must be independent directors.

 

b.Listing Agreement with Indian stock exchanges requires that a majority of the members of the Audit Committee be independent directors while the NYSE Listing specifies that all the members of the Audit Committee must be independent directors.
The requirement for a Nomination Committee and Compensation Committee are not compulsory as per Listing Agreements with Indian stock exchanges. The Listing Agreements with the Indian stock exchanges do not require independent compensation committees. These are mandatory requirements as per NYSE Listing requirements. A Shareholders Grievance committee is mandatory under Listing Agreements with stock exchanges and is not a requirement under NYSE Listing requirements.

 

c.The requirement for a Nomination Committee and Compensation Committee are not compulsory as per Listing Agreements with Indian stock exchanges. These are mandatory requirements as per NYSE Listing requirements. A Shareholders Grievance committee is mandatory under Listing Agreements with stock exchanges and is not a requirement under NYSE Listing requirements.
Criteria for determining directors to be independent also differ between the two countries Listing requirements.

 

d.Criteria for determining directors to be independent also differ between the two countries Listing requirements.

Listing Agreement with Indian stock exchanges requires evaluation of Board Committees and individual directors while NYSE listing requirements specify evaluation of the Board as a whole and the Board Committees.

The other key practices followed in the home country as per home country laws are disclosed elsewhere in this report.

Item 16 H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not Applicable

Part III

Item 17. Financial Statements

See Item 18.

Item 18. Financial Statements

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Equity holders

Wipro Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Wipro Limited and subsidiaries (“the Company”) as of March 31, 20122014 and 2011,2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2012.2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 20122014 and 2011,2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2012,2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’sWipro Limited’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012,2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO)”), and our report dated May 16, 201218, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

KPMG

Bangalore, India

May 16, 201218, 2014

WIPRO LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(Rupees in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

     As at March 31,       As at March 31, 
  Notes  2011 2012 2012   Notes   2013 2014 2014 
  

 

  

 

 

 

 Convenience
Translation
into US$ in
millions
(Unaudited)
Refer note 2(iv)
           Convenience
Translation
into US$ in
millions
(Unaudited)
Refer note 2(iv)
 

ASSETS

            

Goodwill

  5   54,818    67,937    1,335     6     54,756   63,422   1,057  

Intangible assets

  5   3,551    4,229    83     6     1,714   1,936   32  

Property, plant and equipment

  4   55,094    58,988    1,159     5     50,525   51,449   857  

Investment in equity accounted investees

  16   2,993    3,232    64  

Derivative assets

  15   2,984    3,462    68     16     51   286   5  

Available for sale investments

   8     —     2,676   45  

Deferred tax assets

  18   1,467    2,597    51     19     4,235   3,362   56  

Non-current tax assets

     9,239    10,287    202       10,308   10,192   170  

Other non-current assets

  11   8,983    11,781    231     12     10,738   14,295   238  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total non-current assets

     139,129    162,513    3,193       132,327    147,618    2,460  
    

 

  

 

  

 

 
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Inventories

  9   9,707    10,662    210     10     3,263    2,293    38  

Trade receivables

  8   61,627    80,328    1,578     9     76,635    85,392    1,423  

Other current assets

  11   19,744    25,743    506     12     31,069    39,474    658  

Unbilled revenues

     24,149    30,025    590       31,988    39,334    656  

Available for sale investments

  7   49,282    41,961    825     8     69,171    60,557    1,009  

Current tax assets

     4,955    5,635    111       7,408    9,774    163  

Derivative assets

  15   1,709    1,468    29     16     3,031    3,661    61  

Cash and cash equivalents

  10   61,141    77,666    1,526     11     84,838    114,201    1,903  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

     232,314    273,488    5,374       307,403    354,686    5,911  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     371,443    436,001    8,567       439,730    502,304    8,371  
    

 

  

 

  

 

 
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

EQUITY

            

Share capital

     4,908    4,917    97       4,926    4,932    82  

Share premium

     30,124    30,457    598       11,760    12,664    211  

Retained earnings

     203,250    241,912    4,754       259,178    314,952    5,249  

Share based payment reserve

     1,360    1,976    39       1,316    1,021    17  

Other components of equity

     580    6,594    130       7,174    10,472    175  

Shares held by controlled trust

     (542  (542  (11     (542  (542  (9
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company

     239,680    285,314    5,606       283,812    343,499    5,725  

Non-controlling interest

     691    849    17       1,171    1,387    23  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total equity

     240,371    286,163    5,623       284,983    344,886    5,748  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

LIABILITIES

            

Loans and borrowings

  12   19,759    22,510    442     13     854    10,909    182  

Derivative liabilities

  15   2,586    307    6     16     118    629    10  

Deferred tax liabilities

  18   301    353    7     19     846    1,796    30  

Non-current tax liabilities

     5,021    5,403    106       4,790    3,448    57  

Other non-current liabilities

  14   2,706    3,519    69     15     3,390    4,174    70  

Provisions

  14   81    61    1     15     9    6    —    
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     30,454    32,153    631       10,007    20,962    349  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loans and borrowings and bank overdraft

  12   33,043    36,448    716     13     62,962    40,683    678  

Trade payables and accrued expenses

  13   42,024    47,258    929     14     48,067    52,256    871  

Unearned revenues

     6,595    9,569    188       10,347    12,767    213  

Current tax liabilities

     7,340    7,232    142       10,226    12,482    208  

Derivative liabilities

  15   1,358    6,354    125     16     975    2,504    42  

Other current liabilities

  14   7,934    9,703    191     15     10,989    14,394    240  

Provisions

  14   2,324    1,121    22     15     1,174    1,370    23  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

     100,618    117,685    2,313       144,740    136,456    2,274  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     131,072    149,838    2,944       154,747    157,418    2,623  
    

 

  

 

  

 

 
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

     371,443    436,001    8,567       439,730    502,304    8,371  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

WIPRO LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Rupees in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

     Year ended March 31,       Year ended March 31, 
  Notes  2010 2011 2012 2012   Notes   2012 2013 2014 2014 
  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 Convenience
Translation

into US$ in
millions
(Unaudited)
Refer note 2(iv)
             Convenience
Translation

into US$ in
millions
(Unaudited)
Refer note 2(iv)
 

Continuing operations

       

Revenues

  21   271,957    310,542    371,971    7,309     22     318,747   374,256   434,269   7,238  

Cost of revenues

  22   (186,299  (212,808  (263,173  (5,171   23     (225,794 (260,665 (295,488 (4,925
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross profit

     85,658    97,734    108,798    2,138       92,953    113,591    138,781    2,313  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses

  22   (18,608  (22,172  (27,777  (546   23     (17,953  (24,213  (29,248  (487

General and administrative expenses

  22   (14,823  (18,339  (20,286  (399   23     (18,416  (22,032  (23,538  (392

Foreign exchange gains / (losses), net

     (383  445    3,278    64       3,328    2,626    3,359    56  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Results from operating activities

     51,844    57,668    64,013    1,258       59,912    69,972    89,354    1,490  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Finance expense

  23   (1,324  (1,933  (3,491  (69   24     (3,371  (2,693  (2,891  (48

Finance and other income

  24   4,360    6,652    8,895    175     25     8,982    11,317    14,542    242  

Share of profits of equity accounted investees

  16   530    648    333    7  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit before tax

     55,410    63,035    69,750    1,371       65,523    78,596    101,005    1,684  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income tax expense

   19     (12,955  (16,912  (22,600  (377
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income tax expense

  18   (9,294  (9,714  (13,763  (270

Profit for the year from continuing operations

     52,568    61,684    78,405    1,307  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Discontinued operations

       

Profit after tax for the year from discontinued operations

   4     3,419    5,012    —      —    
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit for the year

     46,116    53,321    55,987    1,100       55,987    66,696    78,405    1,307  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Attributable to:

       

Profit attributable to:

       

Equity holders of the Company

     45,931    52,977    55,730    1,095       55,730    66,359    77,967    1,300  

Non-controlling interest

     185    344    257    5       257    337    438    7  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit for the year

     46,116    53,321    55,987    1,100       55,987    66,696    78,405    1,307  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit from continuing operations attributable to:

       

Equity holders of the Company

     52,325    61,362    77,967    1,300  

Non-controlling interest

     243    322    438    7  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
     52,568    61,684    78,405    1,307  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings per equity share:

  25        26       

Basic

     18.91    21.74    22.76    0.45       22.76    27.05    31.76    0.53  

Diluted

     18.75    21.61    22.69    0.45       22.69    26.98    31.66    0.53  

Earnings per share from continuing operations:

       

Basic

     21.36    25.01    31.76    0.53  

Diluted

     21.29    24.95    31.66    0.53  

Weighted-average number of equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share:

              

Basic

     2,429,025,243    2,436,440,633    2,449,056,412    2,449,056,412       2,449,777,457    2,453,218,759    2,454,745,434    2,454,745,434  

Diluted

     2,449,658,532    2,451,154,154    2,455,958,722    2,455,958,722       2,457,511,538    2,459,184,321    2,462,626,739    2,462,626,739  

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

WIPRO LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Rupees in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

     Year ended March 31, 
  Notes  2010 2011   2012 2012       Year ended March 31, 
  

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 Convenience
Translation
into US$ in
millions
(Unaudited)
Refer note 2(iv)
   Notes   2012 2013 2014 2014 
            Convenience
Translation
into US$ in
millions
(Unaudited)
Refer note 2(iv)
 

Profit for the year

     46,116    53,321     55,987    1,100       55,987   66,696   78,405   1,307  

Items that will not be classified to profit or loss:

       

Defined benefit plan actuarial gains/(losses)

     —      —     (190 (3
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes:

        
     —      —      (190  (3
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

       

Foreign currency translation differences:

               

Translation difference relating to foreign operations

  17   (5,522  1,222     9,226    181     18     9,226    5,038    7,306    121  

Net change in fair value of hedges of net investment in foreign operations

  17   4,202    20     (2,780  (55   18     (2,780  (1,055  (2,600  (43

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges

  15, 18   9,841    3,684     (350  (7   16,19     (350  2,847    (990  (17

Net change in fair value of available for sale investments

  7, 18   (50  29     (20  —       8,19     (20  229    (112  (2
    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
     6,076    7,059    3,604    60  
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes

     8,471    4,955     6,076    119       6,076    7,059    3,414    57  
    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     54,587    58,276     62,063    1,219       62,063    73,755    81,819    1,364  
    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Attributable to:

               

Equity holders of the Company

     54,447    57,956     61,744    1,213       61,744    73,358    81,265    1,355  

Non-controlling interest

     140    320     319    6       319    397    554    9  
    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
     54,587    58,276     62,063    1,219       62,063    73,755    81,819    1,364  
    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

WIPRO LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(Rupees in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

                Other components of equity             Other components of equity   Equity     
  No. of shares   Share
capital
   Share
premium
 Retained
earnings
 Share
based
payment
reserve
 Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
 Cash
flow
hedging
reserve
 Other
reserve
 Shares
held by
controlled
Trust*
 Equity
attributable
to the
equity
holders of
the
Company
 Non-controlling
interest
 Total
equity
   No. of shares   Share
capital
   Share
premium
   Retained
earnings
 Share
based
payment
reserve
 Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
   Cash
flow
hedging
reserve
 Other
reserve
 Shares
held by
controlled
Trust*
 attributable
to the equity
holders of
the Company
 Non-
controlling
interest
 Total
equity
 

As at April 1, 2009

   1,464,980,746     2,930     27,280    126,646    3,745    1,533    (14,533  85    (542  147,144    237    147,381  

As at April 1, 2011

   2,454,409,145     4,908     30,124     203,250   1,360   1,524     (1,008 64   (542 239,680   691   240,371  

Total Comprehensive income for the year

                 

Profit for the year

   —       —       —       55,730    —      —       —      —      —     55,730   257   55,987  

Other comprehensive income

   —       —       —       —      —     6,384     (350 (20  —     6,014   62   6,076  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Comprehensive income for the year

   —       —       —       55,730    —      6,384     (350  (20  —      61,744    319    62,063  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Transaction with owners of the company, recognized directly in equity

                 

Contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company

                 

Cash dividend paid (including dividend tax thereon)

   —       —       —      (6,788  —      —      —      —      —      (6,788  —      (6,788   —       —       —       (17,068  —      —       —      —      —     (17,068 (161 (17,229

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

   3,230,443     6     1,908    —      (1,908  —      —      —      —      6    —      6     4,347,083     9     333     —     (333  —       —      —      —     9    —     9  

Profit for the year

   —       —       —      45,931    —      —      —      —      —      45,931    185    46,116  

Other comprehensive income

   —       —       —      —      —      (1,275  9,841    (50  —      8,516    (45  8,471  

Infusion of capital,

   —       —       —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      60    60  

Compensation cost related to employee share based payment

   —       —       —      —      1,302    —      —      —      —      1,302    —      1,302     —       —        —       —     949    —       —      —      —     949    —     949  

Effect of demerger of diversified business (note 4)

   —       —       —       —      —      —       —      —      —      —      —      —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

As at March 31, 2010

   1,468,211,189     2,936     29,188    165,789    3,140    258    (4,692  35    (542  196,112    437    196,549  

Total transactions with owners of the company

   4,347,083     9     333     (17,068  616    —       —      —      —      (16,110  (161  (16,271
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

As at March 31, 2012

   2,458,756,228     4,917     30,457     241,912    1,976    7,908     (1,358  44    (542  285,314    849    286,163  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

As at April 1, 2010

   1,468,211,189     2,936     29,188    165,789    3,140    258    (4,692  35    (542  196,112    437    196,549  

Cash dividend paid (including dividend tax thereon)

   —       —       —      (15,516  —      —      —      —      —      (15,516  (66  (15,582

Issue of shares in form of stock dividend

   979,765,124     1,960     (1,960  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

   6,432,832     12     2,896    —      (2,872  —      —      —      —      36    —      36  

Profit for the year

   —       —       —      52,977    —      —      —      —      —      52,977    344    53,321  

Other comprehensive income

   —       —       —      —      —      1,266    3,684    29    —      4,979    (24  4,955  

Compensation cost related to employee share based payment

   —       —       —      —      1,092    —      —      —      —      1,092    —      1,092  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

As at March 31, 2011

   2,454,409,145     4,908     30,124    203,250    1,360    1,524    (1,008  64    (542  239,680    691    240,371  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

WIPRO LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(Rupees in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

                                                                        
                  Other components of equity                         Other components of equity   Equity     
  No. of shares   Share
capital
   Share
premium
   Retained
earnings
 Share
based
payment
reserve
 Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
   Cash
flow
hedging
reserve
 Other
reserve
 Shares
held by
controlled
Trust*
 Equity
attributable
to the
equity
holders of
the
Company
 Non-controlling
interest
 Total
equity
   No. of shares   Share
capital
   Share
premium
 Retained
earnings
 Share
based
payment
reserve
 Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
 Cash
flow
hedging
reserve
 Other
reserve
 Shares held
by
controlled
Trust*
 attributable
to the equity
holders of
the Company
 Non-
controlling
interest
 Total
equity
 

As at April 1, 2011

   2,454,409,145     4,908     30,124     203,250    1,360    1,524     (1,008  64    (542  239,680    691    240,371  

As at April 1, 2012

   2,458,756,228     4,917     30,457   241,912   1,976   7,908   (1,358 44   (542 285,314   849   286,163  

Total Comprehensive income for the year

               

Profit for the year

   —       —       —     66,359    —      —      —      —      —     66,359   337   66,696  

Other comprehensive income

   —       —       —      —      —     3,923   2,847   229    —     6,999   60   7,059  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Comprehensive income for the year

   —       —       —      66,359    —      3,923    2,847    229    —      73,358    397    73,755  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Transaction with owners of the company, recognized directly in equity

               

Contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company

               

Cash dividend paid (including dividend tax thereon)

   —       —       —       (17,068  —      —       —      —      —      (17,068  (161  (17,229   —       —       —     (17,066  —      —      —      —      —     (17,066 (14 (17,080

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

   4,347,083     9     333     —      (333  —       —      —      —      9    —      9     4,178,502     9     1,303    —     (1,303  —      —      —      —     9    —     9  

Profit for the year

   —       —       —       55,730    —      —       —      —      —      55,730    257    55,987  

Other comprehensive income

   —       —       —       —      —      6,384     (350  (20  —      6,014    62    6,076  

Compensation cost related to employee share based payment

   —       —       —       —      949    —       —      —      —      949    —      949     —       —       —      —     643    —      —      —      —     643    —     643  

Effect of demerger of diversified business (note 4)

   —       —       (20,000 (32,027  —     (6,361  —     (58  —     (58,446 (61 (58,507
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

As at March 31, 2012

   2,458,756,228     4,917     30,457     241,912    1,976    7,908     (1,358  44    (542  285,314    849    286,163  

Total transactions with owners of the company

   4,178,502     9     (18,697  (49,093  (660  (6,361  —      (58  —      (74,860  (75  (74,935
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

As at March 31, 2013

   2,462,934,730     4,926     11,760    259,178    1,316    5,470    1,489    215    (542  283,812    1,171    284,983  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Convenience translation into US $ in millions (Unaudited) Refer note 2(iv)

     97     598     4,754    39    156     (27  1    (11  5,606    17    5,623  

WIPRO LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(Rupees in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

                                                                        
                 Other components of equity     Equity       
  No. of shares  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Retained
earnings
  Share
based
payment
reserve
  Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
  Cash
flow
hedging
reserve
  Other
reserve
  Shares held
by
controlled
Trust*
  attributable
to the equity
holders of
the Company
  Non-
controlling
interest
  Total
equity
 

As at April 1, 2013

  2,462,934,730    4,926    11,760    259,178    1,316    5,470    1,489    215    (542  283,812    1,171    284,983  

Total Comprehensive income for the year

            

Profit for the year

  —      —      —      77,967    —      —      —      —      —      77,967    438    78,405  

Other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      4,590    (990  (302  —      3,298    116    3,414  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive income for the year

  —      —      —      77,967    —      4,590    (990  (302  —      81,265    554    81,819  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transaction with owners of the company, recognized directly in equity

            

Contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company

            

Cash dividend paid (including dividend tax thereon)

  —      —      —      (22,935  —      —      —      —      —      (22,935  (338  (23,273

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

  3,382,543    6    904    —      (904  —      —      —      —      6    —      6  

Compensation cost related to employee share based payment

  —      —      —      (96  609    —      —      —      —      513    —      513  

Effect of demerger of diversified business (note 4)

  —      —      —      838    —      —      —      —      —      838    —      838  

Total transactions with owners of the company

  3,382,543    6    904    (22,193  (295  —      —      —      —      (21,578  (338  (21,916
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2014

  2,466,317,273    4,932    12,664    314,952    1,021    10,060    499    (87  (542  343,499    1,387    344,886  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Convenience translation into US $ in million (Unaudited) Refer note 2 (iv)

   82    211    5,249    17    168    8    (1  (9  5,725    23    5,748  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

*Represents 8,930,563, 14,841,271, 14,841,271 treasury shares held as of March 31, 2010, 20112012 and 2012, respectively.2013 and 16,640,212 treasury shares held as of March 31, 2014.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

WIPRO LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Rupees in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2010 2011 2012 2012   2012 2013 2014 2014 
  

 

 

 

 

 

 Convenience
Translation
into US$ in
millions
(Unaudited)

Refer note 2(iv)
         Convenience
Translation
into US$ in
millions
(Unaudited)
Refer note
2(iv)
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Profit for the year

   46,116    53,321    55,987    1,100     55,987   66,696   78,405   1,307  

Adjustments to reconcile profit for the year to net cash generated from operating activities:

          

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

   (43  (131  (104  (2   (104 (230 (55 (1

Depreciation and amortization

   7,831    8,211    10,129    199     10,129   10,835   11,106   185  

Exchange (gain) / loss

   (1,462  1,036    1,938    38  

Impact of cash flow/net investment hedging activities

   6,017    4,389    1,095    22  

Exchange (gain) / loss, net

   1,938   1,185   1,054   18  

Impact of hedging activities, net

   1,095   (25  —      —    

Gain on sale of investments

   (308  (192  (187  (4   (187 (2,464 (1,697 (28

Loss on sale of subsidiary

   —      —      77    2     77    —      —      —    

Share based compensation

   1,302    1,092    949    19     949   643   513   9  

Income tax expense

   9,294    9,714    13,763    270     13,763   18,349   22,600   377  

Share of profits of equity accounted investees

   (530  (648  (333  (7

Share of (profits)/losses of equity accounted investees, net of taxes

   (333 107    —      —    

Dividend and interest (income)/expenses, net

   (2,820  (5,684  (7,651  (150   (7,651 (9,417 (11,977 (201

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Trade receivables

   (2,150  (10,699  (17,470  (343   (17,470 (3,168 (8,299 (138

Unbilled revenues

   (2,600  (7,441  (5,876  (115   (5,876 (1,963 (7,346 (122

Inventories

   (218  (1,781  (862  (17   (862 (47 970   16  

Other assets

   (2,203  (5,451  (3,501  (69   (3,501 (2,116 (8,902 (148

Trade payables and accrued expenses

   (66  5,674    4,289    84     4,289   6,789   7,300   124  

Unearned revenues

   (1,272  (867  2,898    57     2,898   713   2,420   40  

Other liabilities and provisions

   2,024    (813  1,040    20     1,040   2,614   3,577   57  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash generated from operating activities before taxes

   58,912    49,730    56,181    1,104     56,181    88,501    89,669    1,495  

Income taxes paid, net

   (7,914  (9,293  (16,105  (316   (16,105  (18,079  (21,772  (364
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

   50,998    40,437    40,076    788     40,076    70,422    67,897    1,131  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Expenditure on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

   (12,631  (12,211  (12,977  (255   (12,977  (10,616  (8,913  (149

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

   397    521    774    15  

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

   774    471    1,091    18  

Purchase of available for sale investments

   (340,891  (474,476  (338,599  (6,654   (338,599  (492,158  (465,801  (7,762

Investment in associate

   —      (130  —      —    

Proceeds from sale of available for sale investments

   325,770    456,894    346,826    6,815     346,826    456,075    473,553    7,894  

Investment in newly acquired subsidiaries under demerged business

   —      (8,276  —      —    

Impact of investment hedging activities, net

   —      (2,667  (5,315  (89

Investment in inter-corporate deposits

   (10,750  (14,290  (14,550  (286   (14,550  (12,460  (13,905  (233

Refund of inter-corporate deposits

   4,950    20,100    10,380    204     10,380    11,410    10,865    181  

Payment for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

   (4,399  (140  (7,920  (156

Cash transferred pursuant to Demerger

   —      (4,163  (3,093  (52

Payment for business acquisitions including deposit in escrow, net of cash acquired

   (7,920  (3,074  (2,985  (50

Interest received

   2,297    3,960    5,799    114     5,799    7,376    11,375    190  

Dividend received

   1,442    2,403    2,211    43     2,211    639    354    6  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash (used) in investing activities

   (33,815  (17,239  (8,056  (158   (8,056  (57,573  (2,774  (46
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Proceeds from issuance of equity shares

   6    25    22    —       22    9    6    —    

Proceeds from issuance of equity shares by a subsidiary

   60    —      —      —    

Repayment of loans and borrowings

   (55,661  (82,718  (70,127  (1,378   (70,127  (96,911  (117,550  (1,959

Proceeds from loans and borrowings

   63,011    72,596    70,839    1,392     70,839    108,305    106,782    1,780  

Interest paid on loans and borrowings

   (1,194  (696  (902  (18   (902  (1,044  (937  (16

Payment of cash dividend (including dividend tax thereon)

   (6,823  (15,585  (17,229  (339   (17,229  (17,080  (23,273  (388
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash (used) in financing activities

   (601  (26,378  (17,397  (342   (17,397  (6,721  (34,972  (583
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents during the year

   16,582    (3,180  14,623    287     14,623    6,128    30,151    502  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (1,258  523    1,680    33     1,680    789    (69  (1

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

   48,232    63,556    60,899    1,197     60,899    77,202    84,119    1,402  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year (Note 10)

   63,556    60,899    77,202    1,517  

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year (note 11)

   77,202    84,119    114,201    1,903  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

WIPRO LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Rupees in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

1. The Company overview

1.The Company overview

Wipro Limited (“Wipro” or the “Parent Company”), together with its subsidiaries and equity accounted investees (collectively, “the Company” or the “Group”) is a leading India based provider of IT Services, including Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”) services, globally. Further,

Effective as of March 31, 2013, the Group completed the demerger (the “Demerger”) of its consumer care and lighting, infrastructure engineering and other non-IT business segments (collectively, the “Diversified Business”) into Wipro has other businesses suchEnterprises Limited (“Resulting Company”), a company incorporated under the laws of India. The Diversified Business is presented as IT Products, Consumer Care and Lighting and Infrastructure engineering.a discontinued operation in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. See Note 4 of these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the Demerger.

Wipro is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in India. The address of its registered office is Wipro Limited, Doddakannelli, Sarjapur Road, Bangalore – Bangalore—560 035, Karnataka, India. Wipro has its primary listing with Bombay Stock Exchange and National Stock Exchange in India. The Company’s American Depository Shares representing equity shares are also listed on the New York Stock Exchange. These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Audit Committee on May 16, 2012.18, 2014.

2. Basis of preparation of financial statements

2.Basis of preparation of financial statements

(i) Statement of compliance

(i)Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and its interpretations (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

(ii) Basis of preparation

(ii)Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Accounting policies have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements correspond to the classification provisions contained inIAS 1(revised)1(revised), “Presentation of Financial Statements”. For clarity, various items are aggregated in the statements of income and statements of financial position. These items are disaggregated separately in the Notesnotes to the consolidated financial statements, where applicable. The accounting policies have been consistently applied to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

All amounts included in the consolidated financial statements are reported in millions of Indian rupees (Rupees(rupees in millions) except share and per share data, unless otherwise stated. Due to rounding off, the numbers presented throughout the document may not add up precisely to the totals and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.

When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation the comparative income statement is re-presented as if the operation had been discontinued from the start of the comparative period. The Company has retrospectively applied the discontinued operation presentation from the start of the comparative period.

(iii)Basis of measurement

(iii) Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost convention and on an accrual basis, except for the following material items which have been measured at fair value as required by relevant IFRS:-

 

 a.Derivative financial instruments; and

 

 b.Available-for-sale financial assets; and

 

(iv)Convenience translation (unaudited)c.The defined benefit asset is recognised as plan assets less the present value of the defined benefit obligation.

(iv) Convenience translation (unaudited)

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared and reported in Indian rupees, the national currency of India. Solely for the convenience of the readers, the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2012,2014, have been translated into United States dollars at the certified foreign exchange rate of US$1 = Rs. 50.89,60.00, as published by Federal Reserve Board of Governors on March 30, 2012.31, 2014. No representation is made that the Indian rupee amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into United States dollars at such a rate or any other rate.

(v) Use of estimates and judgment

(v)Use of estimates and judgment

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRSsIFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on a periodican ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected. In particular, information

about significant areas of estimation, uncertainty and critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements is included in the following notes:

 

 a)Revenue recognition: The Company uses the percentage of completion method using the input (cost expended) method to measure progress towards completion in respect of fixed price contracts. Percentage of completion method accounting relies on estimates of total expected contract revenue and costs. This method is followed when reasonably dependable estimates of the revenues and costs applicable to various elements of the contract can be made. Key factors that are reviewed in estimating the future costs to complete include estimates of future labor costs and productivity efficiencies. Because the financial reporting of these contracts depends on estimates that are assessed continually during the term of these contracts, recognized revenue and profit are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. When estimates indicate that a loss will be incurred, the loss is provided for in the period in which the loss becomes probable. To date, the Company has not incurred a material loss on any fixed-price and fixed-timeframe contract.

 

 b)Goodwill: Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually and when events occur or changes in circumstances indicate that the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than its carrying value. The recoverable amount of cash generating units is determined based on higher of value-in-use and fair value less cost to sell. The calculation involves use of significant estimates and assumptions which includes revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rate, future economic and market conditions.

 

 c)Income taxes:The major tax jurisdictions for the Company are India and the United States of America. Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes including judgment on whether tax positions are probable of being sustained in tax assessments. A tax assessment can involve complex issues, which can only be resolved over extended time periods. Though, the Company considers all these issues in estimating income taxes, there could be an unfavorable resolution of such issues.

 

 d)Deferred taxes: Deferred tax is recorded on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts, at the rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted.enacted at the reporting date. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable profits during the periods in which those temporary differences and tax loss carry-forwards become deductible. The Company considers the expected reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. The amount of the deferred income tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry-forward period are reduced.

 e)Business combination: In accounting for business combinations, judgment is required in identifying whether an identifiable intangible asset is to be recorded separately from goodwill. Additionally, estimating the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent consideration assumed involves management judgment. These measurements are based on information available at the acquisition date and are based on expectations and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management. Changes in these judgments, estimates, and assumptions can materially affect the results of operations.

 

 f)Other estimates: The preparation of financial statements involves estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Specifically, the Company estimates the uncollectability of accounts receivable by analyzing historical payment patterns, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness and current economic trends. If the financial condition of a customer deteriorates, additional allowances may be required. Similarly, the Company provides for inventory obsolescence, excess inventory and inventories with carrying values in excess of net realizable value based on assessment of the future demand, market conditions and specific inventory management initiatives. If market conditions and actual demands are less favorable than the Company’s estimates, additional inventory provisions may be required. In all cases inventory is carried at the lower of historical cost and net realizable value. The stock compensation expense is determined based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest.

3. Significant accounting policies

3.Significant accounting policies

(i) Basis of consolidation

(i)Basis of consolidation

Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements incorporateCompany determines the financial statementsbasis of the Parent Company andcontrol in line with requirements of IFRS 10.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Parent Company (its subsidiaries). ControlGroup. The Group controls an entity when it is achieved whereexposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the Companyentity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to governover the entity. The financial and operating policiesstatements of an entity so as to obtain benefitssubsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from its activities. In assessingthe date on which control potential voting rights that currently are exercisable are taken into account.commences until the date on which control ceases.

All intra-company balances, transactions, income and expenses including unrealized income or expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Equity accounted investees

Equity accounted investees are entities in respect of which the Company has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. Generally, a Company has a significant influence if it holds between 20 and 50 percent of the voting power of another entity. InvestmentsInterest in such entities areassociates is accounted for using the equity method (equity accounted investees) andmethod. They are initially recognizedrecorded at cost. Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the Company’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income (“OCI”) of equity accounted investees, until the date on which significant influence ceases.

Non-controlling interest

(ii)Functional and presentation currency

Non-controlling interests in the net assets (excluding goodwill) of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Company’s equity. The interest of non-controlling shareholders may be initially measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

The choice of measurement basis is made on an acquisition to acquisition basis. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interest is the amount of those interest at initial recognition plus the non-controlling interest’s share of subsequent changes in equity. Total comprehensive income is attributed to non-controlling interests even if it results in the non-controlling interest having a deficit balance.

(ii) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the consolidated financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries and equity accounted investees are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which these entities operate (i.e. the “functional currency”). These consolidated financial statements are presented in Indian Rupee,rupees, the national currency of India, which is the functional currency of Wipro Limited and its domestic subsidiaries and equity accounted investees.

(iii) Foreign currency transactions and translation

(iii)Foreign currency transactions and translation

a) Transactions and balances

a)Transactions and balances

Transactions in foreign currency are translated into the respective functional currencies using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at the exchange rates prevailing at reporting date of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the statement of income and reported within foreign exchange gains/(losses), net within results of operating activities. Gains/losses relating to translation or settlement of borrowings denominated in foreign currency are reported within finance expense except foreign exchange gains/losses on short-term borrowings, which are considered as a natural economic hedge for the foreign currency monetary assets and are classified and reported within foreign exchange gains/(losses), net within results from operating activities. Non monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and measured at historical cost are translated at the exchange rate prevalent at the date of transaction.

b) Foreign operations

b)Foreign operations

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations that have local functional currency are translated into Indian Rupeerupees using exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognized in other comprehensive income and held in foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR), a component of equity. When a foreign operation is disposed off, the relevant amount recognized in FCTR is transferred to the statement of income as part of the profit or loss on disposal. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the reporting date.

c) Others

c)Others

Foreign currency differences arising on the translation or settlement of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the FCTR to the extent the hedge is effective. To the extent the hedge is ineffective, such difference are recognized in statement of income. When the hedged part of a net investment is disposed off, the relevant amount recognized in FCTR is transferred to the statement of income as part of the profit or loss on disposal. Foreign currency differences arising from translation of intercompany receivables or payables relating to foreign operations, the settlement of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of net investment in foreign operation and are recognized in FCTR.

(iv) Financial Instruments

(iv)Financial Instruments

a) Non-derivative financial instruments

a)Non-derivative financial instruments

Non derivative financial instruments consist of:

 

financial assets, which include cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, unbilled revenues, finance lease receivables, employee and other advances, investments in equity and debt securities and eligible current and non-current assets;

financial liabilities, which include long and short-term loans and borrowings, bank overdrafts, trade payable, eligible current liabilities and non-current liabilities.

Non derivative financial instruments are recognized initially at fair value including any directly attributable transaction costs. Financial assets are derecognized when substantial risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset have been transferred. In cases where substantial risks and rewards of ownership of the financial assets are neither transferred nor retained, financial assets are derecognized only when the Company has not retained control over the financial asset.

Subsequent to initial recognition, non derivative financial instruments are measured as described below:

A. Cash and cash equivalents

A.Cash and cash equivalents

The Company’s cash and cash equivalentequivalents consist of cash on hand and in banks and demand deposits with banks, which can be withdrawn at anytime,any time, without prior notice or penalty on the principal.

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, in banks and demand deposits with banks, net of outstanding bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and are considered part of the Company’s cash management system.

B. Available-for-sale financial assets

B.Available-for-sale financial assets

The Company has classified investments in liquid mutual funds, equity securities, other than equity accounted investees and certain debt securities (primarily certificate of deposits with banks) as available-for-sale financial assets. These investments are measured at fair value and changes therein are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity.equity, net of taxes. The impairment losses, if any, are reclassified from equity into statement of income. When an available for sale financial asset is derecognized, the related cumulative gain or loss in equity is transferred to statement of income.

C. Loans and receivables

C.Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are presented as current assets, except for those maturing later than 12 months after the balance sheetreporting date which are presented as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Loans and receivables comprise trade receivables, unbilled revenues, cash and cash equivalents and other assets.

D. Trade and other payables

b)Derivative financial instruments

Trade and other payables are initially recognized at fair value, and subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. For these financial instruments, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments.

b) Derivative financial instruments

The Company is exposed to foreign currency fluctuations on foreign currency assets, liabilities, net investment in foreign operations and forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currency.

The Company limits the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuations by following established risk management policies including the use of derivatives. The Company enters into derivative financial instruments where the counterparty is a bank.

Derivatives are recognized and measured at fair value. Attributable transaction cost are recognized in statement of income as cost.

A. Cash flow hedges

A.Cash flow hedges

Changes in the fair value of the derivative hedging instrument designated as a cash flow hedge are recognized in other comprehensive income and held in cash flow hedging reserve, a component of equity to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are recognized in the statement of income and reported within foreign exchange gains/(losses), net within results from operating activities. If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously

recognized in the cash flow hedging reserve is transferred to the statement of income upon the occurrence of the related forecasted transaction. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, such cumulative balance is immediately recognized in the statement of income.

B. Hedges of net investment in foreign operations

B.Hedges of net investment in foreign operations

The Company designates derivative financial instruments as hedges of net investments in foreign operations. The Company has also designated a combination of foreign currency denominated borrowings and related cross-currency swaps as a hedge of net investment in foreign operations. Changes in the fair value of the derivative hedging instruments and gains/losses on translation or settlement of foreign currency denominated borrowings designated as a hedge of net investment in foreign operations are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the FCTR to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are recognized in the statement of income and reported within foreign exchange gains/(losses), net within results from operating activities.

C. Others

C.Others

Changes in fair value of foreign currency derivative instruments not designated as cash flow hedges or hedges of net investment in foreign operations are recognized in the statement of income and reported within foreign exchange gains/(losses), net within results from operating activities.

Changes in fair value and gains/(losses) on settlement of foreign currency derivative instruments relating to borrowings, which have not been designated as hedges are recorded in finance expense.

(v) Equity and share capital

(v)Equity and share capital

a) Share capital and share premium

a)Share capital and share premium

The Company has only one class of equity shares. The authorized share capital of the Company is 2,650,000,000 equity shares, par value Rs. 2 per share. Par value of the equity shares is recorded as share capital and the amount received in excess of par value is classified as share premium. Subsequent to March 31, 2014, the authorized share capital of the Company has been increased to 2,917,500,000.

Every holder of the equity shares, as reflected in the records of the Company as of the date of the shareholder meeting shall have one vote in respect of each share held for all matters submitted to vote in the shareholder meeting.

b) Shares held by controlled trust (Treasury shares)

b)Shares held by controlled trust (Treasury shares)

The Company’s equity shares held by the controlled trust, which is consolidated as a part of the Group are classified as Treasury Shares. The Company has 14,841,271 and 16,640,212 treasury shares as of March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively. Treasury shares are recorded at acquisition cost.

c) Retained earnings

c)Retained earnings

Retained earnings comprises of the Company’s prior years’ undistributed earnings after taxes. A portion of these earnings amounting to Rs. 1,1441,139 is not freely available for distribution.

d) Share based payment reserve

d)Share based payment reserve

The share based payment reserve is used to record the value of equity-settled share based payment transactions with employees. The amounts recorded in share based payment reserve are transferred to share premium upon exercise of stock options by employees.

e) Cash flow hedging reserve

e)Cash flow hedging reserve

Changes in fair value of derivative hedging instruments designated and effective as a cash flow hedge are recognized in other comprehensive income (net of taxes), and presented within equity in the cash flow hedging reserve.

f) Foreign currency translation reserve

f)Foreign currency translation reserve

The exchange difference arising from the translation of financial statements of foreign subsidiaries, differences arising from translation of long-term intercompany receivables or payables relating to foreign operations, changes in fair value of the derivative hedging instruments and gains/losses on translation or settlement of foreign currency denominated borrowings designated as hedge of net investment in foreign operations are recognized in other comprehensive income, and presented within equity in the FCTR.

g) Other reserve

g)Other reserve

Changes in the fair value of available for sale financial assets is recognized in other comprehensive income (net of taxes), and presented within equity in other reserve.

h) Dividend

h)Dividend

A final dividend, including tax thereon, on common stock is recorded as a liability on the date of approval by the shareholders. An interim dividend, including tax thereon, is recorded as a liability on the date of declaration by the board of directors.

(vi) Property, plant and equipment

(vi)Property, plant and equipment

a) Recognition and measurement

a)Recognition and measurement

Property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditures directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. Borrowing costs directly attributable to the construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost.

b) Depreciation

b)Depreciation

The Company depreciates property, plant and equipment over the estimated useful life on a straight-line basis from the date the assets are available for use. Assets acquired under finance lease and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of estimated useful life of the asset or the related lease term. Freehold land is not depreciated. The estimated useful life of assets are reviewed and where appropriate are adjusted, annually. The estimated useful lives of assets for the current and comparative period are as follows:

 

Category

  

Useful life

Buildings

  

30 to 60 years

Plant and machinery

  

2 to 21 years

Computer equipment and software

  

2 to 6 years

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

  

3 to 10 years

Vehicles

  

4 years

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment. Subsequent expenditure relating to property, plant and equipment is capitalized only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with these will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

Deposits and advances paid towards the acquisition of property, plant and equipment outstanding as of each reporting date and the cost of property, plant and equipment not available for use before such date are disclosed under capital work- in-progress.

(vii) Business combination, Goodwill and Intangible assets

(vii)Business combination, Goodwill and Intangible assets

a) Business combination

Business combinations are accounted for using the purchase (acquisition) method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at fair value at the date of an acquisition. Transaction costs incurred in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred.

The cost of an acquisition also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Any subsequent changes to the fair value of contingent consideration classified as liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

b) Goodwill

a)Goodwill

The excess of the cost of an acquisition over the Company’s share in the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is recognized as goodwill. If the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognized immediately in the statement of income.

c) Intangible assets

b)Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured at cost of an acquisition. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at fair value as at the date of an acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any.

The amortization of an intangible asset with a finite useful life reflects the manner in which the economic benefit is expected to be generated and consumed. Intangible assets with indefinite lives comprising of brands are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually and written down to the recoverable amount as required.

The estimated useful life of amortizable intangibles are reviewed and where appropriate are adjusted, annually. The estimated useful lives of the amortizable intangible assets for the current and comparative periods are as follows:

 

Category

  

Useful life

Customer-related intangibles

  

2 to 11 years

Marketing related intangibles

  

20 to 30 years

(viii) Leases

(viii)Leases

The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at the inception date. The arrangement is assessed for whether fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset or assets, even if that right is not explicitly specified in an arrangement.

a)Arrangements where the Company is the lessee

a) Arrangements where the Company is the lessee

Leases of property, plant and equipment, where the Company assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalized at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charge and the outstanding liability. The finance charge is allocated to periods during the lease term at a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are recognized in the statement of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

b) Arrangements where the Company is the lessor

b)Arrangements where the Company is the lessor

In certain arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue from the sale of products given under finance leases. The Company records gross finance receivables, unearned income and the estimated residual value of the leased equipment on consummation of such leases. Unearned income represents the excess of the gross finance lease receivable plus the estimated residual value over the sales price of the equipment. The Company recognizes unearned income as financing revenue over the lease term using the effective interest method.

(ix) Inventories

(ix)Inventories

Inventories are valued at lower of cost and net realizable value, including necessary provision for obsolescence. Cost is determined using the weighted average method.

(x) Impairment

(x)Impairment

a) Financial assets

a)Financial assets

The Company assesses at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. If any such indication exists, the Company estimates the amount of impairment loss.

A. Loans and receivables

A.Loans and receivables

Impairment losses on trade and other receivables are recognized using separate allowance accounts. Refer Note 2 (v) for further information regarding the determination of impairment.

B.Available for sale financial asset

B. Available for sale financial asset

When the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets declines below acquisition cost and there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, the cumulative gain/loss that has been recognized in other comprehensive income, a component of equity in other reserve is transferred to the statement of income. An impairment loss may be reversed in subsequent periods, if the indicators for the impairment no longer exist. Such reversals are recognized in other comprehensive income.

b) Non financial assets

b)Non financial assets

The Company assesses long-lived assets, such as property, plant, equipment and acquired intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. If any such indication exists, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the asset.asset or group of assets. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash generating unit is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell (FVLCTS) and its value-in-use (VIU). If the recoverable amount of the asset or the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount is reduced to its recoverable amount. The reduction is treated as an impairment loss and is recognized in the statement of income. If at the reporting date there is an indication that a previously assessed impairment loss no longer exists, the recoverable amount is reassessed and the impairment losses previously recognized are reversed such that the asset is recognized at its recoverable amount but not exceeding written down value which would have been reported if the impairment losses had not been recognized initially.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives comprising of brands are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually at the same time and written down to the recoverable amount as required.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the same time and when events occur or changes in circumstances indicate that the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than its carrying value. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the level of cash-generating unit or groups of cash-generating units which represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. An impairment in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

(xi) Employee Benefit

(xi)Employee Benefit

a) Post-employment and pension plans

a)Post-employment and pension plans

The Group participates in various employee benefit plans. Pensions and other post-employment benefits are classified as either defined contribution plans or defined benefit plans. Under a defined contribution plan, the Company’s only obligation is to pay a fixed amount with no obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits. The related actuarial and investment risks fall on the employee. The expenditure for defined contribution plans is recognized as an expense during the period when the employee provides service. Under a defined benefit plan, it is the Company’s obligation to provide agreed benefits to the employees. The related actuarial and investment risks fall on the Company. The present value of the defined benefit obligations is calculated using the projected unit credit method.

During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company has applied IAS 19 (as revised in June 2011) Employee Benefits and the related consequential amendments. IAS 19R has been applied retrospectively in accordance with transitional provisions. As a result, all actuarial gains or losses are immediately recognized in other comprehensive income and permanently excluded from profit or loss. Further, the profit or loss will no longer include an expected return on plan assets. Instead net interest recognized in profit or loss is calculated by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation to the net defined benefit liability or asset. The actual return on the plan assets above or below the discount rate is recognized as part of re-measurement of net defined liability or asset through other comprehensive income. The adoption of Revised IAS 19 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. Also, the comparative information has not been restated as the cumulative effect of the change in the accounting policy is not material to the consolidated financial statements.

The company has the following employee benefit plans:

A. Provident fund

A.Provident fund

Employees receive benefits from a provident fund, which is a defined benefit plan. The employer and employees each make periodic contributions to the plan. A portion of the contribution is made to the approved provident fund trust managed by the Company; while the remainder of the contribution is made to the government administered pension fund. The Company is generally liable for any shortfall in the fund assets based on the government specified minimum rates of return.

B. Superannuation

B.Superannuation

Superannuation plan, a defined contribution scheme is administered by Life Insurance Corporation of India and ICICI Prudential Insurance Company Limited. The Company makes annual contributions based on a specified percentage of each eligible employee’s salary.

C. Gratuity

C.Gratuity

In accordance with the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, the Company provides for a lump sum payment to eligible employees, at retirement or termination of employment based on the last drawn salary and years of employment with the Company. The gratuity fund is managed by the Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC), HDFC Standard Life, TATA AIG and Birla Sun-life. The Company’s obligation in respect of the gratuity plan, which is a defined benefit plan, is provided for based on actuarial valuation using the projected unit credit method. The Company recognizes actuarial gains and losses immediately in the statement ofother comprehensive income.

b) Termination benefits

b)Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Company is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to terminate employment before the normal retirement date, or to provide termination benefit as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.

c) Short-term benefits

c)Short-term benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are recorded as expense as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans, if the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

d) Compensated absences

d)Compensated absences

The employees of the Company are entitled to compensated absences. The employees can carry forward a portion of the unutilized accumulating compensated absences and utilize it in future periods or receive cash at retirement or termination of employment. The Company records an obligation for compensated absences in the period in which the employee renders the services that increases this entitlement. The Company measures the expected cost of compensated absences as the additional amount that the Company expects to pay as a result of the unused entitlement that has accumulated at the end of the reporting period. The Company recognizes accumulated compensated absences based on actuarial valuation.valuation using the projected unit credit method. Non-accumulating compensated absences are recognized in the period in which the absences occur. The Company recognizes actuarial gains and losses immediately in the statement of income.

(xii) Share based payment transaction

(xii)Share based payment transaction

Employees of the Company receive remuneration in the form of equity settled instruments, for rendering services over a defined vesting period. Equity instruments granted are measured by reference to the fair value of the instrument at the date of grant. In cases, where equity instruments are granted at a nominal exercise price, the intrinsic value on the date of grant approximates the fair value. The expense is recognized in the statement of income with a corresponding increase to the share based payment reserve, a component of equity.

The equity instruments generally vest in a graded manner over the vesting period. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed over the vesting period of the respective tranches of such grants (accelerated amortization). The stock compensation expense is determined based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest.

(xiii) Provisions

(xiii)Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation.

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognized as an asset, if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

Provisions for onerous contracts are recognized when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable costs of meeting the future obligations under the contract. Provisions for onerous contracts are measured at the present value of lower of the expected net cost of fulfilling the contract and the expected cost of terminating the contract.

(xiv) Revenue

(xiv)Revenue

The Company derives revenue primarily from software development and related services, BPO services, sale of IT and other products.

a) Services

a)Services

The Company recognizes revenue when the significant terms of the arrangement are enforceable, services have been delivered and the collectability is reasonably assured. The method for recognizing revenues and costs depends on the nature of the services rendered:

A. Time and materials contracts

A.Time and materials contracts

Revenues and costs relating to time and materials contracts are recognized as the related services are rendered.

B. Fixed-price contracts

B.Fixed-price contracts

Revenues from fixed-price contracts, including systems development and integration contracts are recognized using the “percentage-of-completion” method. Percentage of completion is determined based on project costs incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated project costs required to complete the project. The cost expended (or input) method has been used to measure progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. If the Company does not have a sufficient basis to measure the progress of completion or to estimate the total contract revenues and costs, revenue is recognized only to the extent of contract cost incurred for which recoverability is probable. When total cost estimates exceed revenues in an arrangement, the estimated losses are recognized in the statement of income in the period in which such losses become probable based on the current contract estimates.

‘Unbilled revenues’ represent cost and earnings in excess of billings as at the end of the reporting period. ‘Unearned revenues’ represent billing in excess of revenue recognized. Advance payments received from customers for which no services have been rendered are presented as ‘Advance from customers’.

C. Maintenance contract

C.Maintenance contract

Revenue from maintenance contracts is recognized ratably over the period of the contract using the percentage of completion method. When services are performed through an indefinite number of repetitive acts over a specified period of time, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the specified period unless some other method better represents the stage of completion.

In certain projects, a fixed quantum of service or output units is agreed at a fixed price for a fixed term. In such contracts, revenue is recognized with respect to the actual output achieved till date as a percentage of total contractual output. Any residual service unutilized by the customer is recognized as revenue on completion of the term.

b) Products

b)Products

Revenue from products are recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the buyer, continuing managerial involvement usually associated with ownership and effective control have ceased, the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, it is probable that economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Company and the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

c) Multiple element arrangements

c)Multiple element arrangements

Revenue from contracts with multiple-element arrangements are recognized using the guidance in IAS 18, Revenue. The Company allocates the arrangement consideration to separately identifiable components based on their relative fair values or on the residual method. Fair values are determined based on sale prices for the components when it is regularly sold separately, third-party prices for similar components or cost plus, an appropriate business-specific profit margin related to the relevant component.

d) Others

d)Others

The Company accounts for volume discounts and pricing incentives to customers by reducing the amount of revenue recognized at the time of sale.

Revenues are shown net of sales tax, value added tax, service tax and applicable discounts and allowances. Revenue includes excise duty.

The Company accrues the estimated cost of warranties at the time when the revenue is recognized. The accruals are based on the Company’s historical experience of material usage and service delivery costs.

(xv) Finance expense

(xv)Finance expense

Finance expense comprise interest cost on borrowings, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, gains / (losses) on translation or settlement of foreign currency borrowings and changes in fair value and gains / (losses) on settlement of related derivative instruments except foreign exchange gains/(losses), net on short-term borrowings which are considered as a natural economic hedge for the foreign currency monetary assets which are classified as foreign exchange gains/(losses), net within results from operating activities. Borrowing costs that are not directly attributable to a qualifying asset are recognized in the statement of income using the effective interest method.

(xvi) Finance and other income

(xvi)Finance and other income

Finance and other income comprises interest income on deposits, dividend income and gains / (losses) on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established.

(xvii) Income tax

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in the statement of income except to the extent it relates to a business combination, or items directly recognized in equity or in other comprehensive income.

a) Current income tax

a)Current income tax

Current income tax for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the taxable income for the period. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the current tax amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date and applicable for the period. The Company offsets current tax assets and current tax liabilities, where it has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and where it intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and liability simultaneously.

b) Deferred income tax

b)Deferred income tax

Deferred income tax is recognized using the balance sheet approach. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for deductible and taxable temporary differences arising between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount in financial statements, except when the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither accounting nor taxable profits or loss at the time of the transaction.

Deferred income tax asset are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences except in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and foreign branches where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

The Company offsets deferred income tax assets and liabilities, where it has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities, and they relate to taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity, or on different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.

(xviii) Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the period adjusted for treasury shares held. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of equity and dilutive equivalent shares outstanding during the period, using the treasury stock method for options and warrants, except where the results would be anti-dilutive.

(xix) Discontinued operations

A discontinued operation is a component of the Company’s business that represents a separate line of business that has been disposed off or is held for sale, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. Classification as a discontinued operation occurs upon the earlier of disposal or when the operation meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale.

A demerger that is a business under common control is outside the scope of IFRS 3, Business Combination and IFRIC 17, Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations and can be accounted using either carrying values or fair values. The Company accounts for such demergers at carrying value.

New Accounting standards adopted by the Company:

The Company adopted IAS 24 (revised 2009) “Related Party Disclosures” (“IAS 24”) effectivehas, with effect from April 1, 2011.2013, adopted the following new accounting standards and amendments to accounting standards, including any consequential amendments to other accounting standards.

Amendment to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” that will improve and align the presentation of items of other comprehensive income (OCI) in financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs). Consequent to the adoption of Amendments to IAS 1, the Company has modified the presentation of items of other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, to present separately items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss from those that will not be. The purposeadoption of amendment to IAS 1 has no impact on the recognised assets, liabilities and comprehensive income of the revision isCompany.

Amendments to simplify the definition of a related party, clarifying its intended meaning and eliminating inconsistencies from the definition. Adoption of IAS 24 (revised 2009), did not have a material effect on these consolidated financial statements.

New Accounting standards not yet adopted by the Company:

In October, 2010, the IASB issued an amendment toIFRS 7 “Disclosures – Transfers of financial assets”.*“Financial Instruments Disclosures”The purpose of the amendment is to enhance the existing disclosures in IFRS 7 when an asset is transferred but is not derecognized and introduce new disclosures for assets that are derecognized but the entity continues to have a continuing exposure to the asset after the sale. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after July 1, 2011. Earlier application is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact, these amendments will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December, 2011, the IASB issued an amendment toIFRS 7 “Disclosures – offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”. The amended standard requires additional disclosures where financial assets and financial liabilities are offset in the balance sheet.statement of financial position. These disclosures wouldwill provide users with information that is useful in (a) evaluating the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position and (b) analyzing and comparing financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRSs and U.S. GAAP.

IFRS 10 * “Consolidated Financial Statements (2011)” The amendment is effective retrospectivelynew standard establishes principles for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier application is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact these amendments will have on the Company’spresentation and preparation of consolidated financial statements.statements when an entity controls one or more other entities. IFRS 10 replaces the consolidation requirements in SIC-12 “Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities” and IAS 27 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements”. IFRS 10 builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. The standard provides additional guidance to assist in the determination of control where this is difficult to assess.

IFRS 12 * “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities” This standard provides comprehensive disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose entities. The objective of the standard is to enable the entities to disclose the significant judgement and assumptions it has made in determining:

i)the nature of its interest in another entity or arrangement, i.e control, joint control or significant influence.

ii)The type of joint arrangement when the joint arrangement is structured through separate vehicle

IFRS 13 * “Fair Value Measurement”The new standard defines fair value, sets out in a single IFRS a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. IFRS 13 applies when other IFRSs require or permit fair value measurements. It does not introduce any new requirements to measure an asset or a liability at fair value or change what is measured at fair value in IFRSs or address how to present changes in fair value.

IAS 19 *“Employee Benefits (2011)”The new standard has eliminated an option to defer the recognition of gains and losses through re-measurements and requires such gain or loss to be recognized through other comprehensive income in the year of occurrence to reduce volatility. The amended standard requires immediate recognition of effects of any plan amendments. Further it also requires return on assets in profit or loss to be restricted to government bond yields or corporate bond yields, considered for valuation of Projected Benefit Obligation, irrespective of actual portfolio allocations. The actual return from the portfolio in excess of or less than such yields is recognized through Other Comprehensive Income.

*the adoption of these accounting standards including consequential amendments did not have any material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

New Accounting standards not yet adopted by the Company:

A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are not yet effective for annual periods beginning after 1 April 2013, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. These are:

In November 2009, the IASB issued the chapter ofIFRS 9 “Financial Instruments relating to the classification and measurement of financial assets”. The new standard represents the first phase of a three-phase project to replaceIAS 39 Financial“Financial Instruments: Recognition and MeasurementMeasurement” (IAS 39) with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (IFRS 9). IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is measured at amortized cost or fair value, replacing the many different rules in IAS 39. The approach in IFRS 9 is based on how an entity manages its financial assets (its business model) and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. In October 2010, the IASB added the requirement relating to classification and measurement of financial liabilities to IFRS 9. Under the amendment, an entity measuring its financial liability at fair value, can present the amount of fair value change in the liability attributable to change in the liabilitiesentity’s own credit risk in other comprehensive income. Further the IASB also decided to carry-forward unchanged from IAS 39 requirements relating to de-recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. The effective date to adopt IFRS 9 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2015. Earlier application is permitted.yet to be notified. The Company is evaluating the impact these amendments will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the IASB issuedIFRS 10” Consolidated Financial Statements”. The new standard establishes principles for the presentation and preparation of consolidated financial statements when an entity controls one or more other entities. IFRS 10 replaces the consolidation requirements in SIC-12 “Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities” andIAS 27 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements”.IFRS 10 builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. The standard provides additional guidance to assist in the determination of control where this is difficult to assess. IFRS 10 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier application is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact, these amendments will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the IASB issuedIFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement”. The new standard defines fair value, sets out in a single IFRS a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. IFRS 13 applies when other IFRSs require or permit fair value measurements. It does not introduce any new requirements to measure an asset or a liability at fair value or change what is measured at fair value in IFRSs or address how to present changes in fair value. IFRS 13 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Early application is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact, these amendments will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the IASB issuedAmendment to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” that will improve and align the presentation of items of other comprehensive income (OCI) in financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs). The amendments require companies preparing financial statements in accordance with IFRSs to group together items within OCI that may be reclassified to the profit or loss section of the income statement. The amendments will also reaffirm existing requirements that items in OCI and profit or loss should be presented as either a single statement or two consecutive statements. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after July 1, 2012. Earlier adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact, these amendments will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the IASB issuedIAS 19 (Amended) “Employee Benefits”. The new standard has eliminated an option to defer the recognition of gains and losses through re-measurements and requires such gain or loss to be recognized through other comprehensive income in the year of occurrence to reduce volatility. The amended standard requires immediate recognition of effects of any plan amendments. Further it also requires asset in profit or loss to be restricted to government bond yields or corporate bond yields, considered for valuation of Projected Benefit Obligation, irrespective of actual portfolio allocations. The actual return from the portfolio in excess of such yields is recognized through Other Comprehensive Income. The amendment is effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact, these amendments will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the IASB issued an amendment toIAS 32 “Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”. The purpose of the amendment is to clarify some of the requirements for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities on the balance sheet.statements of financial position. This includes clarifying the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right to set-off” and also the application of the IAS 32 offsetting criteria to settlement systems (such as central clearing house systems) which apply gross settlement mechanisms that are not simultaneous. The amendment is effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. Earlier application is permitted. The Company is evaluating theThese amendments are not expected to have a material impact these amendments will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

4. Demerger of diversified business and discontinued operations

During the financial year 2012-13, the Company had initiated and completed the demerger of its consumer care and lighting, infrastructure engineering and other non-IT business segment (collectively, “the Diversified Business”). The scheme was effective March 31, 2013 after the sanction of the Honorable High Court and filing of the certified copy of the scheme with the Registrar of Companies.

Following the Effective Date, the Diversified Business is classified and presented in the consolidated financial statements as discontinued operation in accordance with IFRS 5 – Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. The Demerger is considered as business under common control and hence is outside the scope of application of IFRS 3 and International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations’ (‘IFRIC’) 17. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the Diversified Business as on the Effective Date are at their carrying values.

The results of the Diversified Business are as follows:

                                                                     
   Year ended March 31, 
   2012  2013  2014 

Revenues

  Rs. 53,226   Rs. 56,706                —    

Expenses (net)

   (49,125  (51,530  —    

Finance and other income/(expense), net

   (207  1,380    —    

Share of profits/(losses) of equity accounted investee, net of taxes

   333    (107  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before tax

   4,227    6,449    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   (808  (1,437  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit for the period from discontinued operations

  Rs. 3,419   Rs. 5,012    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

                                                                     
   Year ended March 31, 
   2012   2013   2014 

Profit from discontinued operations attributable to:

      

Equity holders of the Company

  Rs. 3,405    Rs. 4,997               —    

Non-controlling interest

   14     15     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs. 3,419    Rs. 5,012     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per equity share:

      

Basic

   1.39     2.04     —    

Diluted

   1.39     2.03     —    

Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share:

      

Basic

   2,449,777,457     2,453,218,759     —    

Diluted

   2,457,511,538     2,459,184,321     —    

Cash flows from/ (used in) discontinued operations

                                                                     
   Year ended March 31, 
   2012  2013  2014 

Net cash flows from operating activities

  Rs. 4,298   Rs. 5,709                —    

Net cash flows used in investing activities

   (3,321  (9,825  —    

Net cash flows from/(used) in financing activities

   (161  4,611    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Increase in net cash flows for the period

  Rs. 816   Rs. 495    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of disposal on the financial position of the Company as on the effective date

 

4.

Goodwill

Rs.18,660

Intangible assets

3,255

Property, plant and equipment

9,722

Investment in equity accounted investee

3,193

Investment in newly acquired subsidiaries

8,276

Other assets

6,175

Inventories

7,543

Trade receivables

7,048

Available for sale investments

13,009

Current tax assets

14

Cash and cash equivalents

4,163

Loans and borrowings

(7,515

Deferred tax liabilities, net

(1,122

Trade payables, other liabilities and provisions

(13,914

Net assets and liabilities

Rs.58,507

   Land  Buildings  Plant and
machinery*
  Furniture
fixtures and
equipment
  Vehicles  Total 

Gross carrying value:

       

As at April 1, 2010

  Rs.2,794   Rs.19,359   Rs.46,657   Rs.9,855   Rs.2,929   Rs.81,594  

Translation adjustment

   17    117    337    68    11    550  

Additions

   943    3,533    8,360    1,692    117    14,645  

Disposal / adjustments

   —      (41  (1,145  (591  (458  (2,235
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2011

  Rs.3,754   Rs.22,968   Rs.54,209   Rs.11,024   Rs.2,599   Rs.94,554  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation/impairment:

       

As at April 1, 2010

  Rs.—     Rs.1,998   Rs.30,995   Rs.5,497   Rs.2,004   Rs.40,494  

Translation adjustment

   —      50    231    45    14    340  

Depreciation

   —      493    5,500    1,271    455    7,719  

Disposal / adjustments

   —      (39  (1,077  (375  (354  (1,845
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2011

  Rs.—     Rs.2,502   Rs.35,649   Rs.6,438   Rs.2,119   Rs.46,708  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital work-in-progress

        7,248  
       

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2011

       Rs.55,094  
       

 

 

 

Gross carrying value:

       

As at April 1, 2011

  Rs.3,754   Rs.22,968   Rs.54,209   Rs.11,024   Rs.2,599   Rs.94,554  

Translation adjustment

   30    389    1,951    229    26    2,625  

Additions

   445    2,113    10,096    1,729    69    14,452  

Acquisition through business combination

   58    15    279    51    9    412  

Disposal / adjustments

   (44  (159  (960  (523  (621  (2,307
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2012

  Rs.4,243   Rs.25,326   Rs.65,575   Rs.12,510   Rs.2,082   Rs.109,736  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
The above is effected in the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2013.

Accumulated depreciation/impairment:

        

As at April 1, 2011

  Rs.—      Rs.2,502   Rs.35,649   Rs.6,438   Rs.2,119   Rs.46,708  

Translation adjustment

   —       136    1,233    132    21    1,522  

Depreciation

   —       649    6,537    2,077    281    9,544  

Disposal / adjustments

   —       (28  (622  (381  (536  (1,567
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2012

  Rs.—      Rs.3,259   Rs.42,797   Rs.8,266   Rs.1,885   Rs.56,207  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital work-in-progress

         5,459  
        

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2012

        Rs.58,988  
        

 

 

 
5. Property, plant and equipment

   Land  Buildings  Plant and
machinery*
  Furniture
fixtures and
equipment
  Vehicles  Total 

Cost:

       

As at April 1, 2012

  Rs.4,243   Rs.25,326   Rs.65,575   Rs.12,510   Rs.2,082   Rs.109,736  

Translation adjustment

   15    267    1,235    70    9    1,596  

Additions

   159    396    5,960    910    52    7,477  

Acquisition through business combination

   —      2    200    7    —      209  

Disposal / adjustments

   (4  (109  (1,624  (716  (417  (2,870

Effect of demerger of diversified business

   (423  (3,095  (9,548  (1,101  (296  (14,463
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2013

  Rs.3,990   Rs.22,787   Rs.61,798   Rs.11,680   Rs.1,430   Rs.101,685  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation/impairment:

       

As at April 1, 2012

  Rs.—     Rs.3,259   Rs.42,797   Rs.8,266   Rs.1,885   Rs.56,207  

Translation adjustment

   —      89    786    23    9    907  

Depreciation

   —      745    7,651    1,647    143    10,186  

Disposal / adjustments

   —      (69  (1,503  (645  (391  (2,608

Effect of demerger of diversified business

   —      (987  (5,641  (717  (251  (7,596
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2013

  Rs.—     Rs.3, 037   Rs.44,090   Rs.8,574   Rs.1,395   Rs.57,096  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital work-in-progress**

        5,936  
       

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2013

       Rs.50,525  
       

 

 

 

Cost:

       

As at April 1, 2013

  Rs.3,990   Rs.22,787   Rs.61,798   Rs.11,680   Rs.1,430   Rs.101,685  

Translation adjustment

   21    338    1,936    181    —      2,476  

Additions

   —      1,037    9,851    1,269    30    12,187  

Acquisition through business combination

   —      —      106    53    1    160  

Disposal / adjustments

   (324  (100  (1,381  (836  (495  (3,136
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2014

  Rs.3,687   Rs.24,062   Rs.72,310   Rs.12,347   Rs.966   Rs.113,372  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation/impairment:

       

As at April 1, 2013

  Rs.—     Rs.3,037   Rs.44,090   Rs.8,574   Rs.1,395   Rs.57,096  

Translation adjustment

   —      121    1,242    129    1    1,493  

Depreciation

   —      718    7,731    1,553    39    10,041  

Disposal / adjustments

   —      (61  (748  (721  (491  (2,021
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2014

  Rs.—     Rs.3,815   Rs.52,315   Rs.9,535   Rs.944   Rs.66,609  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital work-in-progress

        4,686  
       

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2014

       Rs.51,449  
       

 

 

 

 

*Including net carrying value of computer equipment and software amounting to Rs. 4,3977,236 and Rs. 7,4638,508 as at March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively.
**Net of Rs. 2,855 pertains to the Diversified Business and is presented as discontinued operations.

Interest capitalized by the Company was Rs. 66197 and Rs. 63149 for the year ended March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively. The capitalization rate used to determine the amount of borrowing cost capitalized for the year ended March 31, 20112013 and 20122014 are 4.23%8.82% and 11.07%8.02%, respectively.

6. Goodwill and Intangible assets

5.Goodwill and Intangible assets

The movement in goodwill balance is given below:

 

  Year ended March 31, 
  2011   2012   Year ended March 31, 
  2013 2014 

Balance at the beginning of the year

  Rs.53,802    Rs.54,818    Rs.  67,937   Rs.  54,756  

Translation adjustment

   962     7,207     3,810   5,571  

Acquisition through business combination, net

   54     5,912     1,669   3,095  

Effect of demerger of diversified business

   (18,660  —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  Rs.54,818    Rs.67,937    Rs.  54,756   Rs.  63,422  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

The Company has recognized additional goodwill as a result of earn-out provisions fromAcquisition through business combinations consummated in fiscal years 2006 and 2007 (contingent consideration) amounting to Rs. 54 and Rs. 207 duringcombination for the year ended March 31, 20112014, includes goodwill recognized on the acquisition of Opus Capital Markets Consultants LLC under the IT Services Segment.

Following the Demerger, the Company’s remaining two business segments are IT Services and 2012, respectively.IT Products. Starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we implemented a new segment reporting structure to align ourselves with industry trends. Please see Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our segment reporting.

Goodwill as at March 31, 2011 and 20122014 has been allocated to the following reportable segments:segment based on new basis of segmentation:

 

Segment

  As at March 31, 
  2011   2012 

IT Services

  Rs.39,098    Rs.49,809  

IT Products

   472     546  

Consumer Care and Lighting

   13,475     15,354  

Others

   1,773     2,228  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  Rs.54,818    Rs.67,937  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment

As at March 31,
2014

IT Services business

BFSI

Rs.  13,764

HLS

13,496

RCTG

9,515

ENU

11,738

MFG

11,562

GMT

2,697

IT Products

650

Total

Rs. 63,422

Goodwill as at March 31, 2013 and 2014 has been allocated to the following reportable segments based on old basis of segmentation:

Segment

  As at March 31, 
  2013   2014 

IT Services

  Rs.  54,169    Rs.  62,772  

IT Products

   587     650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  Rs. 54,756    Rs. 63,422  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The goodwill held in the Infocrossing, Healthcare and Unza cash generating unitsunit (CGU) areis considered significant in comparison to the total carrying amount of goodwillCGU as at March 31, 2012.2014. The goodwill held in these CGUs are as follows:

 

CGUs

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
2011   2012  2013   2014 

Infocrossing

  Rs.11,592    Rs.13,221    Rs.  14,113    Rs. *  

Healthcare

   9,959     11,358     12,252     13,496  

Unza

   12,492     14,173  

*Effective 2013-14, Infocrossing CGU has been integrated with the service line operations of the Company.

The movement in intangible assets is given below:

 

   Intangible assets 
   Customer
related
   Marketing
related
  Total 

Gross carrying value:

     

As at April 1, 2010

  Rs.1,932    Rs.3,464   Rs.5,396  

Translation adjustment

   11     (105  (94

Additions

   —       36    36  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2011

  Rs.1,943    Rs.3,395   Rs.5,338  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment:

     

As at April 1, 2010

  Rs.392    Rs.993   Rs.1,385  

Translation adjustment

   —       (48  (48

Amortization

   341     109    450  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2011

  Rs.733    Rs.1,054   Rs.1,787  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2011

  Rs.1,210    Rs.2,341   Rs.3,551  

Gross carrying value:

     

As at April 1, 2011

  Rs.1,943    Rs.3,395   Rs.5,338  

Translation adjustment

   123     171    294  

Acquisition through business combination

   864     —      864  

Additions

   —       97    97  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2012

  Rs.2,930    Rs.3,663   Rs.6,593  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment:

     

As at April 1, 2011

  Rs.733    Rs.1,054   Rs.1,787  

Translation adjustment

   —       65    65  

Amortization

   429     83    512  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2012

  Rs.1,162    Rs.1,202   Rs.2,364  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2012

  Rs.1,768    Rs.2,461   Rs.4,229  

Net carrying value of marketing-related intangibles includes indefinite life intangible assets (brands and trade-marks) of Rs. 660 and Rs. 1,745 as of March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
   Intangible assets 
   Customer
related
  Marketing
related
  Total 

Cost:

    

As at April 1, 2012

  Rs.  2,930   Rs.  3,663   Rs.  6,593  

Translation adjustment

   31    55    86  

Acquisition through business combination

   497    663    1,160  

Additions

   —      —      —    

Effect of demerger of diversified business

   (455  (3,563  (4,018
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2013

  Rs. 3,003   Rs.  818   Rs. 3,821  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment:

    

As at April 1, 2012

  Rs. 1,162   Rs. 1,202   Rs. 2,364  

Translation adjustment

   —      125    125  

Amortization

   470    53    523  

Effect of demerger of diversified business

   —      (905  (905
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2013

  Rs. 1,632   Rs. 475   Rs. 2,107  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2013

  Rs. 1,371   Rs. 343   Rs. 1,714  

Cost:

    

As at April 1, 2013

  Rs. 3,003   Rs. 818   Rs. 3,821  
    

Translation adjustment

   63    43    106  

Acquisition through business combination

   338    219    557  

Additions

   —      20    20  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2014

  Rs. 3,404   Rs. 1,100   Rs. 4,504  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment:

    

As at April 1, 2013

  Rs. 1,632   Rs. 475   Rs. 2,107  
    

Translation adjustment

   —      125    125  

Amortization

   462    76    538  

Effect of demerger of diversified business

   (202  —      (202
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2014

  Rs. 1,892   Rs. 676   Rs. 2,568  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2014

  Rs. 1,512   Rs. 424   Rs. 1,936  

The assessment of marketing-related intangibles (brands and trade-marks) that have an indefinite life were based on a number of factors, including the competitive environment, market share, brand history, product life cycles, operating plan and macroeconomic environment of the geographies in which these brands operate.

Amortization expense on intangible assets is included in selling and marketing expenses in the statement of income.

As of March 31, 2012,2014, the estimated remaining amortization period for customer-related intangibles acquired on acquisition are as follows:

 

Acquisition

  

Estimated
remaining
amortization

period

Citi Technology Services Limited

  2.750.75 years

Wipro Yardley FZE and Wipro Yardley Consumer Care Private Limited

  8 years

Science Application International Corporation

  1.250.25 – 7.25 years

Promax Applications Group

0.25 – 8.25 years

R.K.M Equipamentos Hidraulicos LtdOpus Capital Markets Consultants LLC

  8.1250.25 – 6.75 years

Goodwill and indefinite life intangibleintangibles were tested for impairment annually in accordance with the Company’s procedure for determining the recoverable value of such assets. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to a CGU representing the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, and which is not higher than the Group’s operating segment. The useful life of the trademark and brand in respect of the acquired Wipro Yardley FZE, Wipro Yardley Consumer Care Private Limited, Chandrika and Northwest has been determined to be indefinite life intangible assets. For the purpose of impairment testing, indefinite life intangibles in Wipro Yardley FZE and Wipro Yardley Consumer Care Private Limited are allocated to the Yardley businesses and the indefinite life intangibles in Chandrika and Northwest are allocated to Consumer Care India businesses. The recoverable amount of the CGU is the higher of its FVLCTS and its VIU. The FVLCTS of the CGU is determined based on the market capitalization approach, using the turnover and earnings multiples derived from observedobservable market data. The VIU is determined based on discounted cash flow projections. Key assumptions on which the Company has based its determination of VIUs include:

 

 a)Estimated cash flows for five years based on formal/approved internal management budgets with extrapolation for the remaining period, wherever such budgets were shorter than 5 years period.

 

 b)Terminal value arrived by extrapolating last forecasted year cash flows to perpetuity using long-term growth rates. These long-term growth rates take into consideration external macroeconomic sources of data. Such long-term growth rate considered does not exceed that of the relevant business and industry sector.

 c)The discount rates used are based on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital as an approximation of the weighted average cost of capital of a comparable market participant, which are adjusted for specific country risks.

 

 d)Value-in-use is calculated using after tax assumptions. The use of after tax assumptions does not result in a value-in-use that is materially different from the value-in-use that would result if the calculation was performed using before tax assumptions. The before tax discount rate is determined based on the value-in-use derived from the use of after tax assumptions.

 

Assumptions

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
2011 2012  2013 2014 

Terminal value long- term growth rate

   2.5%-6  3%-6   2%-6 5

After tax discount rate

   10%-17  10%-16   10%-15.5 16.5

Before tax discount rate

   12.3%-19.5  11.4%-20.8   11.7%-23.1 22.6

Based on the above, no impairment was identified as of March 31, 20112013 and 20122014 as the recoverable value of the CGUs exceeded the carrying value. Further, none of the CGU’s tested for impairment as of March 31, 20112013 and 20122014 were at risk of impairment. An analysis of the calculation’s sensitivity to a change in the key parameters (Revenue growth, operating margin, discount rate and long-term growth rate) based on reasonably probable assumptions, did not identify any probable scenarios where the CGU’s recoverable amount would fall below its carrying amount.

7. Business combination

A summary of the acquisitions completed in the financial year 2011-12 and 2012-13 is given below

 

6.

Name of entity and effective date of

acquisition

Nature of business

Management’s assessment of business

rationale

Global oil and gas information technology practice of the Commercial Business combinationServices Business Unit of Science Applications International Corporation Inc., along with 100% of the share capital in SAIC Europe Limited and SAIC India Private Limited. On July 2, 2011 the Company also acquired 100% of the share capital of SAIC Gulf LLC (Collectively referred as “SAIC”)

(June and July 2011)

Global oil and gas consulting, system integration and outsourcing services to global oil majors with significant domain capabilities in the areas of digital oil field, petro-technical data management and petroleum application services, addressing the upstream segmentThe acquisition will further strengthen Company’s presence in the Energy, Natural Resources and Utilities domain.

Science Applications International CorporationThe total purchase price has been allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

Name of entity

  Purchase
consideration
including
earn-outs
   Net assets   Deferred
tax
liabilities
   Intangible
assets
   Goodwill 

SAIC

   7,536     1,478     7     756     5,309  

Summary of acquisition made in 2013-14 is given below:

On June 10, 2011,January 14, 2014, the Company acquiredobtained control of Opus Capital Markets Consultants LLC (‘Opus’) by acquiring 100% of its share capital. Opus is a leading US-based provider of mortgage due diligence and risk management services. The acquisition will strengthen Wipro’s mortgage solutions and complement its existing offerings in mortgage origination, servicing and secondary market.

The acquisition was executed through a share purchase agreement for a consideration of US$ 75 million including a deferred earn-out component, which is dependent on achievement of revenues and earnings over the global oil and gas information technology practiceperiod of 3 years. The provisional fair value of the Commercial Business Services Business Unit of Science Applications International Corporation Inc along with 100% of the share capital in SAIC Europe Limited and SAIC India Private Limited. On July 2, 2011 the Company also acquired 100% of the share capital of SAIC Gulf LLC (hereafter the acquisitions are collectively referredcontingent consideration amounting to as ‘oil and gas business of SAIC’). The oil and gas business of SAIC provides consulting, system integration and outsourcing services to global oil majors with significant domain capabilities in the areas of digital oil field, petro-technical data management and petroleum application services, addressing the upstream segment. The Company believes thatRs. 789, recognized on the acquisition will further strengthen Wipro’s presence indate is determined by discounting the Energy, Natural Resourcesestimated amount payable to the previous owners based on achievement of forecast revenue and Utilities domain. EBIT. The estimated fair value would increase (decrease) if: (a) the annual growth rate were higher (lower); (b) the EBIT margin were higher (lower); or (c) the risk adjusted discount rate were lower (higher).

The following table presents the provisional allocation of purchase price:

Description

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Rs.  22

Property, plant & equipment

65

Trade receivable

458

Other assets

20

Customer related intangibles

236

Software

95

Non-compete arrangement

219

Deferred income taxes, net

(133

Liabilities

Other liabilities

(258

Total

724

Goodwill

3,095

Total purchase price

Rs.  3,819

The goodwill of Rs. 5,3093,095 comprises of value of expected synergies arising from the acquisition. The purchase consideration of Rs. 7,536 was settled in cash.

The following table summarizes the recognized amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Descriptions

  Pre-acquisition
carrying
amount
  Fair value
adjustments
  Purchase
price
allocated
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  Rs.541    —      541  

Trade receivables

   1,170    —      1,170  

Property, plant and equipment

   75    —      75  

Customer - related intangibles

   —      756    756  

Other assets

   288    —      288  

Current tax assets

   82    —      82  

Trade payables and accrued expenses

   (602  —      (602

Unearned revenues

   (76  —      (76

Deferred income taxes, net

   54    (61  (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  Rs.1,532   Rs.695   Rs.2,227  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     5,309  
    

 

 

 

Total purchase price

    Rs.7,536  
    

 

 

 

None of the goodwill, other than goodwill relating to business purchase in the U.S. (Rs. 2,703),Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

The gross and fair value of trade receivables included in other assets above amounts to Rs. 1,170. None of the trade receivable hasreceivables have been impaired and it is expected that full contractual amount can be collected.

From the date of acquisition, the oil and gas business of SAIC haveOpus has contributed Rs. 6,792752 of revenue and Rs. 24379 of profit before taxafter taxes for the period of the Company.

If the acquisition had occurred on April 1, 2011,2013, management estimates that the annual consolidated revenue for the Company would have been Rs. 373,798436,563 and the annual profit beforeafter taxes for the year for the Company would have been Rs. 69,935.78,748. The pro-forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred if the acquisitionsacquisition had occurred on dates indicated or that may result in the future.

The purchase consideration has been allocated on a provisional basis based on management’s estimates. The Company is in the process of making a final determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities, contingent consideration and useful lives of certain customer-related intangibles. Finalization of the purchase price allocation based on an independent third party appraisal may result in certain adjustments to the above allocation.

7.Available for sale investments
8. Available for sale investments

Available for sale investments consists of the following:

 

  As at March 31, 2011   As at March 31, 2012   As at March 31, 2013   As at March 31, 2014 
  Cost*   Gross gain
recognized
directly in
equity
   Gross loss
recognized
directly in
equity
 Fair Value   Cost*   Gross gain
recognized
directly in
equity
   Gross loss
recognized
directly in
equity
 Fair Value   Cost*   Gross gain
recognized
directly in
equity
   Gross loss
recognized
directly in
equity
 Fair
Value
   Cost*   Gross gain
recognized
directly in
equity
   Gross loss
recognized
directly in
equity
   Fair
Value
 

Investment in liquid and short-term mutual funds and others

  Rs.37,013    Rs.126    Rs.(49 Rs.37,090    Rs.32,635    Rs.96    Rs.(25 Rs.32,706    Rs.  37,478    Rs.  295    Rs.  —     Rs.  37,773    Rs.  61,594    Rs.  334    Rs.  (177)    Rs.  61,751  

Certificate of deposits

   12,189     17     (14  12,192     9,267     —       (12  9,255     31,419     —       (21 31,398     1,482     —       —       1.482  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  Rs.49,202    Rs.143    Rs.(63 Rs.49,282    Rs.41,902    Rs.96    Rs.(37 Rs.41,961    Rs. 68,897    Rs. 295    Rs.  (21)   Rs. 69,171    Rs. 63,076    Rs. 334    Rs.  (177)    Rs. 63,233  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Current

       69,171           60,557  

Non Current

        —             2,676  

 

*Available for sale investments include investments amounting to Rs. Nil544 and Rs. 400228 as of March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively, on which there is a lien.pledged as margin money deposit for entering into currency future contracts. The counterparties have an obligation to return the securities to the Company upon settling all the open currency future contracts. There are no other significant terms and conditions associated with the use of collateral.

9. Trade receivables

8.Trade receivables

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2011 2012   2013 2014 

Trade receivables

  Rs.64,221   Rs.83,076    Rs.  80,260   Rs.  89,977  

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

   (2,594  (2,748   (3,625 (4,585
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
  Rs.61,627   Rs.80,328    Rs. 76,635   Rs. 85,392  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

The activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable is given below:

   Year ended March 31, 
   2013  2014 

Balance at the beginning of the year

  Rs.  2,748   Rs.  3,625  

Additions during the year, net

   1,242    1,294  

Uncollectable receivables charged against allowance

   (120  (334

Effect of demerger of diversified business

   (245  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  Rs.  3,625   Rs.  4,585  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

10. Inventories

   Year ended March 31, 
   2011  2012 

Balance at the beginning of the year

  Rs.2,327   Rs.2,594  

Additions during the year, net

   399    393  

Uncollectable receivables charged against allowance

   (132  (239
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  Rs.2,594   Rs.2,748  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

9.Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2011   2012   2013   2014 

Stores and spare parts

  Rs.1,125    Rs.1,271    Rs.  1,234    Rs.  930  

Raw materials and components

   3,217     4,144     648     37  

Work in progress

   1,109     1,410     43     16  

Finished goods

   4,256     3,837     1,338     1,310  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  Rs.9,707    Rs.10,662    Rs.  3,263    Rs.  2,293  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

11. Cash and cash equivalents

10.Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 20122014 consist of cash and balances on deposit with banks. Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2010   2011   2012   2012   2013   2014 

Cash and bank balances

  Rs.24,155    Rs.27,628    Rs.41,141    Rs.  41,141    Rs.  35,683    Rs.  45,666  

Demand deposits with banks(1)

   40,723     33,513     36,525     36,525     49,155     68,535  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  Rs.64,878    Rs.61,141    Rs.77,666    Rs.  77,666    Rs.  84,838    Rs.  114,201  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1) 

These deposits can be withdrawn by the Company at any time without prior notice and without any penalty on the principal.

Cash and cash equivalent consists of the following for the purpose of the cash flow statement:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2010 2011 2012   2012 2013 2014 

Cash and cash equivalents (as per above).

  Rs.64,878   Rs.61,141   Rs.77,666    Rs.  77,666   Rs.  84,838   Rs.  114,201  

Bank overdrafts

   (1,322  (242  (464   (464 (719  —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  Rs.63,556   Rs.60,899   Rs.77,202    Rs.  77,202   Rs.  84,119   Rs.  114,201  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

12. Other assets

   As at March 31, 
   2013   2014 

Current

    

Interest bearing deposits with corporates(1)

  Rs.  9,460    Rs.  12,500  

Prepaid expenses

   6,100     7,354  

Due from officers and employees

   1,666     2,447  

Finance lease receivables

   2,484     3,018  

Advance to suppliers

   1,975     2,446  

Deferred contract costs

   2,422     3,852  

Interest receivable

   2,235     2,794  

Deposits

   894     756  

   As at March 31, 
   2013   2014 

Balance with excise, customs and other authorities

   1,415     1,267  

Non-convertible debentures

   42     —    

Others

   2,376     3,040  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs.  31,069    Rs.  39,474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non current

    

Prepaid expenses including rentals for leasehold land

  Rs.  4,195    Rs.  4,523  

Finance lease receivables

   5,418     5,235  

Deposits

   422     412  

Deferred contract costs

   —       3,711  

Others

   703     414  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs.  10,738    Rs.  14,295  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  Rs.  41,807    Rs.  53,769  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

11.Other assets

   As at March 31, 
   2011   2012 

Current

    

Interest bearing deposits with corporates(1)

  Rs.4,240    Rs.8,410  

Prepaid expenses

   4,620     5,507  

Due from officers and employees

   1,110     1,681  

Finance lease receivables

   2,411     2,003  

Advance to suppliers

   1,407     1,868  

Deferred contract costs

   1,503     1,659  

Interest receivable

   393     1,123  

Deposits

   603     227  

Balance with excise and customs

   1,570     1,543  

Non-convertible debentures

   815     45  

Others

   1,072     1,677  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs.19,744    Rs.25,743  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non current

    

Prepaid expenses including rentals for leasehold land

  Rs.2,423    Rs.3,422  

Finance lease receivables

   4,839     5,710  

Deposits

   1,680     2,507  

Non-convertible debentures

   —       84  

Others

   41     58  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs.8,983    Rs.11,781  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  Rs.28,727    Rs.37,524  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

Such deposits earn a fixed rate of interest and will be liquidated within 12 months.

Finance lease receivables

Finance lease receivables consist of assets that are leased to customers for periods ranging from 3 to 5 years, with lease payments due in monthly, quarterly or semi-annual installments. Details of finance lease receivables are given below:

 

  Minimum lease payment Present value of
minimum lease payment
 
  As at March 31, As at March 31,   Minimum lease payment Present value of minimum
lease payment
 
  2011 2012 2011   2012   As at March 31, As at March 31, 
  2013 2014 2013   2014 

Not later than one year

  Rs.2,523   Rs.2,043   Rs.2,350    Rs.1,964    Rs.  2,557   Rs.  3,194   Rs.  2,362    Rs.  2,980  

Later than one year but not later than five years

   6,129    6,776    4,723     5,588     6,443   5,885   5,382     5,190  

Unguaranteed residual values

   199    180    177     161     172   90   158     83  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Gross investment in lease

   8,851    8,999    —       —       9,172    9,169    7,902     8,253  

Less: Unearned finance income

   (1,601  (1,286  —       —       (1,270  (916  —       —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payment receivable

  Rs.7,250   Rs.7,713   Rs.7,250    Rs.7,713    Rs.  7,902   Rs.  8,253   Rs.  7,902    Rs.  8,253  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Included in the financial statements as follows:

            

Current finance lease receivables

    Rs.2,411    Rs.2,003      Rs.  2,484    Rs.  3,018  

Non-current finance lease receivables

     4,839     5,710       5,418     5,235  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

13. Loans and borrowings

12.Loans and borrowings

Short-term loans and borrowings

The Company had short-term borrowings including bank overdrafts amounting to Rs. 31,69442,241 and Rs. 35,74039,433 as at March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively. Short-term borrowings from banks as of March 31, 20122014 primarily consist of lines of credit of approximately Rs. 19,730,13,550, US$ 812 million, SEK 2411,046 million, SAR 90190 million, Euro 17SGD 10 million, GBP 21 million, MYR (Malaysian Ringgit) 47 million and RM (Chinese Yuan) 4114 million, GBP 20 million

from bankers primarily for working capital requirements. As of March 31, 2012,2014, the Company has unutilized lines of credit aggregating Rs. 11,395,8,760, US$ 334 million, SEK 111479 million, SAR 34157 million, Euro 7SGD 10 million, GBP 21 million, MYR 47 million and RM 820 million respectively. To utilize these unused lines of credit, the Company requires consent of the lender and compliance with certain financial covenants. Significant portion of these lines of credit are revolving credit facilities and floating rate foreign currency loans, renewable on a periodic basis. Significant portion of these facilities bear floating rates of interest, referenced to LIBOR and a spread, determined based on market conditions.

The Company has non-fund based revolving credit facilities in various currencies equivalent to Rs. 34,963 for38,611 and Rs. 39,813, as of March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, towards operational requirements that can be used for the issuance of letters of credit and bank guarantees. As of March 31, 2012,2013 and 2014, an amount of Rs. 11,72414,858 and Rs. 16,949, respectively, was unutilized out of these non-fund based facilities.

Long-term loans and borrowings

A summary of long- term loans and borrowings is as follows:

 

  As at March 31, 2013   As at March 31, 2014 
Currency  As at March 31, 2011   As at March 31, 2012   Foreign
currency
in
millions
   Indian
Rupee
   Foreign
currency
in
millions
   Indian
Rupee
   Interest
rate
 Final
maturity
 
  Foreign
currency
in
millions
   Indian
Rupee
   Foreign
currency
in
millions
   Indian
Rupee
   Interest rate Final maturity 

Unsecured external commercial borrowing

                      

US Dollar

   —       —       150    Rs.  8,985     2.4645 June 2018  

Japanese Yen

   35,016    Rs.18,861     35,016    Rs.21,728     1.86  April 2013     35,016    Rs.  20,147     —       —       

Unsecured term loan

                      

Indian Rupee

   NA     366     NA     463     6.03% – 7.21  2012 – 2015     NA     241     NA     172     0 -12 2014 - 2016  

Saudi Riyals

   66     786     6     79     1.25  2012 – 2013  

Others

     354       177     0 – 3.7  2012 – 2014       42     —       —       —      —    

Other secured term loans

     106       55     3.18% – 6.5  2012 – 2017       —       0.03     2     3.9 2014  
    

 

     

 

    
    Rs.20,473      Rs.22,502         

 

     

 

    
    

 

     

 

        Rs.  20,430      Rs.  9,159     
    

 

     

 

    

Obligations under finance leases

     635       716          1,145       3,000     
    

 

     

 

        

 

     

 

    
    Rs.21,108      Rs.23,218         Rs.21,575      Rs.  12,159     
    

 

     

 

        

 

     

 

    

Current portion of long term loans and borrowings

    Rs.1,349      Rs.708         Rs.  20,721      Rs.  1,250     

Non-current portion of long term loans and borrowings

     19,759       22,510          854       10,909     

The Company hashad entered into cross-currency interest rate swap (CCIRS) in connection with the unsecured external commercial borrowing and hashad designated a portion of these as hedge of net investment in foreign operation.

The contract governing the Company’s unsecured external commercial borrowing contain certain covenants that limit future borrowings and payments towards acquisitions in a financial year. The terms of the other secured and unsecured loans and borrowings also contain certain restrictive covenants primarily requiring the Company to maintain certain financial ratios. As of March 31, 2012,2014, the Company has met the covenants under these arrangements.

A portion of the above short-term loans and borrowings, other secured term loans and obligation under finance leases aggregating to Rs. 2,0673,127 and Rs. 2,3986,467 as at March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively, are secured by inventories, accounts receivable, certain property, plant and equipment and underlying assets.

Interest expense was Rs. 776863 and Rs. 1,057868 for the year ended March 31, 20112013 and 2012, respectively.2014, respectively for the continuing operations.

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under finance leases, together with the present value of minimum lease payments as of March 31, 20112013 and 2012:2014:

 

  Minimum lease
payment
 Present value of
minimum lease
payment
   Minimum lease payment Present value of minimum
lease payment
 
  As at March 31, As at March 31,   As at March 31, As at March 31, 
  2011 2012 2011   2012   2013 2014 2013   2014 

Not later than one year

  Rs.242   Rs.281   Rs.203    Rs.255    Rs.  476   Rs.  1,230   Rs.  377    Rs.  1,092  

Later than one year but not later than five year.

   396    478    372     455  

Later than one year but not later than five years

   936   2,066   768     1,908  

Later than five years

   63    6    60     6     —      —      —       —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   701    765    —       —       1,412    3,296    1,145     3,000  

Less: Amount representing interest

   (66  (49  —       —       (267  (296  —       —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

  Rs.635   Rs.716   Rs.635    Rs.716    Rs.  1,145   Rs.  3,000   Rs.  1,145    Rs.  3,000  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Included in the financial statements as follows:

            

Current finance lease payables

    Rs.203    Rs.255      Rs.  377    Rs.  1,092  

Non-current finance lease payables

     432     461       768     1,908  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

14.Trade payables and accrued expenses

13.Trade payables and accrued expenses

Trade payables and accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2011   2012   2013   2014 

Trade payables

  Rs.20,618    Rs.23,429    Rs.  15,434    Rs.  17,615  

Accrued expenses

   21,406     23,829     32,633     34,641  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  Rs.42,024    Rs.47,258    Rs.  48,067    Rs.  52,256  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

15. Other liabilities and provisions

 

14.Other liabilities and provisions
   As at March 31, 
   2013   2014 

Other liabilities:

    

Current:

    

Statutory and other liabilities

  Rs.  4,042    Rs.  3,551  

Employee benefit obligation

   4,011     5,027  

Advance from customers

   2,405     3,278  

Others

   531     2,538  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs.  10,989    Rs.  14,394  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current:

    

Employee benefit obligations

  Rs.  2,812    Rs.  3,030  

Others

   578     1,144  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs.  3,390    Rs.  4,174  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  Rs.  14,379    Rs. 18,568  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

  As at March 31, 
  2011   2012 

Other liabilities:

    

Current:

    

Statutory and other liabilities

  Rs.4,046    Rs.4,241  

Employee benefit obligation

   2,028     3,176  

Advance from customers

   1,049     1,157  

Others

   811     1,129  
  

 

   

 

 
  Rs.7,934    Rs.9,703  
  

 

   

 

 

Non-current:

    

Employee benefit obligations

  Rs.2,633    Rs.3,046  

Others

   73     473  
  

 

   

 

 
  Rs.2,706    Rs.3,519  
  

 

   

 

 

Total

  Rs.10,640    Rs.13,222  
  

 

   

 

 
  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2011   2012   2013   2014 

Provisions:

        

Current:

        

Provision for warranty

  Rs.467    Rs.306    Rs.  305    Rs.  340  

Others

   1,857     815     869     1,030  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  Rs.2,324    Rs.1,121    Rs.  1,174    Rs.  1,370  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Non-current:

        

Provision for warranty

  Rs.81    Rs.61    Rs.  9    Rs.  6  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  Rs.2,405    Rs.1,182    Rs.  1,183    Rs.  1,376  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Provision for warranty represents cost associated with providing sales support services which are accrued at the time of recognition of revenues and are expected to be utilized over a period of 1 to 2 years. Other provisions primarily include provisions for indirect tax related contingencies and litigations. The timing of cash outflows in respect of such provision cannot be reasonably determined.

A summary of activity for provision for warranty and other provisions is as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31, 2012   Year ended March 31, 2013 Year ended March 31, 2014 
  Provision for
warranty
 Others Total   Provision
for
warranty
 Others Total Provision
for
warranty
 Others Total 

Balance at the beginning of the year

  Rs.548   Rs.1,857   Rs.2,405    Rs.  367   Rs.  815   Rs.  1,182   Rs.  314   Rs.  869   Rs.  1,183  

Additional provision during the year, net

   460    180    640  

Additional provision during the year, net.

   426   58   484   383   270   653  

Provision used during the year

   (641  (1,222  (1,863   (457 (4 (461 (351 (109 (460

Effect of demerger of diversified business

   (22  —     (22  —      —      —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  Rs.367   Rs.815   Rs.1,182    Rs.  314   Rs.  869   Rs.  1,183   Rs.  346   Rs.  1,030   Rs.  1,376  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

16. Financial instruments

15.Financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities (carrying value/fair value):

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2011   2012   2013   2014 

Assets:

        

Trade receivables

  Rs.61,627    Rs.80,328    Rs.  76,635    Rs.  85,392  

Unbilled revenues

   24,149     30,025     31,988     39,334  

Cash and cash equivalents

   61,141     77,666     84,838     114,201  

Available for sale financial investments

   49,282     41,961     69,171     63,233  

Derivative assets

   4,693     4,930     3,082     3,947  

Other assets

   16,995     21,769     24,638     29,229  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  Rs.217,887    Rs.256,679    Rs.  290,352    Rs.  335,336  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Loans and borrowings

  Rs.52,802    Rs.58,958    Rs.  63,816    Rs.  51,592  

Trade payables and accrued expenses

   42,024     47,258     46,163     51,144  

Derivative liabilities

   3,944     6,661     1,093     3,133  

Other liabilities

   140     566     629     2,529  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  Rs.98,910    Rs.113,443    Rs.  111,701    Rs.  108,398  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

By Category (Carrying value/Fair value):

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2011   2012   2013   2014 

Assets:

        

Loans and receivables

  Rs.163,912    Rs.209,788    Rs.  218,099    Rs.  268,156  

Derivative assets

   4,693     4,930     3,082     3,947  

Available for sale financial assets

   49,282     41,961     69,171     63,233  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  Rs.217,887    Rs.256,679    Rs.  290,352    Rs.  335,336  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

  Rs.52,802    Rs.58,958    Rs.  63,816    Rs.  51,592  

Trade and other payables

   42,164     47,824     46,792     53,673  

Derivative liabilities

   3,944     6,661     1,093     3,133  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  Rs.98,910    Rs.113,443    Rs.  111,701    Rs.  108,398  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

The following table contains information on financial assets and liabilities subject to offsetting:

Financial assets

Loans and receivables  Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
assets
   Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
liabilities set
off in the
balance
sheet
  Net amounts
of financial
assets
presented in
the balance
sheet
 

As at March 31, 2013

   220,359     (2,260  218,099  

As at March 31, 2014

   271,100     (2,944  268,156  

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables  Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
liabilities
   Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
assets set
off in the
balance
sheet
  Net amounts
of financial
liabilities
presented in
the balance
sheet
 

As at March 31, 2013

   49,052     (2,260  46,792  

As at March 31, 2014

   56,617     (2,944  53,673  

For the financial assets and liabilities subject to offsetting or similar arrangements, each agreement between the Company and the counterparty allows for net settlement of the relevant financial assets and liabilities when both elect to settle on a net basis. In the absence of such an election, financial assets and liabilities will be settled on a gross basis.

Fair Value

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, unbilled revenues, trade payables, current financial liabilities and borrowings approximate their carrying amount largely due to the short-term nature of these instruments. A substantial portion of the Company’s long-term debt has been contracted at floating rates of interest, which are reset at short intervals. Accordingly, the carrying value of such long-term debt approximates fair value. Further, finance lease receivables are periodically evaluated based on individual credit worthiness of customers. Based on this evaluation, the Company records allowance for expected losses on these receivables. As of March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, the carrying value of such receivables, net of allowances approximates the fair value.

Investments in liquid and short-term mutual funds, which are classified as available-for-sale are measured using quoted market prices at the reporting date multiplied by the quantity held. Fair value of investments in certificate of deposits, classified as available for sale is determined using observable market inputs.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments is determined based on observable market inputs including currency spot and forward rates, yield curves, currency volatility etc.

Fair value hierarchy

Level 1 –Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

Level 3Inputs for the assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

The following table presents fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 As at March 31, 2011 As at March 31, 2012 
 Total Fair value measurements at
reporting date using
 Total Fair value measurements at
reporting date using
  As at March 31, 2013 As at March 31, 2014 

Particulars

 

 

 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 

 

 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3  Total Fair value measurements at
reporting date using
 Total Fair value measurements at
reporting date using
 

Particulars

  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3   Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 
                

Derivative instruments

                

- Cash flow hedges

 Rs.1,991   Rs.—     Rs.1,991   Rs.—     Rs.2,218   Rs.—     Rs.2,218   Rs.—     Rs.  2,590   Rs.  —   Rs.  2,590   Rs.  —   Rs.  1,289   Rs.  —     Rs.  1,289   Rs.  —    

- Net investment hedges

  1,523    —      1,523    —      1,136    —      1,136    —      —      —      —      —     123    —     123    —    

- Others

  1,179    —      1,179    —      1,576    —      1,576    —     492    —     492    —     2,535    —     2,425   110  

Available for sale financial assets:

                

- Investment in liquid and short-term mutual funds

  25,246    25,246    —      —      20,785    18,373    2,412    —     14,125   11,811   2,314    —     18,555   16,826   1,729    —    

- Investment in certificate of deposits and other investments

  24,036    —      24,036    —      21,176    —      21,176    —    

- Investment in certificate of deposits and commercial papers

 55,046    —     55,046    —     42,002   488   41,514    —    

- Investment in equity instruments

  —      —      —      —     2,676    —      —     2,676  

Liabilities

                

Derivative instruments

                

- Cash flow hedges

  1,504    —      1,504    —      2,812    —      2,812    —     65    —     65    —     740    —     740    —    

- Net investment hedges

  1,701    —      1,701    —      2,668    —      2,668    —     367    —     367    —     718    —     718    —    

- Others

  739    —      739    —      1,181    —      1,181    —     661    —     661    —     1,675    —     1,675    —    

Contingent Consideration

  —      —      —      —     789    —      —     789  

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the level 2 financial instruments included in the above table:

Derivative instruments (assets and liabilities): The Company enters into derivative financial instruments with various counterparties, principally financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings. Derivatives valued using valuation techniques with market observable inputs are mainly interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange option

contracts. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing, swap models and Black Scholes models (for option valuation), using present value calculations. The models incorporate various inputs including the credit quality of counterparties, foreign exchange spot and forward rates, interest rate curves and forward rate curves of the underlying. As at March 31, 2014, the changes in counterparty credit risk had no material effect on the hedge effectiveness assessment for derivatives designated in hedge relationships and other financial instruments recognized at fair value.

Available for sale investments (Investment in certificate of deposits and commercial papers): Fair value of available-for-sale financial assets is derived based on the indicative quotes of price and yields prevailing in the market as on March 31, 2014.

Available for sale investments (Investment in liquid and short-term mutual funds): Fair valuation is derived based on Net Asset value published by the respective mutual fund houses.

Details of assets and liabilities considered under Level 3 classification

   Available for sale
investments –
Equity instruments
   Derivative
Assets –
Others
   Liabilities –
Contingent
consideration
 

Balance at the beginning of the year

  Rs.  —      Rs.  —      Rs.  —    

Additions

   2,676     110     789  

Gain/(loss) recognised in statement of income

   —       —       —    

Gain/(loss) recognised in other comprehensive income

   —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  Rs.  2,676    Rs.  110    Rs.  789  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Description of significant unobservable inputs to valuation:

Valuation
technique

Significant
unobservable
inputs

Input

Sensitivity of the input to fair value

Available for sale investments in unquoted equity sharesOption pricing
model
Volatility of comparable companies45%2.5% increase (decrease) in volatility would result in increase (decrease) in fair value of AFS investments by 21
Time to liquidation event5 years1year increase (decrease) in time to liquidation event would result in increase (decrease) in fair value of AFS investments by 27
Derivative assetsOption pricing
model
Volatility of comparable companies40%2.5% increase (decrease) in volatility would result in increase (decrease) in fair value of the derivative asset by 21
Time to liquidation event5 years1year increase (decrease) in time to liquidation event would result in increase (decrease) in fair value of the derivative asset by 27

See note 7 for disclosure relating to valuation techniques applied for contingent consideration.

Derivatives assets and liabilities:

The Company is exposed to foreign currency fluctuations on foreign currency assets / liabilities, forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currency and net investment in foreign operations. The Company follows established risk management policies, including the use of derivatives to hedge foreign currency assets / liabilities, foreign currency forecasted cash flows and net investment in foreign operations. The counter party in these derivative instruments is a bank and the Company considers the risks of non-performance by the counterparty as non-material.

The following table presents the aggregate contracted principal amounts of the Company’s derivative contracts outstanding:

 

   As at March 31, 
   2011   2012 

Designated derivative instruments

    

Sell

  US$901    US$1,081  
  2    17  
  £21    £4  
  ¥3,026    ¥1,474  
  AUD4    AUD—    
  CHF6    CHF—    

Net investment hedges in foreign operations

    

Cross-currency swaps

  ¥24,511    ¥24,511  

Others

  US$262    US$262  
  40    40  

Non designated derivative instruments

    

Sell

  US$526    US$841  
  £40    £58  
  48    44  
  AUD13    AUD31  

Buy

  US$617    US$555  
  ¥—      ¥1,997  

Cross currency swaps

  ¥7,000    ¥7,000  

   As at March 31, 
   2013   2014 

Designated derivative instruments

    

Sell

  US$  777    US$516  
  108     78  
  £61    £ 51  
  AUD  9    AUD  9  

Interest rate swaps

  US$30    US$150  

Net investment hedges in foreign operations

    

Cross-currency swaps

  ¥24,511    ¥—    

Others

  US$357    US$220  
  40    25  

Non designated derivative instruments

    

Sell

  US$  1,241    US$1,061  
  £73    £112  
  47    63  
  AUD  60    AUD  99  
  ¥—      ¥490  
  SGD  —      SGD  8  
  ZAR  —      ZAR  223  
  CAD  —      CAD  10  

Buy

  US$767    US$585  
  ¥1,525    ¥—    

Cross currency swaps

  ¥7,000    ¥—    

The following table summarizes activity in the cash flow hedging reserve within equity related to all derivative instruments classified as cash flow hedges:

 

  As at March 31, 
  2011 2012   As at March 31, 
  2013 2014 

Balance as at the beginning of the year

  Rs.(4,954 Rs.(1,226  Rs.  (1,605)   Rs.  1,669  

Net (gain)/loss reclassified into statement of income on occurrence of hedged transactions(1)

   4,041    1,272     (25  —    

Deferred cancellation gains/(losses) relating to roll - over hedging

   222    (12

Changes in fair value of effective portion of derivatives

   (535  (1,639   3,299   (1,102
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Gains/ (losses) on cash flow hedging derivatives, net

  Rs.3,728   Rs.(379  Rs.  3,274   Rs.  (1,102)  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance as at the end of the year

  Rs.(1,226 Rs.(1,605  Rs.  1,669   Rs.  567  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Deferred tax asset thereon

   218    247     (180 Rs.  (68)  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance as at the end of the year, net of deferred tax

  Rs.(1,008 Rs.(1,358  Rs.  1,489   Rs.  499  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

On occurrence of hedge transactions, net (gain)/loss was included as part of revenues.

The related hedge transactions for balance in cash flow hedging reserve as of March 31, 20122014 are expected to occur and reclassified to the statement of income over a period of 25 years.

As at March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, there were no significant gains or losses on derivative transactions or portions thereof that have become ineffective as hedges, or associated with an underlying exposure that did not occur.

Sale of financial assets

From time to time, in the normal course of business, the Company transfers accounts receivables, net investment in finance lease receivables (financials assets) to banks. Under the terms of the arrangements, the Company surrenders control over the financial assets and transfer is without recourse. Accordingly, such transfers are recorded as sale of financial assets. Gains and losses on sale of financial assets without recourse are recorded at the time of sale based on the carrying value of the financial assets and fair value of servicing liability.

In certain cases, transfer of financial assets may be with recourse. Under arrangements with recourse, the Company is obligated to repurchase the uncollected financial assets, subject to limits specified in the agreement with the banks. The Company has transferred trade receivables with recourse obligation (credit risk) and accordingly, in such cases the amounts received are recorded as borrowings in the statement of financial position and cash flows from financing activities. As at March 31, 2011 and 2012, the maximum amount of recourse obligation in respect of the transferred financial assets (recorded as borrowings) is Rs. 1,085 and Rs. 1,163, respectively.

Financial risk management

General

Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, to fair values or to future cash flows that may result from a change in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributable to all market risk sensitive financial instruments including investments, foreign currency receivables, payables and loans and borrowings.

The Company’s exposure to market risk is a function of investment and borrowing activities and revenue generating activities in foreign currency. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of the Company’s earnings and equity to losses.

Risk Management Procedures

The Company manages market risk through a corporate treasury department, which evaluates and exercises independent control over the entire process of market risk management. The corporate treasury department recommends risk management objectives and policies, which are approved by senior management and the Audit Committee. The activities of this department include management of cash resources, implementing hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures, borrowing strategies, and ensuring compliance with market risk limits and policies.

Foreign currency risk

The Company operates internationally and a major portion of the business is transacted in several currencies and consequently the Company is exposed to foreign exchange risk through its sales and services in the United States and elsewhere, and purchases from overseas suppliers in various foreign currencies. The exchange rate risk primarily arises from foreign exchange revenue,

receivables, cash balances, forecasted cash flows, payables and foreign currency loans and borrowings. A significant portion of revenue is in U.S. dollars, euro and pound sterling, while a significant portion of costs are in Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the rupee and U.S. dollar, euro and pound sterling has fluctuated significantly in recent years and may continue to fluctuate in the future. Appreciation of the rupee against these currencies can adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

The Company evaluates exchange rate exposure arising from these transactions and enters into foreign currency derivative instruments to mitigate such exposure. The Company follows established risk management policies, including the use of derivatives like foreign exchange forward / option contracts to hedge forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currency.

The Company has designated certain derivative instruments as cash flow hedge to mitigate the foreign exchange exposure of forecasted highly probable cash flows. The Company has also designated a combination of foreign currency borrowings and related cross-currency swaps and other foreign currency derivative instruments as hedge of its net investment in foreign operations.

As at March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, Re. 1 increase / decrease in the exchange rate of Indian Rupeerupee with U.S. dollar would result in approximately Rs. 8101,608 and Rs. 1,6291,212 decrease / increase in the fair value of the Company’s foreign currency dollar denominated derivative instruments, respectively.

As at March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, 1% change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollar and Yen would result in approximately Rs. 170182 and Rs. 194Nil increase/decrease in the fair value of cross-currency interest rate swaps, respectively.

The below table presents foreign currency risk from non derivative financial instruments as of March 31, 20112013 and 2012:2014:

 

  As at March 31, 2013 
  US$ Euro Pound
Sterling
 Japanese Yen Other
currencies#
 Total 

Trade receivables

  Rs.  23,886   Rs.  5,174   Rs.  7,503   Rs.  290   Rs.  5,999   Rs.  42,852  

Unbilled revenues

   9,819   2,236   3,062   18   2,244   17,379  

Cash and cash equivalents

   22,744   761   1,361   125   4,937   29,927  

Other assets

   206   1,503   71   4   1,449   3,234  

Loans and borrowings

  Rs.  (39,724)   Rs.  —     Rs.  —     Rs.  (20,147)   Rs.  (142)   Rs.  (60,013)  

Trade payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities

   (14,895 (2,745 (1,453 (161 (2,562 (21,816
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net assets / (liabilities)

  Rs. 2,036   Rs. 6,929   Rs.  10,544   Rs. (19,871)   Rs.  11,925   Rs.  11,563  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  As at March 31, 2011 
  US$ Euro Pound
Sterling
 Japanese
Yen
 Other
currencies#
 Total   As at March 31, 2014 
  US$ Euro Pound
Sterling
 Japanese Yen Other
currencies#
 Total 

Trade receivables

  Rs.24,408   Rs.5,123   Rs.4,821   Rs.370   Rs.3,237   Rs.37,959    Rs.  31,065   Rs.  6,581   Rs.  8,045   Rs.  132   Rs.  5,535   Rs.  51,358  

Unbilled revenues

   13,605    239    494    —      271    14,609     14,611   2,257   4,314   15   3,461   24,658  

Cash and cash equivalents

   22,463    1,863    1,949    290    1,414    27,979     46,805   687   676   36   2,055   50,259  

Other assets

   187    311    63    2    126    689     934   1,232   809   4   1,876   4,855  

Loans and borrowings

  Rs.(27,544 Rs.(1,322 Rs.—     Rs.(18,861 Rs.—     Rs.(47,727  Rs.  (44,028)   Rs.  —     Rs.  (478)   Rs.  —     Rs. (1,118)   Rs.  (45,624)  

Trade payables and accrued expenses

   (10,770  (2,063  (1,407  (357  (162  (14,759

Trade payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities

   (16,303 (3,088 (3,743 (165 (2,877 (26,176
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net assets / (liabilities)

  Rs.22,349   Rs.4,151   Rs.5,920   Rs.(18,556 Rs.4,886   Rs.18,750    Rs.  33,084   Rs.  7,669   Rs.  9,623   Rs.  22   Rs.  8,932   Rs.  59,330  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  As at March 31, 2012 
  US$ Euro Pound
Sterling
 Japanese
Yen
 Other
currencies#
 Total 

Trade receivables

  Rs.30,205   Rs.5,711   Rs.6,427   Rs.402   Rs.5,699   Rs.48,444  

Unbilled revenues

   9,735    2,727    3,131    59    485    16,137  

Cash and cash equivalents

   23,726    1,439    1,492    322    1,931    28,910  

Other assets

   206    515    42    —      181    944  

Loans and borrowings

  Rs.(28,214 Rs.(742 Rs.—     Rs.(21,728 Rs.—     Rs.(50,684

Trade payables and accrued expenses

   (12,095  (2,186  (1,912  (140  (2,068  (18,401
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net assets / (liabilities)

  Rs.23,563   Rs.7,464   Rs.9,180   Rs.(21,085 Rs.6,228   Rs.25,350  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

# 

Other currencies reflects currencies such as Singapore dollars, Saudi Arabian riyals etc.

As at March 31, 20112013 and 20122014 respectively, every 1% increase/decrease of the respective foreign currencies compared to functional currency of the Company would impact our result from operating activities by approximately Rs. 187116 and Rs. 254593 respectively.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk primarily arises from floating rate borrowing, including various revolving and other lines of credit. The Company’s investments are primarily in short-term investments, which do not expose it to significant interest rate risk. The Company manages its net exposure to interest rate risk relating to borrowings, by balancing the proportion of fixed rate borrowing and floating rate borrowing in its total borrowing portfolio. To manage this portfolio mix, the Company may enter into interest rate swap agreements, which allows the Company to exchange periodic payments based on a notional amount and agreed upon fixed and floating interest rates. As of March 31, 2012,2014, substantially all of the Company borrowings was subject to floating interest rates, which reset at short intervals. If interest rates were to increase by 100 bps from March 31, 2012,2014, net additional annual interest expense on the Company’s floating rate borrowing would amount to approximately Rs. 564.388.

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the possibility that customers may not be able to settle their obligations as agreed. To manage this, the Company periodically assesses the financial reliability of customers, taking into account the financial condition, current economic trends, analysis of historical bad debts and ageing of accounts receivable. Individual risk limits are set accordingly. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the accounts receivable as at March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively and revenues for the year ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively. There is no significant concentration of credit risk.

Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

Cash and cash equivalents, available-for-sale financial assets, investment in certificates of deposits and interest bearing deposits with corporates are neither past due nor impaired. Cash and cash equivalents with banks and interest-bearing deposits are placed with corporate, which have high credit-ratings assigned by international and domestic credit-rating agencies. Available-for-sale financial assets substantially include investment in liquid mutual fund units. Certificates of deposit represent funds deposited with banks or other financial institutions for a specified time period.

Financial assets that are past due but not impaired

There is no other class of financial assets that is past due but not impaired except for trade receivables of Rs. 2,5943,625 and Rs. 2,7484,585 as of March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively. Of the total receivables, Rs. 41,14652,259 and Rs. 58,98259,927 as of March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively, were neither past due nor impaired. The company’s credit period generally ranges from 45-60 days. The aging analysis of the receivables havehas been considered from the date of the invoice.invoice falls due. The age wise break up of receivables, net of allowances that are past due, is given below:

  As at March 31, 
  2011   2012   As at March 31, 
  2013   2014 

Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

  Rs.41,146    Rs.58,982    Rs.  52,259    Rs.  59,927  

Financial assets that are past due but not impaired

        

Past due 0 – 30 days

   4,249     9,970     8,047     4,996  

Past due 31 – 60 days

   6,976     4,410     4,898     4,646  

Past due 61 – 90 days

   3,273     3,263     3,374     3,259  

Past due over 90 days

   14,834     12,702     17,229     21,733  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total past due and not impaired

  Rs.29,332    Rs.30,345    Rs.  33,548    Rs.  34,634  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Counterparty risk

Counterparty risk encompasses issuer risk on marketable securities, settlement risk on derivative and money market contracts and credit risk on demand and time deposits. Issuer risk is minimized by only buying securities which are at least AA rated. Settlement and credit risk is reduced by the policy of entering into transactions with counterparties that are usually banks or financial institutions with acceptable credit ratings. Exposure to these risks are closely monitored and maintained within predetermined parameters. There are limits on credit exposure to any financial institution. The limits are regularly assessed and determined based upon credit analysis including financial statements and capital adequacy ratio reviews. In addition, net settlement agreements are contracted with significant counterparties.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Company will not be able to settle or meet its obligations on time or at a reasonable price. The Company’s corporate treasury department is responsible for liquidity, funding as well as settlement management. In addition, processes and policies related to such risks are overseen by senior management. Management monitors the Company’s net liquidity position through rolling forecasts on the basis of expected cash flows. As of March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, cash and cash equivalents are held with major banks and financial institutions.

The table below providedprovides details regarding the remaining contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities.liabilities at the reporting date. The amounts include estimated interest payments and exclude the impact of netting agreements, if any.

 

  As at March 31, 2011   As at March 31, 2013 
  Less than
1 year
   1-2 years   2-4 years   4-7 years   Total   Carrying
value
   Contractual cash flows 
  Less than 1
year
   1-2 years   2-4 years   4-7 years   Total 

Loans and borrowings

  Rs.33,043    Rs.19,322    Rs.304    Rs.133    Rs.52,802    Rs.  63,816    Rs.  63,066    Rs.  767    Rs.  255    Rs.  —      Rs.  64,088  

Trade payables and accrued expenses

   42,024     —       —       —       42,024     46,163     46,163     —       —       —       46,163  

Derivative liabilities

   1,358     2,586     —       —       3,944     1,093    Rs. 975    Rs. 17    Rs. 78    Rs. 23    Rs.  1,093  
  As at March 31, 2014 
  Carrying
value
   Contractual cash flows 
  Less than 1
year
   1-2 years   2-4 years   4-7 years   Total 

Loans and borrowings

  Rs. 51,592    Rs.  41,050    Rs.  1,539    Rs.  1,481    Rs.  9,034    Rs.  53,105  

Trade payables and accrued expenses

   51,144     51,144     —       —       —       51,144  

Derivative liabilities

   3,133    Rs.  2,504    Rs.  599    Rs.  31    Rs.  —      Rs.  3,133  

   As at March 31, 2012 
   Less than
1  year
   1-2 years   2-4 years   4-7 years   Total 

Loans and borrowings

  Rs.36,448    Rs.22,121    Rs.314    Rs.75    Rs.58,958  

Trade payables and accrued expenses

   47,258     —       —       —       47,258  

Derivative liabilities

   6,354     273     34     —       6,661  

The balanced view of liquidity and financial indebtedness is stated in the table below. This calculation of the net cash position is used by the management for external communication with investors, analysts and rating agencies:

 

  As at March 31, 
  2011 2012   As at March 31, 
  2013 2014 

Cash and cash equivalents

  Rs.61,141   Rs.77,666    Rs.  84,838   Rs.  114,201  

Interest bearing deposits with corporates

   4,240    8,410     9,460   12,500  

Available for sale investments

   49,282    41,961     69,171   60,557  

Loans and borrowings

   (52,802  (58,958   (63,816 (51,592
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net cash position

  Rs.61,861   Rs.69,079    Rs.  99,653   Rs.  135,666  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

17. Investment in equity accounted investees

16.Investment in equity accounted investees

Wipro GE Medical SystemsHealthcare Private Limited (Wipro GE)

The Company holdsheld 49% interest in Wipro GE. Wipro GE which is a private entity that is not listed on any public exchange. The carrying value of the investment in Wipro GE as at March 31, 20112012 and 20122013 was Rs. 2,9933,232 and Rs. 3,232,Nil respectively. The Company’s share of profitsprofits/(losses) of Wipro GE for the year ended March 31, 2010, 20112012 and 20122013 was Rs. 530, Rs. 648335 and Rs. 335, respectively.(108), respectively, which is considered under results of discontinued operations.

The aggregate summarized financial information of Wipro GE is as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2010   2011   2012   2012   2013 2014 

Revenue

  Rs.12,567    Rs.19,882    Rs.25,684    Rs.  25,684    Rs.  30,103   Rs. —    

Gross profit

   3,573     5,278     4,611     4,611     4,144    —    

Profit for the year

   934     1,127     553  
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Profit /(loss) for the year

   553     (203  —    

 

   As at March 31, 
   2011   2012 

Total assets

  Rs.16,830    Rs.18,608  

Total liabilities

   8,543     10,408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

  Rs.8,287    Rs.8,200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
As at March 31,
2013 *2014 *

Total assets

—  —  

Total liabilities

—  —  

Total equity

—  —  

In April 2010, Wipro GE acquired medical equipment and related businesses from General Electric for a cash consideration of approximately Rs. 3,728.

*The investment in Wipro GE has been transferred to the Resulting Company pursuant to the Demerger and therefore had been classified as discontinued operations as of March 31, 2013. Refer to Note 4.

Wipro GE had received tax demands aggregating to Rs. 2,615 (including interest) arising primarily on account of transfer pricing adjustments, denial of export benefits and tax holiday benefits claimed by Wipro GE under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the “Act”) for the year ended March 31, 2001 to March 31, 2007. The appeals filed against the said demand before the Appellate authorities have been allowed in favor of the Company by first appellate authority for the years upto March 2004 and further appeals have been filed by the Income tax authorities before the second appellate authority. The first appellate authority has granted partial relief for the year ended March 31, 2005 and further appeal would be preferred by the Company before the second appellate authority. The Company filed appeal before the second appellate authority for the year ended March 31, 2006 after receiving the assessment orders following the directions of the Dispute Resolution Panel. The second appellate authority passed an order directing assessing officer (AO) to give fair opportunity of hearing to the company, the case is pending with AO. For the year ended March 31, 2007, the appeal filed against the demand is pending before the first appellate authority.

Considering the facts and nature of disallowance and the order of the appellate authority upholding the claims of Wipro GE, Wipro GE believes that the final outcome of the disputes should be in favour of Wipro GE and will not have any material adverse effect on its financial position and results of operations.

Others

During the year ended March 31, 2012, the Company had entered into an agreement to purchase 26% of the equity investments in Wipro Kawasaki Precision Machinery Pvt. Ltd (‘Wipro Kawasaki’) for a cash consideration of Rs. 130. ThisWipro Kawasaki is a private entity that is not listed on any public exchange. The investment in Wipro Kawasaki was transferred to the Resulting Company pursuant to the Demerger and therefore the carrying value of the investment in Wipro Kawasaki as at March 31, 2014 is accounted as an equity method investment under IAS 28,“Investments in Associates”.Nil. The Company’s share of profits/ (loss) of Wipro Kawasaki for the year ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 was Rs. (3) and Rs. 1, respectively.

18. Foreign currency translation reserve

17.Foreign currency translation reserve

The movement in foreign currency translation reserve attributable to equity holders of the Company is summarized below:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2011   2012   2013 2014 

Balance at the beginning of the year

  Rs.258    Rs.1,524    Rs.  7,908   Rs.  5,470  

Translation difference related to foreign operations

   1,246     9,164     4,978   7,190  

Change in effective portion of hedges of net investment in foreign operations

   20     (2,780   (1,055 (2,600
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total change during the year

  Rs.1,266    Rs.6,384    Rs.  3,923   Rs.  4,590  

Effect of demerger of diversified business

  Rs.  (6,361)   Rs.  —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  Rs.1,524    Rs.7,908    Rs.  5,470   Rs.  10,060  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

19. Income taxes

18.Income taxes

Income tax expense has been allocated as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2010 2011   2012   2012 2013   2014 

Income tax expense as per the statement of income

  Rs.9,294   Rs.9,714    Rs.13,763  

Income tax expense for continuing operation as per the statement of income

  Rs.  12,955   Rs.  16,912    Rs.  22,600  

Income tax included in other comprehensive income on:

          

unrealized gains/(losses) on available for sale investments

   (14  2     (1   (1 37     (4

gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging derivatives

   2,091    44     (29   (29 427     112  

defined benefit plan actuarial gain/losses

   —      —       55  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total income taxes for continuing operations

  Rs.  12,925   Rs.  17,376    Rs.  22,763  
  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total income taxes

  Rs.11,371   Rs.9,760    Rs.13,733  
  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income tax expense from continuing operationsexpenses consist of the following:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2010   2011 2012   2012 2013 2014 

Current taxes

         

Domestic

  Rs.5,461    Rs.5,573   Rs.10,602    Rs.  10,602   Rs.  13,684   Rs.  18,414  

Foreign

   3,403     3,895    4,065     4,065   5,314   2,293  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  Rs.8,864    Rs.9,468   Rs.14,667    Rs.  14,667   Rs.  18,998   Rs.  20,707  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Deferred taxes

         

Domestic

  Rs.40    Rs.292   Rs.(935  Rs. (935 Rs.  (1,241 Rs.  (389

Foreign

   390     (46  31     31    592    2,282  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  Rs.430    Rs.246   Rs.(904  Rs.  (904 Rs.  (649 Rs.  1,893  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total income tax expense

  Rs.9,294    Rs.9,714   Rs.13,763    Rs. 13,763   Rs. 18,349   Rs. 22,600  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total taxes of continuing operations

  Rs.  12,955   Rs.  16,912   Rs.  22,600  

Total taxes of discontinued operations

   808    1,437    —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  Rs. 13,763   Rs.  18,349   Rs.  22,600  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Current taxesIncome tax expenses are net of reversal of provisions recorded in earlier periods, which are no longer required, amounting to Rs. 442,845, Rs. 5901,109 and Rs. 845Rs.1,244 for the year ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively.

The reconciliation between the provision of income tax of continuing operations of the Company and amounts computed by applying the Indian statutory income tax rate to profit before taxes is as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2010  2011  2012 

Profit before taxes

  Rs.55,410   Rs.63,035   Rs.69,750  

Enacted income tax rate in India

   33.99  33.218  32.445
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Computed expected tax expense

   18,834    20,939    22,630  

Effect of:

    

Income exempt from tax

   (10,802  (10,458  (9,115

Basis differences that will reverse during a tax holiday period

   898    (217  636  

Income taxed at higher/ (lower) rates

   (475  (566  367  

Income taxes relating to prior years

   (442  (590  (845

Changes in unrecognized deferred tax assets

   811    160    (214

Expenses disallowed for tax purposes

   456    426    300  

Others, net

   14    20    4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

  Rs9,294   Rs.9,714   Rs.13,763  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The tax rates under Indian Income Tax Act, for the year ended March 31, 2012 is 32.445% as compared to 33.218% for the year ended March 31, 2011. This change in tax rate is on account of reduction in surcharge from 7.5% for the year ended March 31, 2011 to 5% for the year ended March 31, 2012, in the financial annual budget by the Indian Government.

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

   Year ended March 31, 
   2012  2013  2014 

Profit before taxes from continuing operations

  Rs.  65,523   Rs.  78,596   Rs.  101,005  

Enacted income tax rate in India

   32.445  32.445  33.99
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Computed expected tax expense

   21,259    25,500    34,332  

Effect of:

    

Income exempt from tax

   (8,668  (10,124  (11,208

Basis differences that will reverse during a tax holiday period

   615    (91  918  

Income taxed at higher/ (lower) rates

   655    1,508    (1,261

Income taxes relating to prior years

   (845  (1,109  (1,244

Changes in unrecognized deferred tax assets

   (344  378    302  

Expenses disallowed for tax purposes

   277    826    671  

Others, net

   6    24    91  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income tax expense of continuing operation

  Rs.  12,955   Rs.  16,912   Rs.  22,600  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

   As at March 31, 
   2010  2011  2012 

Carry-forward business losses

  Rs.1,851   Rs.2,042   Rs.2,330  

Accrued expenses and liabilities

   568    521    930  

Allowances for doubtful accounts receivable

   328    716    789  

Cash flow hedges

   262    218    247  

Minimum alternate tax

   363    488    1,223  

Deferred revenue

   —      —      1,285  

Others

   83    196    85  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   3,455    4,181    6,889  

Property, plant and equipment

  Rs.(525 Rs.(1,107 Rs.(2,223

Amortizable goodwill

   (458  (659  (1,120

Intangible assets

   (734  (682  (685

Investment in equity accounted investee

   (432  (567  (617
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (2,149  (3,015  (4,645

Net deferred tax assets

  Rs.1,306   Rs.1,166   Rs.2,244  

Amounts presented in statement of financial position:

    

Deferred tax assets

  Rs.1,686   Rs.1,467   Rs.2,597  

Deferred tax liabilities

  Rs.(380 Rs.(301 Rs.(353
1.The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

   As at March 31, 
   2012  2013  2014 

Carry-forward business losses

  Rs.  2,330   Rs.  3,526   Rs.  4,207  

Accrued expenses and liabilities

   930    1,477    1,257  

Allowances for doubtful accounts receivable

   789    1,264    1,750  

Cash flow hedges

   247    —      —    

Minimum alternate tax

   1,223    1,844    1,844  

Income received in advance

   1,285    1,383    807  

Others

   85    86    (71
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   6,889    9,580    9,794  

Property, plant and equipment

  Rs.  (2,223)   Rs.  (3,722)   Rs.  (5,005)  

Amortizable goodwill

   (1,120  (1,597  (1,698

Intangible assets

   (685  (294  (261

Cash flow hedges

   —      (180  (68

Deferred revenue

   —      (398  (1,196

Investment in equity accounted investee

   (617  —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (4,645  (6,191  (8,228

Net deferred tax assets

  Rs.  2,244   Rs.  3,389   Rs.  1,566  

Amounts presented in statement of financial position:

    

Deferred tax assets

  Rs.  2,597   Rs.  4,235   Rs.  3,362  

Deferred tax liabilities

  Rs.  (353)   Rs.  (846)   Rs.  (1,796)  

Deferred taxes on unrealized foreign exchange gain / loss relating to cash flow hedges is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the cash flow hedging reserve. Deferred tax liability on the intangible assets identified and recorded separately at the time of an acquisition is recorded by an adjustment to goodwill. Other than these, the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities is primarily recorded in the statement of income.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers the extent to which, it is probable that the deferred tax asset will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable profits during the periods in which those temporary differences and tax loss carry-forwards become deductible. The Company considers the expected reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on this, the Company believes that it is probable that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences. The amount of the deferred tax asset

considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if the estimates of future taxable income during the carry-forward period are reduced. Deferred tax asset amounting to Rs. 1,678 and Rs. 2,096 as at March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively in respect of unused tax losses amounting to Rs. 2,076 and Rs. 1,734 as of March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively have not been recognized by the Company.

The tax loss carry-forwards of Rs. 5,566 and Rs. 6,920 as at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively, relates to certain subsidiaries on which deferred tax asset has not been recognized by the Company, because there is a lack of reasonable certainty that these subsidiaries may generate future taxable profits. Approximately, Rs. 4,596 and Rs. 5,869 as at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively, of these tax loss carry-forwards is not currently subject to expiration dates. The remaining tax loss carry-forwards of approximately Rs. 970 and Rs. 1,051 as at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively, expires in various years through fiscal 2033.

The Company has recognized deferred tax assets of Rs. 2,0423,526 and Rs. 2,3304,207 in respect of carry forward losses of its various subsidiaries during the year endedas at March 31, 20112013 and 2012.2014. Management’s projections of future taxable income and tax planning strategies support the assumption that it is probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to utilize these deferred tax assets.

Pursuant to the changes in the Indian income tax laws, Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) has been extended to income in respect of which deduction is claimed under section 10A, 10B and 10AA of the Act; consequently, the Company has calculated its tax liability for current domestic taxes after considering MAT. The excess tax paid under MAT provisions over and above normal tax liability can be carried forward and set-off against future tax liabilities computed under normal tax provisions. The Company was required to pay MAT and accordingly, a deferred tax asset of Rs. 488 and Rs. 1,2231,844 has been recognized in the statement of financial position as of March 31, 20112013 and 2012, respectively,2014, which can be carried forward for a period of ten years from the year of recognition.

A substantial portion of the profits of the Company’s India operations are exempt from Indian income taxes being profits attributable to export operations and profits from undertakings situated in Software Technology, Hardware Technology Parks and Export Oriented units. Under the tax holiday, the taxpayer can utilize an exemption from income taxes for a period of any ten consecutive years. The tax holidays on all facilities under Software Technology, Hardware Technology Parks and Export oriented units has expired on March 31, 2011. Additionally, under the Special Economic Zone Act, 2005 scheme, units in designated special economic zones providing service on or after April 1, 2005 will be eligible for a deduction of 100 percent of profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from commencement of provision of services and 50 percent of such profits and gains for a further five years. Certain tax benefits are also available for a further five years subject to the unit meeting defined conditions. Profits from certain other undertakings are also eligible for preferential tax treatment. In addition, dividend income from certain categoryThe tax holiday period being currently available to the Company expires in various years through fiscal 2028. The expiration period of investmentstax holiday for each unit within a SEZ is exempt from tax.determined based on the number of years that have lapsed following year of commencement of production by that unit. The difference between the reported incomeimpact of tax holidays has resulted in a decrease of current tax expense from our continuing operations of Rs. 7,953, Rs. 9,244 and incomeRs. 11,043 for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 respectively, compared to the effective tax computed at statutoryamounts that we estimate we would have been required to pay if these incentives had not been available. The per share effect of these tax rate is primarily attributable to income exempt from tax.incentives for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was Rs. 3.25, Rs. 3.77 and Rs. 4.50 respectively.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences except in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, deferred income tax liabilities on cumulative earnings of subsidiaries amounting to Rs. 12,96920,014 and Rs. 15,72228,959 as of March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively has not been recognized. Further, it is not practicable to estimate the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liabilities for these undistributed earnings.

The tax loss carry-forwards of Rs. 5,941 and Rs. 5,344 as of March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively relates to certain subsidiaries on which deferred tax asset has not been recognized by the Company. Approximately, Rs. 4,644 and Rs. 4,417 as of March 31, 2011 and 2012 respectively, of these tax loss carry-forwardsCompany is not currently subject to expiration dates. The remaining tax loss carry forward of approximately Rs. 1,297 and Rs. 928 as of March 31, 2011 and 2012 respectively, expires in various years through fiscal 2029.

We are subject to U.S. tax on income attributable to ourits permanent establishment in the United States due to operation of ourthe U.S. branch. In addition, the Company is subject to a 15% branch profit tax in the United States on the “dividend equivalent amount” as that term is defined under U.S. tax law. The Company has not triggered the branch profit tax until year ended March 31, 2012.2014. The Company intends to maintain the current level of net assets in the United States commensurate with its operation and consistent with its business plan. The Company does not intend to repatriate out of the Unites States any portion of its current profits. Accordingly, the Company did not record current and deferred tax provision for branch profit tax.

20. Dividends

19.Dividends

The Company declares and pays dividends in Indian rupees. According to the Indian law any dividend should be declared out of accumulated distributable profits only after the transfer to a general reserve of a specified percentage of net profit computed in accordance with current regulations.

The cash dividends paid per equity share were Rs. 4,6, Rs. 6 and Rs. 4Rs.8 during the years ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company has also paid2014, respectively, including an interim dividend of Rs. 2 per equity share duringfor the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively and Rs.3 for the year ended March 31, 2012.2014.

During the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company has also paid stock dividend, commonly known as bonus shares in India, comprised of two equity shares for every three equity shares outstanding on the record date and two ADSs for every three ADSs outstanding on the record date. The stock dividend did not affect the ratio of ADSs to equity shares, such that each ADS after the stock dividend continues to represent one equity share of par value of Rs.2 per share.

The Board of Directors in their meeting on April 25, 201219, 2014 proposed a final dividend of Rs. 45 (US$0.08) per equity share and ADR. The proposal is subject to the approval of shareholders at the ensuing Annual General Meeting to be held on July 23, 2012,of the shareholders, and if approved, would result in a cash outflow of approximately Rs. 11,431,14,427, including corporate dividend tax thereon (Rs. 1,595)2,096).

21. Additional capital disclosures

20.Additional capital disclosures

The key objective of the Company’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a stable capital structure with the focus on total equity to uphold investor, creditor, and customer confidence and to ensure future development of its business. The Company focused on keeping strong total equity base to ensure independence, security, as well as a high financial flexibility for potential future borrowings, if required without impacting the risk profile of the Company.

The Company’s goal is to continue to be able to return excess liquidity to shareholders by continuing distributingto distribute annual dividends in future periods. During the year ended March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, the Company distributed Rs. 64 and Rs. 4,5, respectively inas dividend per equity share. The Company has also distributed an interim dividend of Rs. 23 per equity share during the year ended March 31, 2012.2014. The amount of future dividends will be balanced with effortefforts to continue to maintain an adequate liquidity status.

The capital structure as of March 31, 20112013 and 20122014 was as follows:

 

  As at March 31,     As at March 31,   
  2011 2012 % Change   2013 2014 % Change 

Total equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company

  Rs.239,680   Rs.285,314    19.04  Rs.  283,812   Rs.  343,499   21.03

As percentage of total capital

   82  83    82 87 

Current loans and borrowings

   33,043    36,448      62,962   40,683   

Non-current loans and borrowings

   19,759    22,510      854   10,909   
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

Total loans and borrowings

   52,802    58,958    11.66   63,816    51,592    (19.16)% 

As percentage of total capital

   18  17    18  13 
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

Total capital (loans and borrowings and equity)

  Rs.292,482   Rs.344,272    17.71  Rs.  347,628   Rs.  395,091    13.65
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

The Company is predominantly equity-financed. This is also evident from the fact that loans and borrowings represented only 18% and 17%13% of total capital as of March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, respectively. Further, the Company has consistently been a net cash company with cash and bank balance along with available for sale investments being in excess of debt.

22. Revenues (continuing operations)

21.Revenues

 

  Year ended March 31, 
  2010   2011   2012   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2013   2014 

Rendering of services

  Rs.202,990    Rs.234,285    Rs.281,014    Rs.  280,713    Rs.  335,286    Rs.  395,838  

Sale of products

   68,967     76,257     90,957     38,034     38,970     38,431  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total revenues

  Rs.271,957    Rs.310,542    Rs.371,971    Rs.  318,747    Rs.  374,256    Rs.  434,269  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

23. Expenses by nature (continuing operations)

 

22.Expenses by nature
   Year ended March 31, 
   2012   2013   2014 

Employee compensation

  Rs.  148,350    Rs.  179,627    Rs.  206,568  

Raw materials, finished goods, process stocks and stores and spares consumed

   29,191     31,148     30,686  

Sub contracting/technical fees/third party application

   33,377     36,186     43,521  

Travel

   12,162     14,652     17,074  

Depreciation and amortization

   9,219     9,913     11,106  

Repairs

   9,083     9,576     11,181  

Advertisement

   1,095     1,423     1,417  

Communication

   3,961     5,023     5,356  

Rent

   3,457     4,177     4,583  

Power and fuel

   2,171     2,705     2,901  

Legal and professional fees

   1,618     2,024     2,558  

Rates, taxes and insurance

   1,774     2,053     2,221  

Carriage and freight

   202     179     114  

Provision for doubtful debt

   376     1,176     1,294  

Miscellaneous expenses

   6,127     7,048     7,694  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues, selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses

  Rs. 262,163    Rs. 306,910    Rs. 348,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

24. Finance expense (continuing operations)

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2010   2011   2012 

Employee compensation

  Rs.107,230    Rs.126,867    Rs.154,066  

Raw materials, finished goods, process stocks and stores and spares consumed

   51,813     50,166     60,270  

Sub contracting/technical fees/third party application

   17,527     26,415     34,210  

Travel

   8,064     10,156     12,609  

Depreciation and amortization

   7,831     8,211     10,129  

Repairs

   5,020     5,253     9,455  

Advertisement

   4,534     5,114     6,583  

Communication

   3,157     3,492     4,007  

Rent

   3,062     3,230     3,734  
   Year ended March 31, 
   2012   2013   2014 

Interest expense

  Rs.  937    Rs.  863    Rs.  868  

Exchange fluctuation on foreign currency borrowings, net

   2,434     1,830     2,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  Rs.  3,371    Rs.  2,693    Rs.  2,891  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

25. Finance and other income (continuing operations)

Power and fuel

   1,797     2,427     2,862  

Legal and professional fees

   1,593     1,629     1,818  

Rates, taxes and insurance

   1,023     1,324     1,883  

Carriage and freight

   950     1,181     1,487  

Provision for doubtful debt

   566     399     394  

Miscellaneous expenses

   5,563     7,455     7,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues, selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses

  Rs.219,730    Rs.253,319    Rs.311,236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

23.Finance expense
   Year ended March 31, 
   2012   2013   2014 

Interest income

  Rs.  6,531    Rs.  8,427    Rs.  12,491  

Dividend income

   2,264     639     354  

Gain on sale of investments

   187     2,251     1,697  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  Rs.  8,982    Rs.  11,317    Rs.  14.542  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

26. Earnings per equity share

   Year ended March 31, 
   2010   2011   2012 

Interest expense

  Rs.1,232    Rs.776    Rs.1,057  

Exchange fluctuation on foreign currency borrowings, net

   92     1,157     2,434  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  Rs.1,324    Rs.1,933    Rs.3,491  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

24.Finance and other income

   Year ended March 31, 
   2010   2011   2012 

Interest income

  Rs.2,610    Rs.4,057    Rs.6,497  

Dividend income

   1,442     2,403     2,211  

Gain on sale of investments

   308     192     187  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  Rs.4,360    Rs.6,652    Rs.8,895  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

25.Earnings per equity share

A reconciliation of profit for the year and equity shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per equity share is set out below:

Basic:Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the period, excluding equity shares purchased by the Company and held as treasury shares. Equity shares held by controlled Wipro Equity Reward Trust (‘WERT’) and Wipro Inc Benefit Trust (WIBT) have been reduced from the equity shares outstanding for computing basic and diluted earnings per share. Earnings per share and number of shares outstanding for the year ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, have been adjusted for the grant of 1 employee stock option for every 8.25 employee stock option held by each eligible employee in terms of the demerger scheme as on the Record Date.

 

  Year ended March 31,  Year ended March 31, 
  2010   2011   2012  2012 2013 2014 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company

  Rs.45,931    Rs.52,977    Rs.55,730   Rs.  55,730   Rs.  66,359   Rs.  77,967  

Profit from continuing operations attributable to equity holders of the Company

 Rs.  52,325   Rs.  61,362   Rs.  77,967  

Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding

   2,429,025,243     2,436,440,633     2,449,056,412   2,449,777,457   2,453,218,759   2,454,745,434  

Basic earnings per share

  Rs.18.91    Rs.21.74    Rs.22.76   Rs.  22.76   Rs.  27.05   Rs.  31.76  
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations

 Rs.  21.36   Rs.  25.01   Rs.  31.76  

Diluted:Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the period for assumed conversion of all dilutive potential equity shares. Employee share options are dilutive potential equity shares for the Company.

The calculation is performed in respect of share options to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average market price of the Company’s shares during the period). The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2010   2011   2012 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company

  Rs.45,931    Rs.52,977    Rs.55,730  

Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding

   2,429,025,243     2,436,440,633     2,449,056,412  

Effect of dilutive equivalent share options

   20,633,289     14,713,521     6,902,310  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of equity shares for diluted earnings per share

   2,449,658,532     2,451,154,154     2,455,958,722  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

  Rs.18.75    Rs.21.61    Rs.22.69  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  Year ended March 31, 
  2012  2013  2014 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company

 Rs.  55,730   Rs.  66,359   Rs.  77,967  

Profit from continuing operations attributable to equity holders of the Company

 Rs.  52,325   Rs.  61,362   Rs.  77,967  

Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding

  2,449,777,457    2,453,218,759    2,454,745,434  

Effect of dilutive equivalent share options

  7,734,081    5,965,562    7,881,305  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average number of equity shares for diluted earnings per share

  2,457,511,538    2,459,184,321    2,462,626,739  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 Rs.  22.69   Rs.  26.98   Rs.  31.66  

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

 Rs.  21.29   Rs.  24.95   Rs.  31.66  

Earnings per share and number of share outstanding for the year ended March 31, 2010, have been adjusted for the two equity shares for every three equity shares27. Employee stock dividend approved by the shareholders on June 4, 2010.incentive plans

26.Employee stock incentive plans

The stock compensation expense recognized for employee services received during the year ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 20122014 is Rs. 1,302,835, Rs. 1,092510 and Rs. 949, respectively.Rs.513 respectively for continuing operations.

Wipro Equity Reward Trust (WERT)

In 1984, the Company established a controlled trust called the Wipro Equity Reward Trust (“WERT”). TheIn the earlier years, the WERT purchasespurchased shares of the Company out of funds borrowed from the Company. The Company’s compensation committeeBoard Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee recommends to the WERT certain officers and key employees, to whom the WERT grants shares from its holdings at nominal price. Such shares are then held by the employees subject to vesting conditions. The shares held by the WERT are reported as a reduction in stockholders’ equityequity.

The movement in the shares held by the WERT is given below:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2010   2011   2012   2012   2013   2014 

Shares held at the beginning of the period(1)

   7,961,760     13,269,600     13,269,600     13,269,600     13,269,600     14,829,824  

Shares granted to employees

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Grants forfeited by employees

   —       —       —    

Shares granted to employees

   —       —       —    

Adjustment pursuant to demerger

   —       1,560,224     —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Shares held at the end of the period

   7,961,760     13,269,600     13,269,600     13,269,600     14,829.824     14,829,824  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

(1)

The opening balance as of April 1, 2010 has been adjusted for the two equity shares for every three equity shares stock dividend approved by the shareholders on June 4, 2010.

Wipro Employee Stock Option Plans and Restricted Stock Unit Option Plans

A summary of the general terms of grants under stock option plans and restricted stock unit option plans are as follows:

 

Name of Plan

  Authorized
Shares(1)
   Range of
Exercise Prices
 

Wipro Employee Stock Option Plan 1999 (1999 Plan)

   50,000,000    Rs.171 – 490  

Wipro Employee Stock Option Plan 2000 (2000 Plan)

   250,000,000    Rs.171 – 490  

Stock Option Plan (2000 ADS Plan)

   15,000,000    US$3 – 7  

Wipro Restricted Stock Unit Plan (WRSUP 2004 plan)

   20,000,000    Rs.2  

Wipro ADS Restricted Stock Unit Plan (WARSUP 2004 plan)

   20,000,000    US$0.04  

Wipro Employee Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2005 (WSRUP 2005 plan)

   20,000,000    Rs.2  

Wipro Employee Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2007 (WSRUP 2007 plan)

   16,666,667    Rs.2  

(1)

adjusted for the two equity shares for every three equity shares stock dividend approved by the shareholders on June 4, 2010.

Name of Plan

  Authorized
Shares(1)
   Range of
Exercise Prices
 

Wipro Employee Stock Option Plan 1999 (1999 Plan)

   50,000,000    Rs. 171 –490  

Wipro Employee Stock Option Plan 2000 (2000 Plan)

   250,000,000    Rs. 171 – 490  

Stock Option Plan (2000 ADS Plan)

   15,000,000    US$3 – 7  

Wipro Restricted Stock Unit Plan (WRSUP 2004 plan)

   20,000,000    Rs.  2  

Wipro ADS Restricted Stock Unit Plan (WARSUP 2004 plan)

   20,000,000    US$0.04  

Wipro Employee Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2005 (WSRUP 2005 plan)

   20,000,000    Rs.  2  

Wipro Employee Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2007 (WSRUP 2007 plan)

   16,666,667    Rs.  2  

Employees covered under the stock option plans and restricted stock unit option plans (collectively “stock option plans”) are granted an option to purchase shares of the Company at the respective exercise prices, subject to requirement of vesting conditions (generally service conditions). These options generally vests in tranches over a period of five years from the date of grant. Upon vesting, the employees can acquire one equity share for every option. The maximum contractual term for these stock option plans is generally ten years.

The activity in these stock option plans is summarized below:

 

      Year ended March 31,       Year ended March 31, 
      2010   2011   2012       2012   2013   2014 
        Weighted     Weighted     Weighted         Weighted     Weighted     Weighted 
  Range  of
Exercise

Prices
   Number Average
Exercise
Price
   Number Average
Exercise
Price
   Number Average
Exercise
Price
   Range of     Average     Average     Average 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period(1)

  Rs.229 – 265     1,140   Rs.254     —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—    
  Rs.480 – 489     120,000   Rs.489     200,000   Rs.293.40     —     Rs.—      Exercise     Exercise     Exercise     Exercise 
  US$4 – 6     1,606   US$4.7     2,677   US$2.82     —     US$—      Prices   Number Price   Number Price   Number Price 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

  Rs.  480 –489     —     Rs.  —       30,000   Rs.  480.20     33,636   Rs.  480.20  
  Rs.2     13,799,549   Rs.2     17,103,172   Rs.2     15,382,761   Rs.2    Rs.  2     15,382,761   Rs.  2     10,607,038   Rs.  2     11,502,173   Rs.  2  
  US$0.04     2,470,641   US$0.04     2,943,035   US$0.04     3,223,892   US$0.04    US$0.04     3,223,892   US$0.04     2,173,692   US$0.04     2,727,802   US$0.04  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Granted

  Rs.229 – 265     —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—      Rs.  480 – 489     30,000   Rs.  480.20     —     Rs.  —       —     Rs.  —    
  Rs.480 – 489     —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—       30,000   Rs.480.20    Rs.  2     40,000   Rs.  2     3,573,150   Rs.  2     5,000   Rs.  2  
  US$4 – 6     —     US$—       —     US$—       —     US$—      US$0.04     —     US$—       1,352,000   US$—       25,000   US$0.04  
  Rs.2     5,000   Rs.2     5,227,870   Rs.2     40,000   Rs.2    

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
  US$0.04     137,100   US$0.04     1,437,060   US$0.04     —     US$—    
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Exercised

  Rs.229 – 265     —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—      Rs.  480 – 489     —     Rs.  —       —     Rs.  —       —     Rs.  —    
  Rs.480 – 489     —     Rs.—       (80,000 Rs.293.40     —     Rs.—    
  US$4 – 6     —     US$—       —     US$—       —     US$—    
  Rs.2     (2,736,924 Rs.2     (5,482,210 Rs.2     (3,708,736 Rs.2    Rs.  2     (3,708,736 Rs.  2     (3,265,830 Rs.  2     (2,944,779 Rs.  2  
  US$0.04     (493,519 US$0.04     (870,622 US$0.04     (638,347 US$0.04    US$0.04     (638,347 US$0.04     (912,672 US$0.04     (437,764 US$ 0.04  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Forfeited and lapsed

  Rs.229 – 265     (1,140 Rs.254     —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—      Rs.  480 –489     —     Rs.  —       —     Rs.  —       —     Rs.  —    
  Rs.480 – 489     —     Rs.—       (120,000 Rs.293.40     —     Rs.—      Rs.  2     (1,106,987 Rs.  2     (655,662 Rs.  2     (555,040 Rs.  2  
  US$4 – 6     —     US$—       (2,677 US$2.82     —     US$—      US$  0.04     (411,853 US$0.04     (180,116 US$0.04     (218,546 US$0.04  
  Rs.2     (805,722 Rs.2     (1,466,071 Rs.2     (1,106,987 Rs.2    

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
  US$0.04     (348,401 US$0.04     (285,581 US$0.04     (411,853 US$0.04  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the period

  Rs.229 – 265     —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—    

Effect of demerger(1)

  Rs.  480 –489     —     Rs.  480.20     3,636   Rs.  480.20     —     Rs.  —    
  Rs.480 – 489     120,000   Rs.489     —     Rs.—       30,000   Rs.480.20    Rs.  2     —     Rs.  2     1,243,478   Rs.  2     —     Rs.  —    
  US$4 – 6     1,606   US$4.7     —     US$—       —     US$—      US$0.04     —     US$0.04     294,897   US$0.04     —     US$—    
  Rs.2     10,261,903   Rs.2     15,382,761   Rs.2     10,607,038   Rs.2    

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
  US$0.04     1,765,821   US$0.04     3,223,892   US$0.04     2,173,692   US$0.04  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the period

  Rs.229 – 265     —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—    

Outstanding at the end of the year

  Rs.  480 –489     30,000   Rs.  480.20     33,636   Rs.  480.20     33,636   Rs.  480.20  
  Rs.480 – 489     —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—       —     Rs.—      Rs.  2     10,607,038   Rs.  2     11,502,173   Rs.  2     8,007,354   Rs.  2  
  US$4 – 6     1,606   US$4.7     —     US$—       —     US$—      US$  0.04     2,173,692   US$0.04     2,727,802   US$0.04     2,096,492   US$0.04  
  Rs.2     4,719,739   Rs.2     7,533,984   Rs.2     5,370,221   Rs.2    

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

  Rs.  480 –489     —     Rs.  480.20     —     Rs.  480.20     13,455   Rs.  480.20  
  US$0.04     645,341   US$0.04     1,147,391   US$0.04     578,400   US$0.04    Rs.  2     5,370,221   Rs.  2     7,111,160   Rs.  2     5,518,608   Rs.  2  
  US$  0.04     578,400   US$0.04     541,959   US$0.04     347,562   US$0.04  

 

(1)

The opening balanceAn adjustment of one employee stock option for every 8.25 employee stock option held has been made, as of April 1, 2010 have been adjustedthe Record Date of the Demerger, for each eligible employee pursuant to the two equity shares for every three equity shares stock dividend approved byterms of the shareholders on June 4, 2010.

Scheme.

The following table summarizes information about outstanding stock options:

 

   As at March 31, 
   2010  2011  2012 

Range of
Exercise price

     Weighted        Weighted        Weighted    
    Average  Weighted     Average  Weighted     Average  Weighted 
    Remaining  Average     Remaining  Average     Remaining  Average 
 Numbers  Life
(Months)
  Exercise
Price
  Numbers  Life
(Months)
  Exercise
Price
  Numbers  Life
(Months)
  Exercise
Price
 
Rs.229 – 265    —      —     Rs.—      —      —     Rs.—      —      —     Rs.—    
Rs.480 – 489    120,000    49   Rs.489    —      —     Rs.—      30,000    48   Rs.480.20  
US$4 – 6    1,606    1   US$4.70    —      —     US$—      —      —     US$—    
Rs.2    10,261,903    37   Rs.2    15,382,761    35   Rs.2    10,607,038    30   Rs.2  
US$0.04    1,765,821    44   US$0.04    3,223,892    48   US$0.04    2,173,692    37   US$0.04  
   As at March 31, 
   2012   2013   2014 
       Weighted           Weighted           Weighted     
       Average   Weighted       Average   Weighted       Average   Weighted 
       Remaining   Average       Remaining   Average       Remaining   Average 
Range of      Life   Exercise       Life   Exercise       Life   Exercise 

Exercise price

  Numbers   (Months)   Price   Numbers   (Months)   Price   Numbers   (Months)   Price 

Rs.  480 –489

   30,000     48    Rs.  480.20     33,636     36    Rs.  480.20     33,636     24    Rs.  480.20  

Rs.  2

   10,607,038     30    Rs. 2     11,502,173     37    Rs. 2     8,007,354     36    Rs. 2  

US$  0.04

   2,173,692     37    US$0.04     2,727,802     50    US$0.04     2,096,492     44    US$0.04  

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 20122014 was Rs. 814,449.80, Rs. 417.65406.26 and Rs. 449.8676.73 for each option, respectively. The weighted average share price of options exercised during the year ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 20122014 was Rs. 557.52,399.22, Rs. 424.28384.52 and Rs. 399.22462.60 for each option, respectively.

The fair value of 30,000 options granted during the year ended March 31, 2012 (other than at nominal exercise price) has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The fair value of share options has been determined using the following assumptions:28. Employee benefits (continuing operations)

a) Employee costs include:

 

Expected term

5 years

Risk free interest rates

8

Volatility

62.2

Dividend yield

1.28

27.Employee benefits

a)Employee costs include:

   Year ended March 31, 
   2010   2011   2012 

Salaries and bonus

  Rs.103,194    Rs.122,399    Rs.149,410  

Employee benefit plans

      

Gratuity

   276     469     460  

Contribution to provident and other funds

   2,458     2,907     3,247  

Share based compensation

   1,302     1,092     949  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs.107,230    Rs.126,867    Rs.154,066  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2012   2013   2014 

Salaries and bonus

  Rs.  144,463    Rs.  175,172    Rs.  201,815  

Employee benefit plans

      

Gratuity

   455     562     559  

Contribution to provident and other funds

   2,597     3,383     3,681  

Share based compensation

   835     510     513  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs.  148,350    Rs. 179,627    Rs.  206,568  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The employee benefit cost is recognized in the following line items in the statement of income:

   Year ended March 31, 
   2012   2013   2014 

Cost of revenues

  Rs.  125,983    Rs.  150,864    Rs.  173,651  

Selling and marketing expenses

   12,387     17,308     21,412  

General and administrative expenses

   9,980     11,455     11,505  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs.  148,350    Rs.  179,627    Rs.  206,568  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit plan actuarial gains/ (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income include:

   Year ended March 31, 
   2010   2011   2012 

Cost of revenues

  Rs.90,350    Rs.106,235    Rs.128,770  

Selling and marketing expenses

   9,126     10,860     14,169  

General and administrative expenses

   7,754     9,772     11,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Rs.107,230    Rs.126,867    Rs.154,066  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

b)Defined
Year ended
March 31,
2014

Re-measurement of net defined benefit plans - Gratuity:liability/(asset)

Return on plan assets excluding interest income

(24

Actuarial loss/ (gain) arising from financial assumptions

283

Actuarial loss/ (gain) arising from demographic assumptions

(3

Actuarial loss/ (gain) arising from experience adjustments

(25

231

The Company has adopted Revised IAS 19R with effect from April 1, 2013. Comparative information has not been restated for the changes as the effect of the change in accounting policy is not material.

b) Defined benefit plans—Gratuity:

Amount recognized in the statement of income in respect of gratuity cost (defined benefit plan) for the continuing operations is as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2010 2011 2012   2012 2013 2014 

Interest on obligation

  Rs.133   Rs.161   Rs.211  

Current service cost

  Rs.  422   Rs.  457   Rs.  578  

Net interest on net defined benefit liability/(asset)*

   NA   NA   (19

Interest on obligation*

   201   237   NA  

Expected return on plan assets

   (122  (164  (184   (176 (208  —    

Actuarial losses/(gains) recognized

   (63  (168  14     23   86    —    

Past service cost

   —      254    (16   (16 (11  —    

Current service cost

   328    386    435  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net gratuity cost/(benefit)

  Rs.276   Rs.469   Rs.460    Rs.  454   Rs.  561   Rs.  559  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

  Rs.138   Rs.177   Rs.232    Rs.  221   Rs.  249   Rs.  263  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

In May 2010, the Government of India amended the Payment of

*as per Revised IAS 19

Gratuity Act, 1972is applicable only to increase the limit ofemployees drawing a salary in Indian rupees and there are no other foreign defined benefit gratuity payment from Rs. 0.35 to Rs. 1. Consequently, during the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company has recognized Rs. 254 of vested past service cost in the statement of income.plans.

The principal assumptions used for the purpose of actuarial valuation are as follows:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2010 2011 2012   2012 2013 2014 

Discount rate

   7.15  7.95  8.35   8.35 7.80 8.90

Expected return on plan assets

   8  8  8   8 8 8.50

Expected rate of salary increase

   5  5  5   5 5 8

The expected return on plan assets is based on expectation of the average long term rate of return expected on investments of the fund during the estimated term of the obligations.

The discount rate is based on the prevailing market yields of Indian government securities for the estimated term of the obligations. Expected rate of return on plan assets based on the Company’s expectation of the average long term rate of return expected on investments of the Fund during the estimated term of the obligations. The estimates of future salary increases considered takes into account the inflation, seniority, promotion and other relevant factors. Attrition rate considered is the management’s estimate, based on previous years’ employee turnover of the Company.

Change in present value of defined benefit obligation is summarized below:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2009 2010 2011 2012   2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 

Defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

  Rs.1515   Rs.1,858   Rs.2,060   Rs.2,476    Rs.  1,858   Rs.  2,060   Rs.  2,476   Rs.  2,845   Rs.  3,115  

Acquisitions

   34    —      —      25     —      —     25    —      —    

Current service cost

   369    328    386    435     328   386   435   471   578  

Past service cost

   —      —      254    (16   —     254   (16  —      —    

Interest on obligation

   135    133    161    211     133   161   211   249   221  

Benefits paid

   (118  (214  (230  (352   (214 (230 (352 (397 (479

Actuarial losses/(gains)

   (77  (45  (155  66  

Actuarial losses/(gains)*

   (45 (155 66   142   NA  

Remeasurement loss/(gains)*

      

Actuarial loss/(gain) arising from financial assumptions

   NA   NA   NA   NA   283  

Actuarial loss/(gain) arising from demographic assumptions

   NA   NA   NA   NA   (3

Actuarial loss/(gain) arising from experience assumptions

   NA   NA   NA   NA   (25

Effect of demerger of diversified business

   —      —      —     (195  —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at the end of the year

  Rs.1,858   Rs.2,060   Rs.2,476   Rs.2,845    Rs.  2,060   Rs.  2,476   Rs.  2,845   Rs.  3,115   Rs.  3,690  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Change in plan assets is summarized below:

 

   As at March 31, 
   2009  2010  2011  2012 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year

  Rs.1,244   Rs.1,416   Rs.1,967   Rs.2,387  

Acquisitions

   19    —      —      1  

Expected return on plan assets

   92    122    164    184  

Employer contributions

   154    625    473    586  

Benefits paid

   (118  (214  (230  (344

Actuarial gains/(losses)

   25    18    13    52  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year

   1,416    1,967    2,387    2,866  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Present value of unfunded obligation

  Rs.(442 Rs.(93 Rs.(89 Rs.21  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Recognized asset/(liability)

  Rs.(442 Rs.(93 Rs.(89 Rs.21  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The experience adjustments, meaning difference between changes in plan assets and obligations expected on the basis of actuarial assumption and actual changes in those assets and obligations are as follows:

   As at March 31, 
   2010  2011  2012  2013  2014 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year

  Rs.  1,416   Rs.  1,967   Rs.  2,387   Rs.  2,866   Rs.  3096  

Acquisitions

   —      —      1    —      —    

Expected return on plan assets

   122    164    184    216    240  

Employer contributions

   625    473    586    507    475  

Benefits paid

   (214  (230  (344  (397  (478

Actuarial gains/(losses)*

   18    13    52    50    NA  

Remeasurement loss/(gains)*

      

Return on plan assets excluding interest income

   NA    NA    NA    NA    24  

Effect of demerger of diversified business

   —      —      —      (146  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year

  Rs. 1,967   Rs  2,387   Rs.  2,866   Rs.  3,096   Rs.  3,357  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Present value of unfunded obligation

  Rs.  (93 Rs.  (89 Rs.  21   Rs.  (19 Rs.  (333
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Recognized asset/(liability)

  Rs.  (93 Rs.  (89 Rs.  21   Rs.  (19 Rs.  (333
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

   As at March 31, 
   2010  2011  2012 

Difference between expected and actual developments:

    

of fair value of the obligation

  Rs.(84 Rs.(32 Rs.(147

of fair value of plan assets

   18    15    52  
*as per revised IAS 19

As at March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012, 100% of the2014, plan assets were primarily invested in insurer managed funds.funds

The Company has established an income tax approved irrevocable trust fund to which it regularly contributes to finance the liabilities of the plan. The fund’s investments are managed by certain insurance companies as per the mandate provided to them by the trustees and the asset allocation is within the permissible limits prescribed in the insurance regulations.

The expected future contribution and estimated future benefit payments from the fund are as follows:

 

Expected contribution to the fund during the year ending March 31, 2013

  Rs.341  
  

 

 

Expected contribution to the fund during the year ending March 31, 2015

  Rs.  621  
  

 

 

Estimated benefit payments from the fund for the year ending March 31:

    

2013

  Rs.620  

2014

   612  

2015

   626    Rs.  649  

2016

   686     721  

2017

   717     790  

2018

   852  

2019

   895  

Thereafter

   2,969     4,091  
  

 

   

 

 

Total

  Rs.6,230    Rs.  7,998  
  

 

   

 

 

The expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligations as of March 31, 2012.2014.

Sensitivity for significant actuarial assumptions is computed to show the movement in defined benefit obligation by 0.5 percentage.

c)Provident Fund:

UptoAs of March 31, 2014, every 0.5 percentage point increase/ decrease in discount rate will affect the gratuity benefit obligation by approximately Rs. 58.

As of March 31, 2014, every 0.5 percentage point increase/ decrease in expected rate of salary increase will affect the gratuity benefit obligation by approximately Rs. 44.

c) Provident Fund:

Up to year ended March 31, 2011, in the absence of guidance from the Actuarial Society of India, actuarial valuation could not have been applied to reliably measure the provident fund liabilities. During the year ended March 31, 2012, the Actuarial Society of India issued the guidance for measurement of provident fund liabilities. Accordingly, based on such actuarial valuation there is no shortfall in the fund as at March 31, 2012.

The details of fund and plan assets are given below:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2009   2010   2011 2012   2010   2011 2012   2013   2014 

Fair value of plan assets

  Rs.10,020    Rs.12,285    Rs.15,309   Rs.17,932    Rs.  12,285    Rs.  15,309   Rs.  17,932    Rs. 21,004    Rs.  24,632  

Present value of defined benefit obligation

   10,013     12,194     15,412    17,668     12,194     15,412   17,668     21,004     24,632  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net (shortfall)/excess

  Rs.7    Rs.91    Rs.(103 Rs.264    Rs.  91    Rs.  (103 Rs.  264    Rs.  —      Rs.  —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

The plan assets have been primarily invested in government securities and corporate bonds.

The principal assumptions used in determining the present value obligation of interest guarantee under the deterministic approach are as follows:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2009 2010 2011 2012   2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 

Discount rate for the term of the obligation

   6.75  7.15  7.95  8.35   7.15 7.95 8.35 7.80 8.90

Average remaining tenure of investment portfolio

   7 years    7 years    7 years    6 years     7 years   7 years   6 years   6 years   6 years  

Guaranteed rate of return

   8.5  8.5  9.5  8.25   8.5 9.5 8.25 8.50 8.75

29. Related party relationships and transactions

28.Related party relationships and transactions

List of subsidiaries as of March 31, 20122014 are provided in the table below.

 

Direct Subsidiaries

  

Step Subsidiaries

  

Subsidiaries

Country of
Incorporation

Wipro Inc.LLC (formerly Wipro Inc).      U.S.USA
  Wipro Gallagher Solutions Inc  

Opus Capital Markets Consultants LLC

Opus Technology Services LLC

  U.S.

USA

USA

Enthink Inc.U.S.
  Infocrossing Inc.    U.S.USA
Wipro Energy IT Services India Private Limited (formerly SAIC India Private Limited)Promax Analytics Solutions LLC [Formerly Promax Analytics Solutions Americas LLC]    USA
  IndiaWipro Insurance Solutions LLCUSA
Wipro Japan KK      Japan
Wipro Shanghai Limited      China

Direct Subsidiaries

Step Subsidiaries

Country of
Incorporation

Wipro Trademarks Holding Limited  India
Cygnus Negri Investments Private Limited    India
Wipro Travel Services Limited      India
Wipro Consumer Care LimitedIndia
Wipro Holdings (Mauritius) Limited      Mauritius U.K.
  Wipro Holdings UK Limited    U.K.
    Wipro Technologies UK LimitedU.K.
Wipro Holding Austria GmbH(A)  Austria
    

3D Networks (UK) Limited

Wipro EuropeLimitedEurope Limited(A) (formerly SAIC Europe Limited)

  

U.K.

U.KU.K.

Wipro Cyprus Private Limited      Cyprus
Wipro Doha LLC#Qatar
  Wipro Technologies S.A DE C. V    Mexico
  Wipro BPO Philippines LTD. Inc    Philippines
  Wipro Holdings Hungary Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság    Hungary
  Wipro Technologies Argentina SA    Argentina
  Wipro Information Technology Egypt SAE    Egypt
  Wipro Arabia Limited*Limited*    Saudi Arabia
  Wipro Poland Sp Zoo    Poland
  Wipro IT Services Poland Sp. z o. o    Poland
  Wipro Outsourcing Services UK Limited    U.K.
  Wipro Technologies (South Africa) ProprietarySouth Africa (Proprietary) Limited    South Africa
  

Wipro Technologies Nigeria LimitedNigeria
Wipro Information Technology Netherlands BV

(formerly RetailBox BV)

    Netherland
    Wipro Portugal S.A.(A) (Formerly Enabler Informatica SA)  Portugal
    Wipro Technologies Limited, Russia  Russia
    

Wipro Gulf LLC

(formerly SAIC Gulf LLC)

Sultanate of

Oman

Wipro Technology Chile SPA  Chile
  Wipro Infrastructure Engineering AB  Wipro Technologies Canada Limited  SwedenCanada
    Wipro Infrastructure Engineering Oy.(A)Information Technology Kazakhstan LLP  FinlandKazakhstan
    Hydrauto Celka San ve Tic

Wipro Technologies W.T. Sociedad Anonima

Wipro Outsourcing Services (Ireland) Limited

Wipro Technologies Norway AS

Wipro Technologies VZ, C.A.

  Turkey

Costa Rica

Ireland

Norway

Venezuela

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries

Country of
Incorporation

  Wipro Technologies SRL    Romania
  PT WT IndonesiaIndonesia
Wipro SingaporeAustralia Pty LimitedAustralia

Wipro Promax Holdings Pty Ltd

(formerly Promax Holdings Pty Ltd)(A)

Australia
Wipro Technocentre (Singapore) Pte Limited    Singapore
  PT WT IndonesiaIndonesia
Wipro Unza Holdings Limited(A)Singapore
Wipro Technocentre (Singapore) Pte LimitedSingapore
Wipro (Thailand) Co Limited  Thailand
  Wipro Bahrain Limited WLL  Bahrain
  

Wipro Yardley FZEGulf LLC

Wipro Technologies Spain S.L.

    Dubai

Sultanate of Oman

Spain

Wipro Australia Pty LimitedAustralia

Wipro Networks Pte Limited (formerly

(formerly 3D Networks Pte Limited)

      Singapore
Planet PSG Pte Limited      Singapore
  Wipro Technologies SDN BHD    Malaysia
Wipro Chengdu Limited      China
Wipro Chandrika Limited*India
Vignani Solutions Private LimitedIndia
WMNETSERV LimitedCyprus
WMNETSERV (U.K.) Limited.U.K.
WMNETSERV INCU.S.

Wipro TechnologyAirport IT Services Limited

*
      India

In addition to above, the Company controls ‘The Wipro SA Broad Based Ownership Scheme Trust’ and Wipro SA Broad Based Ownership Scheme SPV (RF) (PTY) LTD, which are incorporated in South Africa and are consolidated for financial reporting purposes.

Direct Subsidiaries

Step Subsidiaries

Country of
Incorporation

Wipro Airport IT Services Limited*India
Wipro Infrastructure Engineering Machinery (Changzhou) Co., Ltd.China

 

*All the above direct subsidiaries are 100% held by the Company except that the Company hold 98% of the equity securities of Enthink Inc.,holds 66.67% of the equity securities of Wipro Arabia Limited, 90% of the equity securities of Wipro Chandrika Limited and 74% of the equity securities of Wipro Airport IT Services Limited.

As of March 31, 2012, the Company also held 49% of the equity securities of Wipro GE HealthCare Private Limited that is accounted for as an equity method investment.

#51% of equity securities of Wipro Doha LLC are held by a local share holder. However, the beneficial interest in these holdings is with the Company.

 

(A)

Step Subsidiary details of Wipro Unza Holdings Limited, Wipro Holding Austria GmbH, Wipro Portugal S.A, Wipro Infrastructure Engineering OyEurope Limited and Wipro Europe LimitedPromax Holdings Pty Ltd are as follows:

 

Step Subsidiaries

  

Step Subsidiaries

  

Country of
Incorporation

Incorporation

Wipro Unza Singapore Pte LimitedSingapore
Wipro Unza Indochina Pte LimitedSingapore
Wipro Unza Vietnam Co., LimitedVietnam
Wipro Unza Cathay LimitedHong Kong
Wipro Unza China LimitedHong Kong
Wipro Unza (Guangdong) Consumer Products LTD.China
PT Unza VitalisIndonesia
Wipro Unza Thailand LimitedThailand
Wipro Unza Overseas LimitedBritish virgin islands
Unzafrica LimitedNigeria
Wipro Unza Middle East LimitedBritish virgin islands
Unza International LimitedBritish virgin islands
Unza Nusantara Sdn BhdMalaysia
Unza Holdings Sdn BhdMalaysia
Unza (Malaysia) Sdn BhdMalaysia
Wipro Unza (Malaysia) Sdn BhdMalaysia
Wipro Manufacturing Services Sdn BhdMalaysia
Shubido Pacific Sdn Bhd(a)Malaysia
Gervas Corporation Sdn BhdMalaysia
Gervas (B) Sdn BhdMalaysia
Formapac Sdn BhdMalaysia
Wipro Holding Austria GmbH    
  Wipro Technologies Austria GmbH  Austria
  New Logic Technologies SARL  France
Wipro Portugal S.A.

SAS Wipro France

(formerly Enabler France SAS)

France

Wipro Retail UK Limited

(formerly Enabler UK Limited)

U.K.
Wipro do Brasil Technologia Ltda (formerly Enabler Brazil Ltda)Brazil
R.K.M Equipamentos Hidraulicos LtdaBrazil
Wipro Technologies Gmbh (formerly Enabler & Retail Consult GmbH)Germany

Step Subsidiaries

Step Subsidiaries

Country of

Incorporation

Wipro Infrastructure Engineering Oy
Wipro Infrastructure Engineering LLCRussia

Wipro Europe Limited

(formerly SAIC Europe Limited)

    
  Wipro UK Limited (formerly SAIC Limited)  U.K.
  Wipro Europe (formerly Science Applications International, Europe SARL)SARLFrance
Wipro Portugal S.A.    
SAS Wipro FranceFrance

a)All the above subsidiaries are 100% held by the Company except Shubido Pacific Sdn Bhd in which the Company holds 62.55% of the equity securities.Wipro Retail UK LimitedU.K.
Wipro do Brasil Technologia LtdaBrazil
Wipro Technologies GmbhGermany

Wipro Promax Holdings Pty Ltd

(formerly Promax Holdings Pty Ltd)

Wipro Promax Analytics Solutions Pty Ltd

(formerly Promax Applications Group Pty Ltd)

Australia
Wipro Promax IP Pty Ltd (formerly PAG IP Pty Ltd)Australia
Wipro Promax Analytics Solutions (Europe) Limited [formerly Promax Analytics Solutions (Europe) Ltd]UK

The list of controlled trusts are:

 

Name of entity

  Nature   Country of
Incorporation

Wipro Equity Reward Trust

   Trust    India

Wipro Inc Benefit Trust

   Trust    USAIndia

The other related parties are:

 

Name of entity

  

Nature

  % of holding  Country of
Incorporation

Wipro GE Healthcare Private Limited

  

Associate

(Up to March 31, 2013)
   49 India

Azim Premji FoundationWipro Kawasaki Precision Components Pvt Ltd

  

Entity controlled by Director

Associate (Up to March 31, 2013)
  26 

Azim Premji Trust

India
  

Entity controlled by Director

The other related parties are:

Hasham Premji (partnership firm)

Entity controlled by Director

Prazim Traders (partnership firm)

Entity controlled by Director

Zash Traders (partnership firm)

Entity controlled by Director

Regal Investment Trading Company Private Limited

Entity controlled by Director

Vidya Investment Trading Company private Limited

Entity controlled by Director

Napean Trading Investment Company Private Limited

Entity controlled by Director

Key management personnelName of other related parties

  

Nature

Azim Premji Foundation  Entity controlled by Director
Azim Premji TrustEntity controlled by Director
Hasham Traders (partnership firm)Entity controlled by Director
Prazim Traders (partnership firm)Entity controlled by Director
Zash Traders (partnership firm)Entity controlled by Director
Regal Investment & Trading Company Private LimitedEntity controlled by Director
Vidya Investment & Trading Company private LimitedEntity controlled by Director
Napean Trading & Investment Company Private LimitedEntity controlled by Director
Wipro Enterprises LimitedEntity controlled by Director
Wipro Enterprises Cyprus LimitedEntity controlled by Director
Wipro Singapore Pte LimitedEntity controlled by Director
Wipro Unza Holdings LimitedEntity controlled by Director
Wipro Infrastructure Engineering ABEntity controlled by Director
Yardley of London LimitedEntity controlled by Director
Wipro Enterprises Netherlands BVEntity controlled by Director
Key management personnel  

- Azim Premji

  

Chairman and Managing Director

- Suresh CC. Senapaty

  

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director

- Suresh Vaswani

Jt CEO, IT Business and Director(1)

- Girish S Paranjpe

Jt CEO, IT Business and Director(1)

- T K Kurien

  

CEO, IT BusinessChief Executive Officer and Executive Director(2)

- Dr. Ashok S Ganguly

  

Non-Executive Director

- Narayanan Vaghul

  

Non-Executive Director

- Dr. Jagdish N Sheth

  

Non-Executive Director

- P.M Sinha

  

Non-Executive Director

(1)

- B.C. Prabhakar

  

Non-Executive Director

- William Arthur Owens

  

Non-Executive Director

Name of other related parties

  

Nature

- Dr. Henning Kagermann

  

Non-Executive Director

- Shyam Saran

  

Non-Executive Director

- M.K. Sharma

  Non-Executive Director

- Vyomesh Joshi

Non-Executive Director(2)

- Ireena Vittal

Non-Executive Director(3)

Relative of key management personnel

  

- M K Sharma

Non-Executive Director(3)

Relative of Key management personnel

- Rishad Premji

  

Relative of the Key management personnel

 

(1)

(1)

Up to January 31, 2011

July 25, 2013
(2)

(2)

With effect from February 01, 2011

October 1, 2012
(3)

(3)

With effect from July 01, 2011

October 1, 2013

The Company has the following related party transactions:

 

Transaction/ Balances

  Associate   Entities controlled by Directors   Key Management Personnel   Associate   Entities controlled by Directors   Key Management Personnel 
  2010   2011   2012   2010   2011   2012   2010   2011 2012   2012   2013   2014   2012   2013   2014   2012 2013 2014 

Sale of goods and services

  Rs.7    Rs.18    Rs.75    Rs.1    Rs.—      Rs.12    Rs.—      Rs.—     Rs.—      Rs.  75    Rs.  —     —      Rs.  12    Rs.  2    Rs.  186    Rs.  —     Rs.  —     

Purchase of assets

   —       —       —       —       —       66     —      —      —    

Interest expense

   —       —       —       —       —       40     —      —      —    

Interest income

   —       —       —       —       —       18     —      —      —    

Rental income

   —       —       —       —       —       39     —      —      —    

Dividend

   —       —       —       4,418     10,362     11,102     234     536##   573##    —       —       —       11,102     10,995     13,733     573##   573##   765## 

Royalty income

   32     —       98     —       —       —       —       —      —       98     —       —       —       —       —       —      —      —    

Others

   —       —       —       —       —       3     —       —      —       —       —       —       3     —       3     —     8   3  

Key management personnel#

                                 

Remuneration and short-term benefits

   —       —       —       —       —       —       175     260    108     —       —       —       —       —       —       108   152   221  

Other benefits

   —       —       —       —       —       —       34     30    34     —       —       —       —       —       —       34   30   32  

Remuneration to relative of key management personnel

   —       —       —       —       —       —       4     5    5     —       —       —       —       —       —       5   8   11  

Balances as on March 31,

                                 

Receivables

   1     7     16     —       —       1     —       —      —       16     —       —       1     1,111     617     —      —      —    

Payables

   —       —       —       2     —       —       44     8    22     —       —       —       —       4,548     1,000     22   60   109  

 

#

Post employment benefit comprising gratuity, and compensated absences are not disclosed as these are determined for the Company as a whole.

##

includingIncluding relative of key management personnel.

30. Commitments and contingencies

29.Commitments and contingencies

Operating leases: The Company has taken office, and residential facilities and IT equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable operating lease agreements that are renewable on a periodic basis at the option of both the lessor and the lessee. The operating lease agreements extend up to a maximum of fifteen years from their respective dates of inception and some of these lease agreements have price escalation clause. Rental payments under such leases were Rs. 3,062,3,457, Rs. 3,2304,177 and Rs. 3,734,4,583 for the year ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012, respectively.2014, respectively in respect of continuing operations.

Details of contractual payments under non-cancelable leases are given below:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2011   2012   2013   2014 

Not later than one year

  Rs.1,828    Rs.3,301    Rs.  2,410    Rs.  2,584  

Later than one year but not later than five years

   5,143     7,842     6,147     5,413  

Later than five years

   3,294     3,696     3,228     2,881  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  Rs.10,265    Rs.14,839    Rs 11,785    Rs. 10,878  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Capital commitments:As at March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, the Company had committed to spend approximately Rs. 2,0711,259 and Rs. 1,673,Rs.778, respectively, under agreements to purchase property and equipment. These amounts are net of capital advances paid in respect of these purchases.

Guarantees: As at March 31, 20112013 and 2012,2014, performance and financial guarantees provided by banks on behalf of the Company to the Indian Government, customers and certain other agencies amount to approximately Rs. 19,84123,753 and Rs. 23,240,22,864 respectively, as part of the bank line of credit.

Contingencies and lawsuits:The Company had received tax demands aggregating to Rs. 40,04042,883 (including interest of Rs. 10,616)12,907) arising primarily on account of denial of deduction under section 10A of the Income Tax Act, 1961 in respect of profit earned by the Company’s undertaking in Software Technology Park at Bangalore and with regard to the method of computing the tax incentives for exports for the years ended March 31, 2001 to March 31, 2008.2009. The appeals filed against the said demand before the Appellate authorities have been allowed in favor of the Company by the second appellate authority for the years up to March 31, 2004 and further2007. Further appeals have been filed by the Income tax authorities before the Honorable High Court. The first appellate authority has granted relief for the year ended March 31, 2005 and further appeal has been filed by the Income tax authorities before the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal. The Company is in appeal before the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal for the years ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 after receiving the assessment orders following the directions of the Dispute Resolution Panel. For the year ended March 31, 2008 and March 2009, the objections againstappeal is pending before Income Tax Appellate Tribunal.

In March 2014, the Company received the draft assessment order, is pendingon similar grounds as that of earlier years, with a demand of Rs. 9,058 (including interest of Rs. 2,938) for the financial year ended March 31, 2010. Subsequent to the year end the Company has filed its objections against the said demand before the Dispute Resolution Panel.

Considering the facts and nature of disallowance and the order of the appellate authority upholding the claims of the Company for earlier years, the Company believesexpects that the final outcome of the above disputes shouldto be in favor of the Company and there should not be any material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Contingent liability in respect of disputed demands for excise duty, custom duty, income tax, sales tax and other matters amountsstatement is not expected to Rs. 1,384, Rs. 1,472 and Rs. 2,374 as of March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.be material.

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which have arisen in the ordinary course of its business. The resolution of these legal proceedings is not likely to have a material and adverse effect on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

The Contingent liability in respect of disputed demands for excise duty, custom duty, income tax, sales tax and other matters amounts to Rs. 2,374, Rs. 2,273 and Rs. 2,338 as of March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Other commitments: The Company’s Indian operations have been established as unit in Special Economic Zone and Software Technology Park Unit under plans formulated by the Government of India. As per the plan, the Company’s India operations have export obligations to the extent of foreign exchange net positive (i.e. foreign exchange inflow – foreign exchange outflow should be positive) over a five year period. The consequence of not meeting this commitment in the future would be a retroactive levy of import duties on certain hardware previously imported duty free. As of March 31, 2012,2014, the Company has met all commitments required under the plan.

31. Segment Information

30.Segment Information

The Company is currently organized by segments,business, which primarily includes IT Services (comprising of IT Services and BPO Services) and IT Products. Following the demerger of the Diversified Business and starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we implemented a new segment reporting structure to align ourselves with industry trends. The industry segments are Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (BFSI), Healthcare and Life Sciences (HLS), Retail, Consumer, Transport and Government (RCTG), Energy, Natural Resources and Utilities (ENU), Manufacturing and Hi-tech (MFG), and Global Media and Telecom (GMT).

The IT Products, Consumer CareServices reportable segment information for the comparative period by industry class of customers is not restated to reflect the above change since the meaningful segregation of the data is impracticable. However, as required under IFRS 8, the Company has presented segment information for the current period on both the old basis and Lighting and ‘Others’.new basis of segmentation.

The Chairman of the Company has been identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) as defined by IFRS 8, 8—Operating Segments. The Chairman of the Company evaluates the segments based on their revenue growth, operating income and return on capital employed. The management believes that return on capital employed is considered appropriate for evaluating the performance of its operating segments.segments as per old basis of segmentation. Return on capital employed is calculated as operating income divided by the average of the capital employed at the beginning and at the end of the period. Capital employed includes total assets of the respective segments (except cash and cash equivalents, available for sale investments and inter-corporate deposits amounting to Rs. 105,348,128,037, Rs. 114,663191,935 and Rs. 128,037Rs.190,450 as of March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively, which is included under Reconciling items) less all liabilities, excluding loans and borrowings.

Information on reportable segmentssegment on the new basis of segmentation for the year ended March 31, 2014 is as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 2010 
   IT Services and Products  

Consumer

  Others  Reconciling
Items
  Entity Total 
  IT Services  IT Products  Total  Care and
Lighting
    

Revenues

   202,490    38,205    240,695    22,584    7,143    1,152    271,574  

Cost of revenues

   (132,144  (34,151  (166,295  (11,805  (7,446  (753  (186,299

Selling and marketing expenses

   (10,213  (1,275  (11,488  (6,470  (323  (327  (18,608

General and administrative expenses

   (12,446  (1,015  (13,461  (1,207  (210  55    (14,823
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income of segment

   47,687    1,764    49,451    3,102    (836  127    51,844  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Finance expense

         (1,324

Finance and other income

         4,360  

Share of profits of equity accounted investees

         530  
        

 

 

 

Profit before tax

         55,410  

Income tax expense

         (9,294
        

 

 

 

Profit for the year

         46,116  
        

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

     6,816    402    294    319    7,831  

Total assets

     165,192    24,428    7,125    133,183    329,928  

Total liabilities

     61,009    5,707    4,284    62,379    133,379  

Opening capital employed

     91,401    17,901    5,544    89,426    204,272  

Closing capital employed

     109,487    19,269    5,414    124,893    259,063  

Average capital employed

     100,444    18,585    5,479    107,159    231,667  

Return on capital employed

     49  17  (15)%   —      22

Additions to:

        

Goodwill

     1,557    1,019    —      —      2,576  

Intangible assets

     18    1,031    —      —      1,049  

Property, plant and equipment

     12,223    627    538    11    13,399  
   Year ended March 31, 2011 
   IT Services and Products  Consumer
Care and
Lighting
  Others  Reconciling
Items
  Entity Total 
  IT Services  IT Products  Total     

Revenues

   234,850    36,910    271,760    27,258    10,896    1,073    310,987  

Cost of revenues

   (153,446  (32,843  (186,289  (15,142  (10,160  (1,217  (212,808

Selling and marketing expenses

   (12,642  (1,284  (13,926  (7,514  (491  (241  (22,172

General and administrative expenses

   (15,355  (1,174  (16,529  (1,152  (342  (316  (18,339
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income of segment

   53,407    1,609    55,016    3,450    (97  (701  57,668  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Finance expense

         (1,933
   IT Services  IT   Reconciling    
   BFSI   HLS   RCTG   ENU   MFG   GMT   Total  Products*   Items  Entity total* 

Revenue

   106,035     41,130     58,893     63,923     74,423     55,105     399,509    38,785     (666  437,628  

Operating income of segment

   24,153     7,637     13,012     17,418     17,348     11,569     91,137    310     (1,289  90,158  

Unallocated

               (804  —       —      (804
              

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income total

               90,333    310     (1,289  89,354  

Finance expense

                   (2,891

Finance and other income

                   14,542  
                  

 

 

 

Profit before tax

                   101,005  

Income tax expense

                   (22,600
                  

 

 

 

Profit for the period

                   78,405  
                  

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

                   11,106  

*The operating income of the IT Products segment and the Company for the year ended March 31, 2014, includes a non-recurring expense of Rs. 209, incurred due to cessation of manufacturing of ‘Wipro branded desktops, laptops and servers’. Operating income of the IT Products segment and the Company excluding the above non-recurring expense is Rs. 519 and Rs. 89,563 for the year ended March 31, 2014, respectively, and profit after tax of the Company excluding the above non-recurring expense is Rs. 78,567 for the year ended March 31, 2014.

Information on reportable segments on the old basis of segmentation is as follows:

   Year ended March 31, 2011 
   IT Services and Products  Consumer
Care and
Lighting
  Others  Reconciling
Items
  Entity Total 
  IT Services  IT Products  Total     

Finance and other income

         6,652  

Share of profits of equity accounted investees

         648  
        

 

 

 

Profit before tax

         63,035  

Income tax expense

         (9,714
        

 

 

 

Profit for the year

         53,321  
        

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

     7,088    433    328    362    8,211  

Total assets

     183,961    26,506    9,978    150,998    371,443  

Total liabilities

     60,998    5,726    5,343    59,005    131,072  

Opening capital employed

     109,487    19,269    5,414    124,893    259,063  

Closing capital employed

     126,929    20,926    6,922    138,399    293,176  

Average capital employed

     118,208    20,097    6,168    131,646    276,119  

Return on capital employed

     47  17  (2)%   —      21

Additions to:

        

Goodwill

     54    —      —      —      54  

Intangible assets

     28    8    —      —      36  

Property, plant and equipment

     12,647    400    707    891    14,645  
   Year ended March 31, 2012 
   IT Services and Products  Consumer
Care and
Lighting
  Others  Reconciling
Items
  Entity Total 
  IT Services  IT Products  Total     

Revenues

   284,313    38,436    322,749    33,401    18,565    534    375,249  

Cost of revenues

   (191,713  (34,080  (225,793  (18,945  (17,302  (1,133  (263,173

Selling and marketing expenses

   (16,114  (1,395  (17,509  (9,195  (620  (453  (27,777

General and administrative expenses

   (17,221  (1,174  (18,395  (1,305  (533  (53  (20,286
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income of segment

   59,265    1,787    61,052    3,956    110    (1,105  64,013  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Finance expense

         (3,491

Finance and other income

         8,895  

Share of profits of equity accounted investees

         333  
        

 

 

 

Profit before tax

         69,750  

Income tax expense

         (13,763
        

 

 

 

Profit for the year

         55,987  
        

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

     8,768    428    481    452    10,129  

Total assets

     222,792    29,815    15,767    167,627    436,001  

Total liabilities

     74,287    7,270    6,661    61,620    149,838  

Opening capital employed

     126,929    20,926    6,922    138,399    293,176  

Closing capital employed

     152,757    22,669    11,875    157,820    345,121  

Average capital employed

     139,843    21,798    9,398    148,110    319,149  

Return on capital employed

     44  18  1  —      20

Additions to:

        

Goodwill

     5,524    47    341    —      5,912  

Intangible assets

     824    29    108    —      961  

Property, plant and equipment

     12,757    624    1,139    344    14,864  

   Year ended March 31, 2012 
   IT Services and Products  Consumer Care
and Lighting
(Discontinued)
  Others
(Discontinued)
  Reconciling
Items
  Entity
Total
 
  IT Services  IT Products  Total     

Revenues

   284,313    38,436    322,749    33,401    18,565    534    375,249  

Cost of revenues

   (191,713  (34,080  (225,793  (18,945  (17,302  (1,133  (263,173

Selling and marketing expenses

   (16,114  (1,395  (17,509  (9,195  (620  (453  (27,777

General and administrative expenses

   (17,221  (1,174  (18,395  (1,305  (533  (53  (20,286
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income of segment

   59,265    1,787    61,052    3,956    110    (1,105  64,013  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Finance expense

         (3,491

Finance and other income

         8,895  

Share of profits of equity accounted investees

         333  
        

 

 

 

Profit before tax

         69,750  

Income tax expense

         (13,763
        

 

 

 

   Year ended March 31, 2012 
   IT Services and Products  Consumer Care
and Lighting
(Discontinued)
  Others
(Discontinued)
  Reconciling
Items
   Entity Total 
  IT Services  IT Products  Total      

Profit for the year

            55,987  

Depreciation and amortization expense

       8,768    428    481    452     10,129  

Total assets

       222,792    29,815    15,767    167,627     436,001  

Total liabilities

       74,287    7,270    6,661    61,620     149,838  

Opening capital employed

       126,929    20,926    6,922    138,399     293,176  

Closing capital employed

       152,757    22,669    11,875    157,820     345,121  

Average capital employed

       139,843    21,798    9,398    148,110     319,149  

Return on capital employed

       44  18  1  —       20

Additions to:

           

Goodwill

       5,524    47    341    —       5,912  

Intangible assets

       824    29    108    —       961  

Property, plant and equipment

       12,757    624    1,139    344     14,864  

   Year ended March 31, 2013 
   IT Services and Products  Consumer
Care and
Lighting
(Discontinued)
  Others
(Discontinued)
  Reconciling
Items
  Entity Total 
  IT Services  IT Products  Total     

Revenues

   338,431    39,238    377,669    40,594    14,785    560    433,608  

Cost of revenues

   (225,493  (35,362  (260,855  (22,232  (13,460  (1,177  (297,724

Selling and marketing expenses

   (22,335  (1,458  (23,793  (11,851  (537  (452  (36,633

General and administrative expenses

   (20,670  (1,428  (22,098  (1,499  (498  (10  (24,105
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income of segment

   69,933    990    70,923    5,012    290    (1,079  75,146  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Finance expense

         (2,822

Finance and other income

         12,828  

Share of profits of equity accounted investees

         (107
        

 

 

 

Profit before tax

         85,045  

Income tax expense

         (18,349
        

 

 

 

Profit for the year

         66,696  
        

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

     9,426    471    428    510    10,835  

Total assets

     235,852    —      —      203,878    439,730  

Total liabilities

     77,595    —      —      77,152    154,747  

Opening capital employed

     152,757    22,669    11,875    157,820    345,121  

Closing capital employed

     161,456    24,198    10,774    218,438    414,866  

Average capital employed

     157,107    23,434    11,325    188,128    379,993  

Return on capital employed

     45  21  3   20

Additions to:

        

Goodwill

     1,615    54    —      —      1,669  

Intangible assets

     619    541    —      —      1,160  

Property, plant and equipment

     6,324    647    701    14    7,686  

   Year ended March 31, 2014 
   IT Services and Products  Consumer
Care and
Lighting
(Discontinued)
   Others
(Discontinued)
   Reconciling
Items
  Entity Total* 
  IT Services  IT Products*  Total       

Revenues

   399,509    38,785    438,294    —       —       (666  437,628  

Cost of revenues

   (259,807  (35,659  (295,466  —       —       (22  (295,488

Selling and marketing expenses

   (27,338  (1,335  (28,673  —       —       (575  (29,248

General and administrative expenses

   (22,031  (1,481  (23,512  —       —       (26  (23,538
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income of segment

   90,333    310    90,643    —       —       (1,289  89,354  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Finance expense

           (2,891

Finance and other income

           14,542  

Share of profits of equity accounted investees

           —    
          

 

 

 

Profit before tax

           101,005  

Income tax expense

           (22,600
          

 

 

 

Profit for the year

           78,405  
          

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

     10,590    —       —       516    11,106  

Total assets

     306,970    —       —       195,334    502,304  

Total liabilities

     104,216    —       —       53,202    157,418  

Opening capital employed#

     161,456    —       —       187,343    348,799  

Closing capital employed

     209,777    —       —       186,703    396,479  

Average capital employed

     185,617    —       —       187,022    372,639  

Return on capital employed

     49  —       —        24

Additions to:

          

Goodwill

     3,095    —       —       —      3,095  

Intangible assets

     577    —       —       —      577  

Property, plant and equipment

     12,337    —       —       10    12,347  

*Refer note below for cessation of manufacturing of ‘Wipro branded desktops, laptops and servers’.
#Opening capital employed is represented net off adjustment of capital employed relating to diversified business.

Note:

The operating income of IT Products segment and the Company for the year ended March 31, 2014, includes non-recurring expense of Rs. 209, respectively, incurred due to cessation of manufacturing of ‘Wipro branded desktops, laptops and servers’. Operating income of the IT Products segment and the Company excluding the above non-recurring expense is Rs. 519 and Rs. 89,563 for the year ended March 31, 2014, respectively and profit after tax of the Company excluding the above non-recurring expense is Rs. 78,567 for the year ended March 31, 2014, respectively.

Reconciliation of the reportable segment revenue and profit before tax:

   Year ended March 31, 
   2012  2013 

Revenues:

   

Revenue as per segment reporting

   Rs. 375,249    Rs. 433,608  

Less: Foreign exchange (gains) / losses, net included in segment revenue

   (3,278  (2,654

Less: Revenues for discontinued operations (Note 4)

   (53,226  (56,706

Inter-group transactions

   2    8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenues for continuing operations

   Rs. 318,747    Rs. 374,256  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before tax:

   

Profit before tax as per segment reporting

   Rs. 69,750    Rs. 85,045  

Less: Profit before tax for discontinued operations

   (4,227  (6,449
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before tax for continuing operations

   Rs.65,523    Rs.78,596  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Management believes that it is currently not practicable to provide disclosure of assets by segment, as they are not identified to any of the reportable segments and meaningful segregation of the available information is onerous.

The Company has four geographic segments: India, the United States, Europe and Rest of the world. Revenues from the geographic segments based on domicile of the customer for continuing operations are as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2010   2011   2012   2012   2013   2014 

India

  Rs.62,179    Rs.67,904    Rs.80,135     Rs. 47,058     Rs. 48,472     46,235  

United States

   119,870     129,217     148,160     147,151     172,461     200,343  

Europe

   56,780     68,159     87,186     81,328     99,639     120,868  

Rest of the world

   32,745     45,707     59,768     46,538     56,310     70,182  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  Rs.271,574    Rs.310,987    Rs.375,249     Rs. 322,075     Rs. 376,882     Rs. 437,628  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

No client individually accounted for more than 10% of the revenues during the year ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012.

2014.

Management believes that it is currently not practicable to provide disclosure of assets by geographical location, as meaningful segregation of the available information is onerous.

Notes:

 

a)The Company has the following reportable segments:

 

 i)IT Services: Thethe IT Services segment provides ITindustry segments are Banking, Financial Services and IT enabled services to customers.Insurance (BFSI), Healthcare and Life Sciences (HLS), Retail, Consumer, Transport and Government (RCTG), Energy, Natural Resources and Utilities (ENU), Manufacturing (MFG), and Global Media and Telecom (GMT). Key service offering includes software application development applicationand maintenance, research and development services for hardware and software design, data centerbusiness application services, analytics, consulting, infrastructure outsourcing services and business process outsourcing services.

 

 ii)IT Products: The IT Products segment sells a range of Wipro personal desktop computers, Wipro servers and Wipro notebooks. The Company is also a value added reseller of desktops, servers, notebooks, storage products, networking solutions and packaged software for leading international brands. In certain total outsourcing contracts of the IT Services segment, the Company delivers hardware, software products and other related deliverables. Effective as of the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the Company ceased the manufacturing of “Wipro” branded desktops, laptops and servers. Revenue relating to these items is reported as revenue from the sale of IT Products.

 

 iii)Consumer care‘Reconciling items’ includes elimination of inter-segment transactions and lighting: The Consumer Care and Lighting segment manufactures, distributes and sells personal care products, baby care products, lighting products and hydrogenated cooking oils in the Indian and Asian markets.

iv)The Others’ segment consists of business segments that do not meet the requirements individually for a reportable segment as defined in IFRS 8.

v)Corporateother corporate activities such as treasury, legal and accounting, which do not qualify as operating segments under IFRS 8,8.

iv)In connection with the Demerger of the Diversified Business (refer to note 4) during the year ended March 31, 2013, the “Consumer Care and elimination of inter-segment transactionsLighting” and “Others” business segments have been considered within ‘reconciling items’.discontinued effective March 31, 2013.

 

b)Revenues include excise duty of Rs. 842,1,205, Rs. 1,0071,377 and Rs. 1,205Rs.79 for the year ended March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, respectively. For the purpose of segment reporting, the segment revenues are net of excise duty. Excise duty is reported in reconciling items.

 

c)For the purpose of segment reporting only, the Company has included the impact of ‘foreign exchange gains / (losses), net’ in revenues (which is reported as a part of operating profit in the statement of income).

 

d)For evaluating performance of the individual business segments, stock compensation expense is allocated on the basis of straight line amortization. The incremental impact of accelerated amortization of stock compensation expense over stock compensation expense allocated to the individual business segments is reported in reconciling items.

e)For evaluating the performance of the individual business segments, amortization of intangibles acquired through business combinations are reported in reconciling items.

 

f)For evaluating the performance of the individual business segments, loss on disposal of subsidiaries are reported in reconciling items.

 

g)The Company generally offers multi-year payment terms in certain total outsourcing contracts. These payment terms primarily relate to IT hardware, software and certain transformation services in outsourcing contracts. Corporate treasury provides internal financing to the business units offering multi-year payment terms. Accordingly, such receivables are reflected in capital employed in reconciling items. As of March 31, 2010, 20112012, 2013 and 2012,2014, capital employed in reconciling items includes Rs. 8,516,13,562, Rs. 12,25514,123 and Rs. 13,562,Rs.15,013 respectively, of such receivables on extended collection terms. The finance income on deferred consideration earned under these contracts is included in the revenue of the respective segment and is eliminated under reconciling items.

 

h)Operating income of segments is after recognition of stock compensation expense arising from the grant of options:

 

Segments

  Year ended March 31, 
   2010  2011  2012 

IT Services

  Rs.1,159   Rs.1,214   Rs.871  

IT Products

   93    90    62  

Consumer Care and Lighting

   71    112    89  

Others

   18    31    26  

Reconciling items

   (39  (355  (99
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  Rs.1,302   Rs.1,092   Rs.949  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

i)Management believes that it is currently not practicable to provide disclosure of geographical location wise assets, since the meaningful segregation of the available information is onerous.

Segments

  Year ended March 31, 
   2012  2013  2014 

IT Services

   Rs. 871    Rs. 762    Rs. 478  

IT Products

   62    45    19  

Consumer Care and Lighting (Discontinued)

   89    94    —    

Others (Discontinued)

   26    36    —    

Reconciling items

   (99  (294  16  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 949    Rs. 643    Rs. 513  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Item 19. Exhibits

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  1.1  Certificate of Incorporation of Wipro Limited, as amended (1)
  1.2  Memorandum and Articles of Association of Wipro Limited (10)(9)
  2.1  Form of Deposit Agreement (including as an exhibit, the form of American Depositary Receipt) (1)(8)
  2.2  Wipro’s specimen certificate for equity shares (1)
  4.1  1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (1999 plan) (1)
  4.2  2000 Employee Stock Option Plan (2000 plan) (1)
  4.3  Wipro Equity Reward Trust (1)
  4.4  2000 ADS Option Plan (2000 ADS Plan) (3)
  4.5  Wipro Employee ADS Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2004 (WARSUP 2004 plan) (4)
  4.6  Wipro Employee Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2004 (WRSUP 2004 plan)(5)
  4.7  Form of Indemnification Agreement, as amended (3)
  4.8  Form of Agreement for Appointment/Re-appointment of Executive Directors (5)
  4.9  Sample Letter of appointment to Non Executive Directors (5)
  4.10  Wipro Employee Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2005 (WRSUP 2005 plan) (6)
  4.11  Wipro Employee Restricted Stock Unit Plan 2007 (WRSUP 2007 Plan) (9)(7)
  4.12  Amendment No. 1 to 1999 plan, 2000 plan, 2000 ADS plan, WRSUP 2004 Plan, WARSUP 2004 Plan and WRSUP 2005 Plan (9)(7)
  4.13  Amendment No. 2 to 1999 plan, 2000 plan, WRSUP 2004 Plan and WRSUP 2005 Plan (9)(7)
  4.14  Amendment No. 3 to WRSUP 2004 Plan and WRSUP 2005 Plan (9)(7)
  4.15  Amendment No. 2 to WARSUP 2004 Plan (9)(7)
  4.16  Amendment No. 3 to 2000 Plan (9)(7)
11.1  8.1  CodeList of Ethics for Principal and Finance Officers (2)Subsidiaries (10)
12.1  Certification of ChiefPrincipal Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
12.2  Certification of ChiefPrincipal Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
1313.1  Certification of ChiefPrincipal Executive Officer and ChiefPrincipal Financial Officer underPursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
15.1  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
15.2  Wipro’s Ombudsprocess (2)
15.3Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (7)
15.4Audit Committee Charter (8)
15.5Board Governance and Compensation Committee Charter (6)

 

(1)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-46278) filed on September 21, 2010.
(2)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on June 9, 2003.
(3)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on May 17, 2004.
(4)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on February 28, 2005.
(5)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on June 13, 2005.
(6)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on June 22, 2006.
(7)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on May 30, 2007.2008.
(8)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-FF-6 filed on June 13, 2005, as amended by Exhibit with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on May 30, 2007.April 15, 2013.
(9)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on May 30, 2008.June 12, 2013.
(10)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registrant’sItem 4 of this Annual Report on Form 6-K filed on July 6, 2010.20-F.

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

For Wipro Limited

 

For Wipro Limited
Bangalore, India  

/s/ Azim H. Premji

    

/s/ Suresh C. Senapaty

Date: May 16, 201219, 2014  Azim H. Premji,    Suresh C. Senapaty,
  Chairman and Managing Director    Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director

 

151168